NINE BOOKS OF PHYSICK AND CHIRVRGERY Written by that Great and Learned Physitian Dr SENNERTUS The first five being his Institutions of the whole Body of Physick The other four of Fevers and Agues With their Differences Signs and Cures LONDON Printed by J. M. for Lodowick Lloyd at the Castle in Corn-hill 1658. THE INSTITUTIONS OR FUNDAMENTALS Of the whole Art both of PHYSICK AND CHIRURGERY Divided into five Books Plainly discovering all that is to be known in both as the Subject and end of Physick the Nature of all Diseases their Causes Signs Differences Events and Cures ALSO The Grounds of Chymistry and the way of making all sorts of Salves and preparing of Medicines according to Art nothing of the like nature in English before Written first in Latine by that Great and Learned Phycitian D. Sennertus Doctor and Professor of Physick Made English by N. D. B. P. late of Trinity Colledge in Cambridge London Printed for Lodowick Lloyd and are to be sold at his Shop next door to the Sign of the Castle in Cornhill 1656. To the Lovers of the Study of Physick especially those who desires to attain to the true knowledge thereof OF all the Arts and Sciences that the Sons of Men so much covet after there is none so pleasant and profitable as Physick Physick doth not onely teach thee to preserve thy selfe from the assaults of those manifold Enemies which Nature is liable unto but it teaches thee to restore Health when lost and to heal thy selfe though wounded by thy greatest adversary besides in the Anatomical part it entertains thy fancy with the wonderfull work of Nature where the unsearchable wisdom of the Creator is as legible as in those things we count more sublime and Celestial which if considered Physicians cannot be so Atheistical as the world reports them to be I undertook not this work out of design to prejudice the Colledge by making that English which they would have remain in Latine nor to advantage my self by any private gain but to benefit those who are unskilled in the Latine but lovers of the Study I say for the benefit of such have I put this into English Although by my Profession I am otherwise obliged it s something unsuitable to my spirit to have that Monopolized into the hands of a few which should be in common to all such is the practise of Physick yet would I not have those to Administer who are ignorant of the Institutions of Physick as too many have done of late to their own and others detriment He that can but well digest this Book his understanding will sufficiently be inriched in the very inside of the whole body of Physick and will need no other foundation to go upon being the best that ever the Doctors met with for their own informations I shall not need to acquaint thee with the Authors Method that thou wilt find by the Contents of Chapters before the Book nor of the Authors worth for that thou wilt sufficiently understand by his works which speaks aloud in their Masters praise whose fame and worth is well known to the Common-wealth of Learning throughout the world If thou meetst with any Errata 's in thy reading thou art desired to correct them the Translators absence sometimes from the Press occasioned them The Contents of the Chapters of the five following Books BOOK I. CHAP. I. OF the nature of Physick pag. 1 Of the division of Physick p 2 Of Health p 3 Of Temperaments p 6 Of innate heat p 10 Of Spirits p 12 Of the natural constitution of or ganick parts and the common unity of parts alike and not alike called simular and dissimular parts p 14 Of the faculties of the soul and of the differences of actions in Mans Body ibid Of the natural faculty and first of nutrition and augmentation p 15 Of Generation p 20 Of the vital faculty p 23 Of the animal faculty and first of the external senses p 25 Of the internal senses p 27 Of the intellective faculty p. 29 Of the desire and moving faculty ibid Book 2. Part. I. Of Diseases OF the nature of a disease p 31 Of the differences of diseases p 32 Of diseases of intemperature p 33 Of diseases of the whole substance or of the hidden qualities p 34 Of organick diseases p 35 Of diseases of confirmation p 36 Of diseases of number p 38 Of diseases of magnitude ibid Of diseases of composition p 39 Of diseases of solution of unity p 40. Of the accidental and common differences of diseases ib Of the times of diseases p 44 Book 2. Part. 2. O Of the causes of â—iseases p 46 Of things which are the causes of a disease and first of non-naturals p 49 Of internal causes of diseases and first of fullnesse of blood p 52 Of flegm p 53 Of choller p 54 Of melanâ—holy p 55 Of the serous humor and of wind p 56 Of humors according to the opinion of later Phisicians and of Chymists p 57 Of the generation of stones and worms p 58 Of the causes of diseases of intemperature without matter ibid Of the causes of distemper with matter p 59 Of the causes of Diseases of the whole substance p 60 Of the causes of organick diseases p 61 Of the causes of diseases of solution of unity p. 63 Book 2. Part 3. Sect. 1. OF Symptomes Of the difference of Symptomes What a Symptome is p. 65 Of the causes and differences of Symptomes in general p 66 Of the differences in general of actions hindred p 68 Of the Symptomes of the natural faculty Ibid Of the Symptomes of the vital faculty p 71 Of the Symptomes of the external senses p 72 Of the Symptomes of the internal senses p 73 Of the Symptomes of the motive faculty p 75 Of the Symptomes wherein all or most part of the animal actions are hurt p 77 Of the Symptomes of the changeable qualities of the body p 78 Of the Symptomes of excressions and retensions p 79 Book 2. Part 3. Sect. 2. Of the causes of Symptomes OF the cause of the Symptomes of the natural faculty p 81 Of the cause of the Symptomes of the vital faculty and of the hinderances of respiration p 95 Of the causes of the Symptomes of the external senses p 97 Of the causes of the Symptomes of the internal senses p 103 Of the causes of the Symptomes of the moving faculty p 108 Of the causes of Symptomes wherein all or most animal actions are hurt p 113 Of the causes of Symptomes which happen to qualities changed p 116 Of the causes of Symptomes in those things which are sent forth and retained p 118 Book 3. Part 1. Sect. 1. Of signes in general of the difference and Heads of Signs OF the Necessity and benefit of the method of signs p 122 OF the differences of Signs p 123 Of the Heads of signs p 125 Sect. 2. OF knowing the temperature of mans body and of his principal parts of the signs of a
Office if he have omitted none of those things that are in the power of Nature and Art For out of those two the Excellency and Dignity of Physick is manifested The Excellency of Physick for it is imployed about mans Body of all natural Bodies the most noble The end it aims at is health then which amongst all things that may be called good by Mortals nothing is better and that which alone is sought by it self Whereas all the rest of the Arts aim at nothing themselves but perform all things because of some outward end CHAP. II. Of the Division of Physick SEEing that the end of Physick The division and parts of Physick is to preserve present health and to restore it when it is lost it is properly divided into the Preserving and Curing part yet there are also higher things pertaining to these parts which are necessary to be known by the Physitian and they are to be added For sithence a Physitian cannot heal unlesse he know the Subject whereon he ought to work and since all Arts begin from the knowledge of their end first he should acquire the knowledge of mans body wherein he ought to work and wherein health doth consist 't is necessary he should understand and since that a disease is repugnant to health he ought to know the nature differences causes and effects of a disease and by what rules to find these in every individual And so Physick is conveniently divided into five parts the Physiological Pathological Semeiotical Hygieinal and Therapeutical Physiologie handles the subject and end of Physick Physiologie and so treats of mans body and shews the constitution thereof and all its parts their uses and actions and the faculties of the mind Pathologie teacheth the nature of diseases and Symptomes Pathologie their differences and causes and explains all things whatsoever by which mans body recedes from a natural constitution The Semeiotick part shews the Signs Of signs of sickness and health whereby we may know whether a man be sick or well and by which we may discover diseases and causes that lie hid in mans body and the events of diseases The Hygieinal part shews by what rules present health may be preserved Of preservation of health and how a man may beware before-hand as much as is possible lest he should fall into a disease The Therapeutical part teacheth by what means health is to be recovered and how diseases with their causes and symptomes may be repelled and taken away Of curing diseases If there be any other besides these which are counted parts of Physick they are not principal but lesser into which these are sub-divided such are the Diatetical Chirurgical and Pharmaceutical parts and such like CHAP. III. Of Health FIrst as for the Physiological part indeed very many dispose of it and place it otherwise What Physiologie handles Of things called Naturals and in that comprehend things called Naturals without which our bodies cannot subsist whole and they accompt them seven Elements Temperaments Humours Spirits Parts Faculties Actions but since the handling of them as they are such is properly the work of a Physitian they are considered by a Physitian in this place as they conduce to the knowledge of the subject which is mans body to the explication of the end which is health to which also we are willing to order the handling of them And indeed to it belongs principally the description and knowledge of all the parts of mans body which since it is more copious then to be contained in a Compendium that is to be sought in Anatomical books but especially by seeing bodies dissected afterwards followeth the explication of the end of Physick which is health But since that all men do then think themselves welâ— The definâ—tion of health when they can rightly perform the natural and necessary actions of life Health is defined fitly to be a power of mans body to perform those actions which are according to nature depending on the natural constitution of all the parts for health doth not consist in the action it self since that those who sleep or are quiet in what manner whatsoever and cease from certain actions are sound and as Galen hath it in the 2 cap. of the differences of diseases not to operate is to be well but to be able to operate nor is he onely well who performs his natural actions but also he that doth them not so that he be able to do them And so the formal reason of health is a potency of body to perform natural actions but because Galen in the place above-mentioned makes health to be a natural constitution of all the parts of the body and in the first Chapter of the Differences of Symptomes a framing made according to nature fit for operation or a natural constitution of all the parts of the body having power to undergo those things which are according to nature therefore it comes to passe that that position or constitution is rather subject to the actions of a Physitian then to the power of acting The subject of health is a living body The Subject of health or the parts of a living body as to that to which alone the power of acting belongs but those which live not and have no power to perform natural actions those are neither said to be sick nor well But the cause of health The efficient cause of health or that whereby a body and its parts are said to be sound is a natural constitution of them But seeing there is a twofold constitution of a body and of all its parts the one Essential which consists of matter and substantial form the other accidental which follows the former and is such a disposation of qualities and other accidents in the several parts of the body by which the essential form may exercise all its actions and according to its diversity it acteth variously Health doth not consist in the essential but accidental constitution for the mind cannot be hindred or hurt but remains alwaies the same and unchanged so that it have instruments constituted in the same manner The Essential constitution also so long as a man lives is immutable and at length is changed by death but the accidental constitution of the body is subject to many alterations whence the same soul in the same body acts one way and another way And because the parts of the body are several the natural constitution of them also is not the same The definition of similar and dissimilar parts The parts of the body are two-fold similar and dissimilar Similar parts are such whose particles have the same form and are alike to the whole and to one another and indeed some are truely and exactly such wherein no difference can be found neither by accurate sense nor by reason such are a Bone a. Gristle simple flesh a very small vein Fat Others are so onely to the sense which although at
nutrition is a coagulation of aliment but in augmentation there is a motion of Extension of the whole of every part therof it differs also in regard of the end which in Nutrition is only a restoration of that which is taken away but in Augmentation an acquiring or a getting of a greatet magnitude to exercise perfectly all the necessary actions of our life and lastly in time for Nutrition dureth the whole time of our lives Augmentation to a certain time in our life For man as other living creatures doth not alwayes grow but to the certain time of his age which comes not to passe by reason of the soul which alwayes reteins its force and strength but by reason of the body especially of the bones which in processe of tims are so hardned that they are not apt to any farther extension of growth CHAP. X. Of Generation BUT since man although he be nourished cannot live perpetually and in individuals as other living Creatures also cannot indure to perpetuity The generative power the generative power is granted and given by the Creator of all things that mankind might be preserved and the third kind of Natural actions is Generation which by ejaculation of seed begets his like For although this faculty and Action be common to plants yet in man and other more perfect Creatures it requires greater preparation and distinction of sex as male and semale concur in Generation and it is necessary that both of them do some way help and conduce to Generation and the male not in himself but in another The distinction of Sexes The instruments of generation but the foemale in her self doth generate For the male ejaculates his prolifique sperm into the female womb which mingled with hers is cherished by the same it is also nourished and reteined until it hath the shape of a perfect man For which purpose the Creator hath made necessary Instruments for both Sexes for the male Testicles Vessels preparing and conducting sperm and a yard necessaâ—y to ejaculate it into the part most fit to receive it for the Females Stones seminary vessels and the womb There are two principles which concur to the Generation of a Child the seed of the male and female and the menstruous blood The Principles of generation Seed The seed is a body hot and moist full of that divine Spirit of the first Principles or Elements and proportionable to the Quintessence or Element whereof Stars were made fit for the propagation of the Soul and generation of a living Creature like it self and is getherated in the Stones whither the purest part of the blood Spirits and heat is sent through the Veins Arteries and Nerves from the remote parts of the body and is changed into a white frothy or slimy matter The male and female seed both confer seeing the same Instruments are appointed by nature for generating and semitting of sperm and the same cause efficient and the same â—matter in each for the forms of each alike do manifest themselves in the off-spring Blood although the power and force be greater in the male then the female But the menstruous blood is only the material principle wherefore it is ordered by the Creator that at the time when semales are apt and fit for procreation which for the most part is from the fourteenth till the five and fortieth year of their age that blood which the other parts wants not each month is sent to the womb to supply what may be wanting for a little one or if the female be not great may be by it evacuated Menstruous blood This menstruous blood of it self is not offensive nor is it expelled because it is hurtful but because it aboundeth in quantity but when it becomes pernicious 't is by reason of its remaining too long in the body by its comixture with other humours The forming of the young is caused by the Soul The formation of the young which is in the seed and there shews it self in two actions in putting life into the conception and forming of all the parts and the Soul as Scaliger writeth out of Themistius is its own architect which builds a convenient domicill for its own habitation But it receiveth this power from the Creator whose Instruments and hands as it were the Souls are and he hath given this energy to them at the Creation of them then which nothing can be more wonderful to be thought on The Generative faculty hath two others whereby it performs its Office The Alterative and Formative The Alterative The Formative The Alterative is that which changeth the generative matter into the substance of the young and all its parts the formative is that which Forms all the members and gives them their quantity figure number place and the rest The Instrument which the Soul and formative power useth is the formative or plastick heat or that Spirit proportionable to the Element of the Stars for the seeds being received into the womb are mingled together reteined cherished and the power which lyes hidden in the seed is stirred up by the innate heat of the womb and then a Conception is said to be made Conception and then begins a sending forth of the instruments of the body to be made then is it called a Conception which commonly is said to continue til the seventh day But first of all The order of frameing Firs the membrances whereof are framed two Chorion Amnios The Secondine The Spermatick parts are described together Theumbilisall vessels The Veins belonging to the Navel Two Artcries Urachus The time of formation the membranes about the Child are formed by which the seed is shut in and the Spirit and heat thereof is covered and as it were intrenched They are two in number the first is called Chorion and covers the whole Child and is fastened to the vessels belonging to the Navel by their intervening the whole cleaveth to the womb the other coare doth immediately cover the Child and is called Amnios These two coats in the birth seem to be one as it were and come forth after the Child and are therefore called the Afferbirth But the solid and Spermatick parts shall be explained in the first place and afterwards according to their nobleness and as necessity requires the rest shall be perfectly shewn The Infant in the womb doth not take that nourishment which it receiveth by the mouth but from the Mother for the receiving whereof there are appointed by nature four vessels belonging to the Navel namely a Vein which is a branch which comes from the Gate-vein which is as it were the infants nurse two Arteries branches arisen from the Iliak Vein by which the Infant breaths although later Authors who teach us that the vital Spirits by which the Child breaths proceed not from the Mother but from the Child 's own heart do assign another use to the said Iliak branches to wit that
They are in number three a Disease the cause of a Disease and Symptomes in the handling whereof the Pathological part of Physick is delivered And first for what belongs to a disease Although as the name of health is generally attributed to all things that happen to a man according to nature so the name of a disease is given to all things that befal a man contrary to nature and those are said to be morbifick yet if we may speak properly these three a Disease the cause of a Disease and Symptomes as they differ in the thing so they may be discerned by their names also But whereas a disease is conrrary to nature The formal reason of a disease but health is that power of acting which is to be performed according to nature a disease is an impotency of performing natural actions and as those who are apt to do those things which are according to nature are said to be sound so those are deservedly said to be sick who are unapt to perform those actions Moreover the Subject of a disease as also of health The Subject of a disease is only the living parts of a body as being those to which alone a power of undergoing natural actions is given But all those things which are not in the number of the living as humors and other things which are not able to perform natural actions in a man cannot be the subject of a disease The cause of a Disease or of impotency to perform actions is an ill constitution of the parts The causes of a disease The definition of a disease The Galenicall definition of a disease as the cause of health is a right disposition of the same Hence a Disease is defined to be an impotency of the living parts of man to perform natural actions arising from their constitution contrary to nature Although according to Galen also to be sick is not to be able to operate and so this definition is not contrary to the sense of Galen yet that out of the definition of diseases differences and profitable observations may the better be drawn Galen retains the same terms of the definition but places them otherwise and in the second Chapter of the differences of Diseases defining a Disease saith That a constitution of a vitious function contrary to nature is the cause thereof and in his first Chapter of the differences of Symptomes calls it a disposition contrary to nature by which action is hurt Namely as health is a certain quality or harmony in the qualities in magnitude number figure and other things neceslary for the constitution of each part by reason whereof the body is disposed and made fit to perform natural actions So a Disease is such a quality by reason of which the same body is rendred unfit to perform the same actions Diathesis what it is For the word Diathesis taken generally signifies every quality according to which a man is well and ill disposed whether it be easily or difficultly taken away And therefore as certain later Physicians will have it A Disease is not only a privation a Disease is not simply the want of health and nothing positive but such a want as proceedeth from a disposition contrary to that disposition on which health depends which is wholly something positive and when a part is wounded or diminished a quality and disposition is brought into it contrary to that which was present there before in time of health as a hand that is wounded is otherwise difposed then that which is well and that which hath four fingers otherwise then that which hath five In brief a Disease consisteth not only in privation of a good constitution but in a contrary and vitious constitution CHAP. II. Of the differences of Diseases THE differences of Diseases are two-fold The Essentiall differences of diseases Essential or Proper which are taken from the essence it self of a disease and so agree to one kind that they cannot be common to another or accidental which are taken from those things which follow the essence of a disease and from other circumstances But because as 't is said before there is one natural constitution of the similar parts as they are such and another of the organick and a common Unity in them both the regression from that natural constitution of every one affords several kinds of Diseases First therefore Diseases of the similar parts the proper Diseases of the similar parts are Diseases of Intemperature when that due proportion of the primary qualities is not observed but when one doth excell the other three or two overrule the other two contrary to nature Moreover there are found in similar parts Diseases of hidden qualities or of the whole substance as they call them when there is not only in the constitution of the similar parts a due congruity of the primary qualities but a certain disposition also of the occult qualities is requisite Secondly Diseases of Organick parts there are so many signes of Organick Diseases as we have said are requisite for the composition and constitution of an Organ namely four Diseases of Confirmation of Number Magnitude and Composition Lastly the third kind of Diseases Common to both which are common to them both They call solution of Unity or continuity CHAP. III. Of Diseases of Intemperature DIseases of Intemperature as is said Diseases of Distemper are when that due proportion of primary qualities is not observed which ought to be but either one overcomes the other three or two the other two Whence one distemper is said to be simple another compound Simple is that wherein one quality exceedeth and this according to the number of the four qualities is quadruple hot cold moist dry Compound is that wherein two qualities exceed and this according to the quadruple mixture of the primary qualities is four-fold hot and moist hot and dry cold and moist and cold and dry And so in the whole there are eight Diseases of Intemperature But these distempers are again distinguished divers wayes Distemper without and with matter which distinctions neverthelesse produce not new kinds but differences which are found in many differing in kind For first one distemper is with matter another without matter Intemperature with matter is when it hath a humour joyned with it and is cherished by it Distemper without matter is that which is cherished by no preternatural humour as when heat is sent into any part from the fire or heat of the Sun Moreover one distemper is equal another unequal Equal intemperature equal is that which is a little and equal in all living parts and affects them all alike Unequal and equally Unequal is that which is more intense in one part and more remisle in another and affects one more another lesse For since that the members of our body are constituted of many particles it may come to passe that all may not be equally affected by
the declination for no man ever dyed in the declination of a disease In the same manner Particular times may be limited Particular times and every course hath its fit which course Remissness or an Intervall follows A fit hath its beginning increase state and declination which Particular times may happen during the Universall times The end of the first part of the second Book THE SECOND BOOK PART II. Of the Causes of DISEASES CHAP. I. Of the Causes of Diseases SEeing that nothing can perfectly be known unless the causes thereof are known whither can diseases be avoided unless the causes are shun'd neither can the same be taken away unless the causes if they are present be first taken away We will now treat of the causes of Diseases Although by the Philosophers there are rightly constituted four kinds of causes The sorts of causes the Materiall Formall Finall and Efficient yet here we are to speak onely of the Efficient causes of diseases for the form such as accidents have is already explained Diseases have not matter unless it be the subject wherein they are inherent The Physitian treats of efficient cause The causes of diseases are fourfold The proximate The remote the end also is not since they arise from the want of perfection and therefore Physitians when they handle the cause of diseases understand the efficient cause onely But Efficient causes of Diseases are considered either in respect had to a disease and a body or absolutely and as they are things which can take upon them the nature of mortifique causes If causes as they are referred to a disease or its effects they are considered thus first one cause is proximate and immediate another remote The proximate is that cause betwixt which and the disease nothing intercedes The remote is that betwixt which and the disease there comes another neerer cause The proximate since nothing can come to pass without a cause is in all diseases but the 〈◊〉 is not so Secondly since that of those causes which conduce to the generation of a disease and indeed such as some matter doth exeite Containing some are neerer others more remote and oftentimes there is a long rank of them Physicians call some causes containing others antecedent others primitive A cause containing which is also named consummative Containing is that which proximately adheres to a disease in a body and cherisheth it and which being put the disease is being taken away the disease is taken away so a stone is the cause containing of obstruction of the bladder A humour in a turnour is the cause of increasing of Magnitude but a cause containing and immediate is not absolutely the same for as much as all diseases have a proximate cause since nothing can be done without a cause but they have not all the cause containing namely thesâ— oke of a sword is the proximate cause of a wound but not the cause containing And those diseases only have a cause containing which are joyned with matter and are cherished by it as tumours obstructions putrid Feavers Yet you are here to be admonished that these things which are here spoken of a cause containing as also of the differences of other causes are all spoken of in respect of a disease defined by Galen per dispositionem or casually as they say for in respect or this not all but some diseases only have a cause containing But if a disease be defined formally and through impotency all diseases whatsoever have a cause containing namely some vitious dispâ—sition of body The antedent The antecedent causes are certain dispositions lying hid in the body which go before a disease and out of which a disease may arise For although that be most properly called a cause which doth now act yet Physitians call those things causes which as yet produce not any disease so that they may produce them Antecedent causes are defined not by the act but by the power of effecting so some vitious humour which lyeth lurking in the body produceth not a disease as yet yet it may gonerate one The primitive How causes differ The manifest evident The manifest externall that is called the antecedent cause thereof The primitive causes which anciently they called Prophasis are such as move the antecedent in a body and give occasion that they may become proximate causes such are watchings cares ange too much exercise and motion and such like But primitive causes and evident are not the same for every Proâ—atarcktick is evident or manifest but every evident and manifest is not a Primitive as a sword is the evident cause of a wound but not the primary for an evident or manifest cause is whatsoever produceth a disease in a manifest manner whether it be immediate or remote but the primitive can never be the proximate but alwayes requires preceding preparation of the body and a neerer cause in the body which it may move Nor is the primitive cause the same with the external for externall is only in respect of the body and every thing which is without the body after what manner soever it produceth a disease it is called an externall cause but Primitive is spoken in respect to other causes and is that which stirreth up and moveth the hidden causes of the body either within the body or out of the body whence Sleep Watchings Passions of the mind and other causes which are in the body are named primitive not externall Thirdly Evident causes Occult. some causes are evident others hidden and obscure evident and manifest are such as are obvious to the senses neither is there need of any other signes to know them by Occult and hidden are such as lurk in the body and require signes to be known by Fourthly Internall Externall some causes are internall others externall internall are such as are within the body externall are such as are without the body Fifthly Perse By accident some causes are by themselves others by accident Causes by themselves are such as produce dieases by their own proper force and violence and not by the assistance of other causes so fire heateth water cooleth A cause by accident is when it performs ought by the intervening of another cause and not by its own force so cold water by accident is the cause of heat whilst by its binding and closing the pores of the skin the hot exhalations are detained within which otherwise would evaporate by insensible transpiration Also some causes are common Common Proper Positive as Air Meat and drink when many use them in one place others are proper which are peculiar to certain men Lastly some causes are positive others privative positive are such as by their presence produce an effect like themselves Privative after which sort water cooleth Privative are such as by their absence produce an effect like themselves so heat returning to the internall parts and leaving the externall is the cause of
and rest Exercise for idlenesse and too much rest fills the body with Excrements dulls the native heat and renders the body slow and feeble on the other side too much exercise dissipates the Spirits consumes the body and by consequence cooles the whole body hinders concoction the veins and vessels often break stirs up untimely humours heats them and causeth fevers and especially if the body be full of vitious humours they being stirred are carried through the whole body and stir up fevers and other distempers and symptomes Fifthly Passions of the mind the affections of the mind make great alterations in the body in anger the Blood and Spirits become extream hot and are hurried to the external parts from the internal whence they inflame the whole body and often kindle Fevers and raise other Symptomes Too much joy may so dissipate the Spirits that it is observed one may die therewith in fear and trembling the Spirits and heat desert the exteriour parts and fly to the heart and suffocate the heart sorrow by degrees dissolveth the Spirits cooleth the Body dryes spoils concoction causes watchings and begets melancholly diseases Lastly Excretions and retentions those things that are reteined in and sent out of our bodies are the causes of Diseases for if the profitable humors be untimely sent out it debilitates the body and consumes it but if the excrements are retained diseases are bred that are like unto them CHAP. III. Of the internal causes of Diseases and first of fulnesse of Blood INternal things which are the causes of diseases Internal things the causes of diseases either are generated in the body according to nature or are found in the bedy contrary to nature those which are generated according to nature are those three of Hypocrates conteining conteined and doing violence or as others would have it solid humid and spirituous those are called preternatural humours which are found in the body contrary to nature as stones gravel wormes and all things that are generated in the body differing from natural whereunto belongeth those things that are sent into the body and there stick and remain as darts bullets of lead and such like But these things are made to be the causes of diseases How many wayes either as they are in their whole kind contrary to nature or as they offend in qùantity quality motion or place The fault of humours in Specie is divided into Plethorick and Cacochimick The fault of humors twofold Plethorie for humours are either apt to nourish the bedy or not fit plenty of the one â—s called Plethorick of the other Cacochimick for Plethory is when blood and humours profitable for the nourishment of the body abound Plethorie towfold To the vessels To the strength and are beyond mediocrity This plenitude is twofold either as to the vessels when blood so abounds as that the vessels wherein it is contained are stretched beyond their ordinary bigness the other as to the strength when there is more blood then the strength can bear to which Horatius Augenius adds this mixt of them both to wit when there is so great plenty of blood as stretcheth and extendeth the veins and so great pains that the strength cannot bear it Chacochimy is an excesse of other humours besides blood Chachochimy namely when natural excrementious humours offend in plenty or preternatural excrementious humours abound and whilest either these or those putrifie and bring in a strange nature The seat of Plethory and Chacochimy Both pure and spurious Pure Plethory Pure Chacochimy Spurious The causes of Plethory The seat of Plethory is only in the veins but Chacochimy is not onely in the veins but also out of them and in the whole body or some parts especially the bowels But sometimes Plethory and Chacochimy are mixed whence both are divided into spurious and legitimate pure Plethory is when there is too great plenty of pure blood and humours without any vitious ones Pure Chacochimy is when there is too great plenty of ill humours and no good blood with them but when good juyce aboundeth and ill humours are mixed therewith it is called a spurious Plethory or Chacochimy according as blood and ill humours do more or lesse abound There are many causes of Plethory as plenty of Dyet supplies matter to cause it nourishment of good juyce and great plenty of such nourishment the Efficient causes are Constitution of the Body and principally of the Heart and Liver hot and moist and youthful age which may be occasioned in the Spring time and a temperate constitution of the Air idlenesse moderate sleep a life without care and paines suppression of accustomary evacuations of blood Chacochimy according to the variety of excrementitious humours is manifold The kinds of Chacochimy for sometimes phlegm sometimes choller sometimes melancholly and adust melancholly and sometimes serous humours abound of which humorsthere are again various differences CHAP. IV. Of Phlegm THere are divers kinds of Phlegm which are commonly divided into natural and preternatural The kinds of Phlegm Natural Phlegm Natural is a cold and moist juyce or blood not perfectly concocted but if we rightly observe the matter this humour is not properly to be reckoned amongst the excrementitious humours because the blood is crude and may be turned into the aliment of the parts Of the preternatural Phlegm there are four kinds unsavory The kinds of preternatural Plegm Unsavory sharp vitreous salt Unsavory Phlegm peculiarly and principally may be called a Crude Humour which for want of concoction hath not acquired that perfection which it ought in the stomach and therefore can no where in mans body be turned into good substance Acride Phlegm is also crude and called so from the taste it relishes of to them that void it Acride and proceeds from the defect of heat These two kinds proceed from the same causes which according to greater or lesser power they have of introducing coldness and crudity so sometimes this sometimes that kind is generated such are cold meates hard to be digested too great plenty of meat and drink and taken at unseasonable times a cold constitution of the stomach and the adjacent intrails which way soever occasioned Salt Phlegm Salt so called from the savour and is occasioned by the mixture of a serous humidity and a salt with Phlegm whence it is not simply cold but mixed with heat and drinesse and as there is more or lesse of the salt humour mixed so is it more or lesse hot Lastly Vitreous Phlegm is vitreous so called by Praxagorus because in substance and colour it somewhat doth resemble melted glasse this is exceeding cold clammy and thick CHAP. V. Of Choller CHoller is threefold The kinds of Choller Alimentary Natural and Contrary to Nature but the first is not an Excrement but the hotter and dryer part of the Masse of Blood of a different nature from that which is in
some happen to it from without Those which are in the body are humours and excrements Internal if they contein in them malignant and venomous qualities as putrified Blood Seed and other corrupt humours As for external causes External First venomous and malignant Aire Secondly Virulent and contagious Diseases Thirdly Poyson drunk or after what manner soever taken into the Body Fourthly Poysons which come by the smitings or bitings of venomous creatures or some other way communicated to the body externally Venom is either generated in the Air or else the Air receives it from some other thing Aire It receives it from some other thing by malignant exhalations and vapours from Cattel Marish grounds dead Carkasses and other such like exhalations Poyson is generated in the Aire by reason of its hot and moist constitution or the occult influences of stars Contagion is a Granary or if you please Contagion an Affect contrary to nature which is communicated to another body from a body affected likewise contrary to nature This Infection is twofold either by touch when the body which is infected toucheth that body which is next to it or at distance when a body far distant from another by that which it emits it infects the distant body Poysons taken into the body are either Plants Poysons taken Poysons from without or living Creatures or Minerals or poysonous Metals Poysons which happen externally to the body are the biting of venomous Creatures Stroakes Exhalations or venomous Unguents and Powders CHAP. XII Of the causes of Organick Diseases NOw for the causes of Organick Diseases and first the figure of Conformation is vitiated either by it selfe or by accident By it selfe it is vitiated first in the womb The causes of the figure vitiated through some error of the formative faculty Secondly out of the womb through violent motion either of those things that happen externally or those which are with us or in us or by the errors of our Midwives Nurses or Chyrurgions Thirdly by too great repletion and encrease and on the contrary by Inanition or Defect of Aliment and lesning the due magnitude or in default in number By accident the figure is hurt when any parts grow not as they ought but another way through loosening of Nerves Convulsion Inflammation or swelling a Scyrrhus or hard bunch on the Liver the cutting of a Nerve or Tendon or by some hard skin growing in them Moreover to what belongs to Diseases in the Channels of the Body Diseases in the Channel are either in excesse or defect Diseases of the passages in excesse the passages are too much dilated by something filling them contrary to nature and stretching them sometimes too much But straitness of the passages is either from our first formation when our stomachs are narrower then they ought or by repletion or when in an Empyema an Impostumation or Ulcer is generated in the brest and there broken and flowes and makes it narrower or whilest a stone groweth in some hollow part or by compressure when from what cause soever a hollow member lying under its Cavity is pressed too close or by the closing of its outsides or by constriction when by too much use of binding things the stomach is contracted Diseases of the passages since they are in excess or in defect The causes of Diseases of passages Anastomasis Diaresis An Anastomasis is caused first by the too great quantity or the quality of humours initating the expulsive faculty or the mouth of the vessels opening themselves moreover sometimes by Medicines and other things which have power to relax and loosen the mouths of the vessels A Devision is made by some gnawing or cutting cause such may be sharp humours or fretting Medicines either stretching them too much as too great store of humours Diapedesis or else breaking them as violent motion clamours heavy burthens knocking An opening the Tunicles of the vessels is by moistning and rarefying things The causes of defect and straitnesse of passages Obstruction Constipation Coalescence Compression The causes of the defect of passages or of narrownesse of them are five Obstruction Constipation Cealescence Compressure Subsidence The cause of obstruction is first that which is conteined in a passage and is not generated for such are thick or viscide humours clots of blood quitture hard dung stones worms and too great abouncance of humours The cause of Constipation is hard flesh as when there is a Tumour the flesh growes in the passage Coalescence is caused when after a wound the walls of the passages grow together Compression is made by things externally hapning which have power by weight and violence or otherwise to pâ—esse the passages and have strength to force them inward as divers tumours and bones out of joynt are amongst the internal causes amongst the external Bones Conâ—usions Stroakes and such like Subsidence Subsidence is when the outsides of the passages by too much moisture are made looser then they ought to which some adde Constriction by cooling and astringent things The causes of Diseases on the outside The causes of Diseases in the Superficies or extremities of the body are such as make it rough or smooth rugged things make it rough so does gnawing things and such as dry overmuch as sharp humours and medicines endued with such qualities sharp vapours Wind Smoak sharp Meates things endued with contrary qualities make the body smooth Moistâ—ning things make the body soft contrary to nature drying things make it harder the mixture of black humours and such as give a tincture spoyles the clearnesse of complexion The cause of Diseases of defect Causes of Diseases in number in number are either from a mans birth namely defect of matter or imbecillity of the faculty drawing matter being not able to retain and elaborate the same or error of formation Or else after one is born by outting burning gnawing putrefying and too much cooling either natural things abound contrary to nature and that from our beginning the cause whereof is either too great plenty of profitable matter and the strength and error of the formative faculty or after our birth as is a Membrane a Tubercle the cause whereof is plenty of good matter and by it occasion is given of breeding an Ulcer or somewhat contrary to nature aboundeth as Warts Stones and such like the cause whereof is peccant matter Magnitude is encreased contrary to nature Of Magnitude encreased either according to some dimensions only or according to all First it is encreased by things contrary to nature as by wind as in a Timpany and a windy Tumour or by water as in a Dropsie or by the falling of one part into another as when one is bursten Augmentation is made according to all the dimensions by the spreading of humours over all the substance of the body which comes to passe either by reason of profitable humours which happens to fat people and
in the encrease of certain parts or from an unprofitable and Excrementitious which happens in divers kinds of tumours Magnitude is lessened by weakness of virtue Diminished and want of sustenance or by cutting burning gnawing putrefaction refrigeration Lastly parts change their places by reason of the loosenesse Of changing place or solution of unity of those parts wherein they are conteined or contraction of ligaments or when they are violently put out of their places The vicinity and connexion for the most part is hurt by the same means namely Of Connexion if the parts by whose intervening they are knit together are loosened broken or wounded CHAP. XIIII Of the causes of Diseases of Solution of Unity THe causes of Diseases of Solution of Unity Causes of Diseases of Solution of Unity Of cutting although they are very many yet all may be reduced into five ranks for all things that dissolve the continuity of any part either cut or gnaw or knock or bend and break or burn those that cut are all sharp bodies which whether edglings or wound with the point as all kinds of weapons and darts thorns the biting of living Creatures and such like All sharp things erode as humours Eroding and all sharp eroding putrifying burning medicines Those that are heavy and great and blunt knock as stones woods Knocking and breaking Eating dashing the body against hard things which if they happen to a part that can give way to it they bruise it if they happen to a hard part which cannot yeild they break it they knock and break those things that fill the part as plenty of humours and store of wind or they powerfully dry or violently dilate the part as dancing and all loud singing and heavy burthen oppressing to which belong immoderate cold Lastly hot Irons burnt Burning and other mettals and hot and fiery things The end of the Second Part of the Second Book Book II. PART III. OF SYMPTOMES SECT I. Of the Differences of Symptomes CHAP. I. What a Symptome is THE name of Symptome The word Symptome although sometimes it be taken generally for every thing which befals the body contrary to nature so that both Diseases and causes of Diseases are comprehended under the notion of Symptomes Yet Physitians take not this name so generally But by Symptome understand something different from a Disease and a cause of a Disease and so a Symptome is an affect or accident contrary to nature in those things which are necessary to perform natural actions without the constitution of the parts some other thing contrary to nature following It s definition or 't is an accident different from natural and changing the natural constitution of the body which to perform natural actions is no necessary whether the action it selfe be hindered or some accident contrary to nature in the humours and excrements or even in the living parts so that it hinder not their actions for a Symptome may consist even in the living parts For example heat caused by a Bath or exercise so that there be not any effect which can hinder action CHAP. II. Of the causes and differences of Symptomes in general SO that in respect of the causes It s division a Symptome is properly divided into a Symptome of a Disease a Symptome of a Cause and a Symptome of a Symptome for they labour in vainâ— who endeavour to draw all Symptomes from Diseases A Symptome of a Disease is that which immediately follows a Disease A Symptome of a Disease A Symptome of a Cause no other affect contrary to nature comming between as when an ill concoction follows a distemper of the stomach which is called in Greek Cylosis A Symptome of a cause is when the action is hurt although the faculty and its organ be well the faculty being hindered by an external fault as when the Liver though sound cannot sanguifie by reason of vitious chyle Whether hurt by external meanes be Symptomes they trouble themselves exceedingly here who endeavour to deduce every Symptome from a Disease and actions hindred which happen without a Disease no way worthy the name of a Symptome but think them worthy to be called certain natural differences or imbecilities since that they are accounted to perform nothing beyond their own strength but they plainly erre in the matter for that any work may be perfected not onely the agent and that rightly disposed but also the patient which receives the operation of the agent is required For as in voluntary actions as for example in gesture or lifting of a weight the businesse is in the free will of man but that some work may be performed in the body as for example Sanguification Nourishment It is necessary that the patient be joyned and coupled with the agent but since the action of him that moves and the patient moveable is but one motion and differ onely in reason as Aristotle teacheth in the second Book of his natural Philosophy Chap. 3. Title 23. Diservedly therefore in natural actions when that is not performed which ought to be especially in natural concoctions all that which either is hurt or frustrated is deservedly called a Symptome whether it be done by reason of the agent or of the patient for although in respect of the agent it be impotent Yet some fault doth happen by reason of the patient and therefore it is the office of a Physitian if he will govern a mans body aright to govern as well the patient as agent in such actions A Symptome of a Symptome is that which follows another preceding Symptome A Symptome of a Symptome A division of Symptomes no other affect contrary to nature comming between Moreover there is a common division of Symptomes into an action hurt errours of excretion and retention and qualities changed namely such as doe not hinder the actions of our bodies Actions hurt are of two kinds Manner of actions hurt the one is so called when the faculty is hurt The other by reason of some external fault as is said When the faculty is hurt the action is said to be hurt How many ways are actions hart when the faculty is hurt since the agent is not right or since the instrument for the faculties of the mind cannot be hurt is affected contrary to nature That the natural constitution of the part which is the next instrument of the faculty is vitiated which being spoyled the mind cannot perform its actions Again some divide the faculty hurt into the faculty hurt alone by its selfe and into certain actions hindred The faculty hurt by it selfe they say is when the next instrument which it useth in performing whereof that action is ill affected as for example when the Bladder doth not expel Urine by reason that the Fibers which are used in expelling are ill disposed Again to the good constitution of the instrument is required not only as abovesaid constitution of the part as
were degenerated from their nature and are made altogether unfit to perform animal actions bring forth vapors which contain in them a stupefactive power moreover the effusion of animal spirits by deep wounds and troubling of them by a stroak and by a great fal and commotion of the Brain may take away all sense and motion from a man but that Apoplexy which ariseth from a pituitous and stupefactive power is the chief and is understood for the most part when mention is made of a perfect Apoplexy to wit which is occasioned by its sefe when the other Apoplexies by reason of the differences of causes either are occasioned by some external and violent cause as by a stroak by a fall or they follow other diseases An Epilepsie is occasioned from a vaporous and thin matter Of an Epilepsie whether by its acrimony or venomous and malignant quality vellicating and molesting the Brain and all the Nerves and together afflicting the animal spirits darkning and troubling of them and there are to help this matter forward not onely certain humours corrupted in a peculiar manner and fit for an Epileptical disposition but also parts of the body corrupted in like manner as Worms After-birth and such like An imperfect Epilepsie hath the same cause with the perfect Epilesie but mote gentle and less store of humours which otherwise could not vellicate all the Nerves yet may trouble them all but cannot trouble and darken the animal spirits in the Brain CHAP. VII Of the causes of Symptomes which happen to qualities changed ANd these are the causes of the actions hurt Causes of colour changed or of the first kind of Symptomes which conâ—ist in the actions hurt the second kind or colour of the whole body or of its parts changed contrary to nature are humors of the body such are the colours of the whole body or its parts as are the humors in them so in the yellow Jaundice by reason of yellow choller effused into the body the whole body is coloured with the yellow choller in a Dropsie by stegm it waxeth pale The teeth grow black either through default of aliment Causes of change of the colour of teeth or when any slimy matter flowing from the Stomach Brain or elsewhere or also from meat left behind sticks to the teeth and putrifying corrupts and make them black The Nailes change their colour through peccant matter nourishing them Of Nails Fifthly Of stinking smells smells and exhalations are breathed out of the whole body when hot and moist bodies produce plenty of crude humours which when they cannot be overcome by heat become putrid and send forth a stinck from the whole body A stink is sent out of the mouth Of stinking breath when either many crudities are heaped together in the Stomack which are corrupted and send forth putrid and stinking exhalations by the Pallate or when filthy vapours exhale from the putrifaction in the Lungs or when such matter cleaves to the Teeth Gums or Pallate and infects the air which is breathed out with its stink The smell of the Arm-pits which they call Goats smel Stink of the Arm-pits proceeds from excrementitious humors which are sent from the heart and internal parts in such aboundance to these places and emunctories that all of them cannot easily be discussed but corrupt and send forth filthy smells The faetid smell of the Groin comes from the same cause namely Of the Groin too great plenty of excrements which are sent out from the Liver and Veins to those emunctories The foul smell of the Nostrils is caused by excrementitious humours there collected and putrifying by a Polipus a Canker or an Ulcer in the Nostrils Of the Nostrils The ears stink by an Imposthume and Ulcer in the internal Ear or by vitious humours sent out of the Brain Of the Ears Lastly Of the Feet the Feet send forth an ill smell when the moist excrements in them which are of a hot and moist constitution and given to surfeit are collected and putrifie in the Feet being drawn thither by their motion especially when they are covered with such garments that they cannot freely expire vapours The câ—uses of tactil qualities changed Of tactil qualities changed appears by those things which are spoken of the Causes of Diseases when sometimes they are referred to the rank of Diseases sometimes to the number of Symptomes namely as sometimes the actions are hindered by them sometimes they hinder not the actions but onely cause trouble to the touch CHAP. VIII Of the causes of Symptomes in those things that are sent forth and retained AS for what belongs to excretion and those things which in their whole kind are contrary to nature Causes of excrements contrary to nature and may be generated in the body as stones worms since the same belongs to the causes of Diseases they are spoken of before in the second Part and the ninth Chapter but artificial things as instruments of Iron Knives and such like cannot be generated in mans body but by the inchantments of the Devil are insinuated into the body or are fitted to parts without through which they cannot come back and are there shewen as it were going back If those things which are wont to be cast forth naturally are cast out another way â—â—eressions through unaccustomed passages which comes to passe because the accustomed ways either are grown together or obstructed or some way or other shut for then nature by reason of plenty of matter which it was wont to evacuate through the usual ways they being shut it wearied seeks new ways either more open or otherwise to which some pricking humor leads it or which it chuseth of its own accord Thirdly the effusion of blood contrary to nature through what place soever happens because the Veins and Arteries are opened contrary to nature Of bleeding contrary to nature for those reasons which before in the Second part and thirteenth Chapter are explained and particularly sweating of Blood happens through the thinnesse of the Blood rarity and laxity of the skin and debility of the retentive faculty Small paâ—cels are cast out of the body when from any internal part which was wont to be evacuated that way or in that way by an Ulcer Putrifaction and eroded by a sharp humour and separated from the body As for the causes of excretions offending in quality hot ordure is cast out if choller and hot humours are mingled If the Liver and Guts are too hot if hot meats are used The siege is cold by the extinguishing of the native heat the use of cold meats and the mixture of cold humours Moist Excrements are cast out either through crudity when the meat is not concocted or by obstruction of the Meseraik Veins Causes of excretions peccant in quality Hot. Cold. Moist Hard. by reason whereof the Chyle cannot passe to the Liver and therefore being mingled with the ordure
plenty thereof as may render the Vrine thick A pale and thin Vrine is made when a small portion of choller is mingled with an aqueous Urine A pale and thin A pale red thick but a pale red and thick when choller is mixt in greater plenty but if any choller be mingled with a thick white Vrine the Vrine is dyed pale CHAP. VII Of the causes of smell quantity and such like accidents THe Urine which obtains the natural and usual smell Cause of the smell of Vrine signifies that the natural heat is right and concoction is well performed but if the Vrine smell not or lesse then the Vrines of those that are well use to do it is a token that the native heat is weak and almost no concoction performed Of no smel nor is the serous and excrementitious humour mingled therewith Sweet Vrine Of smelling well or that which smells well doth not proceed from any internal natural causes but if any such be found it hath acquired that smell from meats or medicines taken inwardly Stinking Vrines are caused first from meat and drink Of Faetid and certain medicines taken also from crudity and corruption of meats erosion and especially from putrifaction Fourthly from daily retention of Vrine in the Bladder Vrine naturally ought to answer to the drink Of store of Vrine but it is made more plentiful then is fit First if meats are administred which are full of aqueous humidity Secondly if the aqueous and serous excrements which use to be discussed by motion or evacuated other wayes be retained in the body Thirdly if nature from the other parts or the whole body expels the vitious humours through the passages of Vrine which useth to happen in Critick and Symptomatick evacuations as in a Diabetes or incontinence of Vrine Fourthly if Dyuretick medicine be taken On the contrary little Vrine is caused by contrary causes Of little Vrine namely not only by reason of small quantity of drink taken but of dry meats moreover if the aqueous matter be consumed which useth to be in burning fevers as also by motion and too much exercise Thirdly if the Vrine be converted to other parts Fourthly by reason of the straitness of the passages by which the Vrine ought to be expelled CHAP. VIII Of the causes of Contents in Vrines of those that are sound THe matter of a Content The matter of a sediment in sound men or Sediment in the Vrines of such as are sound for in Vrines of those that are exactly well there is scarce any Content save onely a sediment is some part of aliment which escaped concoction for since it neither can be changed into perfect blood nor into the nutriment of any part after the third concoction it is sent to the Reins and cast cut through the Bladder and there is scarce found a Vrine of a sound man The causes of diversity of Contents wherein the natural sediment doth not appear because scarce any body is so exactly sound which doth not generate some such excrement and no nourishment is to be found which cannot afford matter for such an excrement Whence according to the diversity of meats and natures thereof there ariseth diversity of Contents For although the Contents settle in the bottome and in those that are exactly sound yet in those which do not enjoy most perfect health The cause of the quality of the sediment or do not eat the best meats it doth not enjoy its natural place but in some and those which eat grosser food more then is convenient it doth settle in the bottome in others it ascends higher then is fit by reason of the heat which cannot subdue it A Sediment is naturally white and takes this colour from the veins and parts which are wont to impress a white colour on those things which they change Equal and continued is not divided by reason of heat rightly concocting and rendring this excrement equal and obtains the figure of a Pyramid which although all parts seem to the senses to be equally thick yet in truth some are thicker which settle underneath others thinner which consist in the superiour part A great sediment is through plenty of crude juice which affords matter for a sediment Quantity whence boyes through much eating and those that live in idleness and those whose accustomed evacuations are suppressed and females also have a more plentiful sediment but men because they are hotter and have not so many crude humors have less sediment the same happens in Summer through fasting too great evacuations and other causes consuming the humors also obstructions and much and thin drinks which are distributed and cast forth before it can receive any mixture or digestion with meat CHAP. IX Of the causes of Contents in Vrines of those that are sick AGain in sick people the sediment consists of the more crude part of the aliment which cannot turn into nourishment â—f the parts The cause of a sediment in the Urines of the sick with which notwithstanding other vitious humors also are mingled nay sometimes vitious humors onely may afford matter for a sediment but by how much the more the Contents of those that are sick are like to those that are well by so much they are the better and shew great concoction but by how much the more they recede from those either in colour or other qualities by so much they are the worse and indeed the differences of colours of Contents are borrowed from the humour whereof they consist but as for what belongs to the diversity of substance that proceeds from the variety os burning heat and various disposition of matter a farenacious sediment as Galen teacheth is made from thick dried blood Causes of a fernacious sediment Frothy Bran-lik Pulse-like or flesh unequally consumed by a fiery heat but rough or scaly when the solid parts are unequally consumed and scaly particles are cast forth with the Vrine and bran-like sediment proceeds from a flamy and consuming heat of a Fever and a sore in the bladder or veins a sediment that represents pulse proceeds from melting as Actuarius teacheth when a Fever comes to the flesh and melts it but it is not thought credible by the late Physitians that by the melting or flesh any thing so thick can be mixed with the Vrine and moreover those sediments they account do proceed from a scabby and exulcerated bladder or from a crude and melancholy humor Small Sand and Gravel proceed from thick and feculent matter which sometimes contains in it selfe a principle of coagulation and a light occasion being offered Of sand and gravel it concreates of its own accord Clods of blood are discerned when either from an ulcer Of Clods of blood or otherwise from a hurt broken or open vessel in a part through which the Veine passeth blood is cast out Quitture appears in the Vrine when an imposthume Of quitture in Urine or
making water is to be observed those Vrines which are made presently after eating and drinking When Vrine is to be received signifie nothing certainly especially if much drink be taken since the decoction is not performed Vrine is rather to be lookt upon after a perfect concoction and about the morning In Fevers regard is to be had of the fits because in time of the Paroxism the morbifique matter is expelled another way Secondly it is to be weighed whether any meat drink or medicine be taken which may change the Vrine Thirdly The whole Vrine to be taken It should first settle In what place should be kept Inspection of troubled Vrines the whole Urine made at once is to be be taken not to be mingled with waters made at several times Fourthly judgment is not to be given of Urine before it hath setled and the Contents enjoy their proper place Fifthly you must beware least the Urine by cold air or winds especially in an open vessel being exposed thereunto should be changed or corrupted yet it may be changed no less by too much heat then by too much cold Sixthly if the Urines are troubled they are to be setled by the heat of fire or rather warm water that they may return to their former state yet it is convenient to look upon troubled Urines before they become clear again since often times in troubled Vrines the substance of the Vrine is more manifest then in clear and often times Vrines which be not troubled seem to be alike when troubled they differ exceedingly and in troubled Vrines oftentimes that matter of the Vrine shews it self which scarce any one could believe had been contained in it when 't was clear Seventhly the Vrinal in Inspection ought to be quiet and not to be stirred only after Inspection it may be lawful to stir the contents Eighthly the Glass wherein the Vrine is to be viewed ought to be clear perspicuous and void of all colour Ninthly the Urine is to be cast neither in a place too shady nor too light yet the colours in a small shade so not too dark may be discerned best but the Contents in a lighter place CHAP. XII What may be discerned and foretold by a Vrine ALL diseases and affects cannot be discerned by Vrine only since there are diseases of many parts which alter not the Vrine What can be known by Urine but without dispute the Vrine may shew that disposition which is in the Liver and Vrines since the Vrine is an Excrement of the Veins of the Reins also and passages through which the Vrine flows and the diseases of the Bladder and Yard without controversie the Vrine may shew for if any thing be contained in the ways through which the Vrine passeth contrary to nature 't is easily mingled with the Vrine moreover the diseases of those parts which send matter to the Veins may be dscerned by the Vrine Whence if any peculiar part be affected and the Vrine changed also if in the part affected there be also made any peculiar change it is a token that such matter is transmitted from that part to the Reins and Bladder On the contrary also when the matter which is contained in the Veins is carried sometimes to other part s and causeth various Symptomes the diseases of those parts may also be known by the Vrines especially if other Symptomes agree with those of the Vrine Lastly when Fevers and venemous diseases may be joined with the diseases of many parts although the Vrines then do not first indicate that very disease of the private part yet 't is not unprofitable then to consider the Vrines and to observe the signs from thence of life and death And thus what may be known and foretold of every Vrine is manifest from those things which are spoken of the causes of all the differences which happen unto Vrine Book III. PART I. SECT IV. OF PULSES CHAP. I. What a Pulse is A Pulse which the Greeks call Sphugmos and Sphuxis A Pulse what is a motion of the Heart and Arteries proceeding from the vital faculty consisting of dilatation and contraction and is appointed for the preservation of the Harmony of the native heat Instruments of a Pulse Instruments of the Pulse are the Heart and Arteries and the Heart is the Fountain Chimny and Elaboratory of heat and vital Spirits but the Arteires are the Channels through which this vivifying heat is derived from the heart as from a Fountain and disperst through the whole body which work that they may rightly perform power is given to them by nature whereby they can dilate and contract them selves by perpetual motion Efficient cause by which means Arteries Blood with the vital Spirits is diffused through the whole body the vapors are expelled and cold air is drawn in neither is the motion of the Heart and Arteries made only by the fervent heat of the Blood and Spirits nor is this motion to be accounted accidental Vital faculty and as it were violent but the heart by a peculiar faculty which it hath in its self which they call Vital and Pulsisique is moved neither are the Heart and Arteries dilated because they are filled but they are filled because dilated Neither is this faculty denied to the Arteries although in its own manner it depends on the heart The vse of the Heart and Arteries The use of the motion of the heart and arteries and the end of their motion is the preservation of the native heat the generation of vital spirits and the distribution of them through the whole boby but the native heat is preserved as being hotter whilest 't is cooled and fanned and the matter fit for the generating of spirits is drawn but the fuligenous vapors are expelled The motion of the Heart and Pulse performs these duties by that double motion out of the which as of parts it is composed namely by Sistole and Dyastole or dilatation and contraction But because these two motions are opposite and a thing cannot be moved against its opposite unless first it be quiet It is necessary that these two motions admit of two cessations between the one is that which follows the Systole the other the Dyastole And indeed attraction is made by dilatation for the cooling and fanning of the heat and the generation of spirits But contraction is made for expulsion for the heart when it is dilated attracts blood the matter of vital spirits and arterious blood and air from the Lungs through the arterious veins But the Arteries draw some of the thinner blood from the Veins especially they draw aire through their small orifices opening to the Pores of the Skin by contraction the Heart expels fuliginous vapors and together emits arterious Blood and Spirits into the Arteries but the Arteries expel fuligenous excrements and together communicate some Spirits and arterial blood to all the parts CHAP. 2. Of the simple differences of Pulses THe differences of
disease will be judicatory on the fourteenth and therefore the signes of concoction are to be sought in the following quartarnaries for if the signes of concoction appear about the twentieth day there is hopes on the first quartinary after the twentieth day that the disease may be judged of but if no mutation hitherto appeares it may be extended to the fourth week and those diseases which retaine all the signes of crudity to the foure and twentieth day cannot be decreed before the fourtieth day and those which are extended beyond the fourtieth are not ended with a Crisis but with slow concoctions Sometimes not only the day but also the houre of the end of a disease may be foretold The houre of the event of a disease how to be known namely if we consider particular fits for if we think any one will dye on any day t is probable he will dye in the worst time of his fit or in a particular declination when the strength in the height of a discase is dejected by the cruelty and vehemency of Symptomes CHAP. IX How many mutations there are of diseases and the manners and what a crisis is THe third thing which ought to before known by Physitians is the manner of event and end of diseases Changes of diseases how many they are terminated six severall wayes as well to health as to death for either the disease is suddenly fully dissolved and the sick recovers immediatly his firme health or there is a sudden change to better and the sick is transferred from a worse state into a better after which at length also he recovers to be well or there is a conversion of the disease by little and little to health or contrary the sick suddenly dies or the disease is suddenly become more dangerous which change at length ends him That mutation which is made by degrees tending to death is called a Marasme or Wasting that mutation of a disease which is made by little and little and tends to health is called a loosing but that sudden and hasty change which is made in Feavers especially acute and tend to health Crisis or death is called a Crisis but that change cannot be made unlesse vitious humours which oppresse nature are moved which indeed cannot happen without great perturbations of the body and vehement symptomes a Catalogue whereof Galen recites in his 1. of criticall daies Cap. 1. CHAP. X. Of the causes differences manner and time of Judgment SInce that in Judgments many things happen The cause of a crisis Conturbatâ—on conturbation evacuation and sudden mutation tending to safety or death that conturbation which is a heap of those judicatory symptomes which proceed from agitation and molestation of humours which the body affords and this comes to passe either from an externall cause as influence of Stars or an internall irritating and provoking as well nature as the matter The cause of evacuation is the expulsive faculty Evacuation which either is stird up by the plenty or the quality of matter yet critically expels that which doth molest There are four differences of Crises Differences of Crisis according as nature is sometimes stronger sometimes weaker and sometimes oppressed more by vâ—tious matter sometimes lesse for either the sick forthwith recover their former health or suddenly dye or undergo some change tending to safety or death Good Evill yet immediatly they neither recover nor dye From whence afterwards other differences will arise for some Crises are good some evill those are good which tend to the recovery of the sick those are evill which discover the death of the sick Again some are perfect and very good Persect Impersect which free the sick perfectly and wholly from the disease and leave none of the morbifique matter but the imperfect leave some of the morbifique matter behind Again some are faithfull and secure Secure Not secure which so take away the disease that there is no feare of a relapse unfaithfull is that which leaves a doubt of falling into it again Moreover t is called a safe Crisis which happens without danger of Symptomes A safe Dangerous but a dangerous which is joyned with perilous Symptomes Some Crises are with good signes Eusemes and have their indications from the daies going before them and are called good signes but that which happens without signes and is Asemos as it were unseperated is said to be an ill signe But all these differences depend on three things The differences of Crisis whereon they depend the strength of nature the nature of a disease and the condition of the matter which ought to be expelled and that a good and perfect Crisis be made t is requisite that nature be strong and Heaven favourable the disease not dangerous and the matter benigne and facill in all other Crises one or more of these are wanting All Crises are made two waies either by excretion Crisis how many waies made By excretion by translation or emitting or else by removing the matter By excretion a Crisis is made when peccant humours are expelled by vomit Seidgs sweat plenty of Urine Hemerodes of the Nose flowing of the months and Hemerodes A Crisis is made by translation when the matter is not expelled out of the body but is removed into another place and that either into internall parts or externall the former Crisis is the better because the matter for the most part is throughly cast out from the center of the body by so much also a Crisis is the better that is made by translation by how much the matter is transferred to a more ignoble and remote place so much the worse by how much the place is more noble and nigher to the seat of the former disease An Imposthumation also or Ulcer ought to be out of the region of the part affected and to have the other notes of a good Imposthumation an abscesse also ought not to vanish suddenly but to remain untill either it be turned into quitture or till it be dissipated by degrees But the best Crisis never happens unlesse it be towards the end of the height when the concoction is perfected A good crisis when it happens for that which happens in the augmentation before the state is imperfect and is so much the worse by how much t is longer distant from the end of the state sometimes also evacuation which is made in the beginning of diseases and is symptomaticall is not to be accounted evill especially if those humours are evacuated from whence the disease had its originall and the strength of nature can endure it CHAP. XI Of Criticall daies WHereas the Crises are made more frequently and better on certain determinate daies then other daies Criticall daies those dales therefore are called criticall but other daies wherein a Crisis seldome happens or such a one as is not good does happen are called not criticall Criticall daies are of
motion of the Moon The disposition and motion of humours The nature of a body â—the disposition and motion of humours are to be considered and which is the cause that the crisis happens sometimes sooner sometimes later Lastly the nature of the body is to be adjoyned which being assisted by the motion of the Moone and stirred up by the humours begins a combate with the morbifique matter and expels the same and makes a crisis CHAP XIII Of the signes of crisis in generall BUt crises are made as it is also said before only in acute In what diseases crists are made and violent diseases arising from hot thin and acrid matter which may tire out nature but if sometimes in durable or chronick diseases also criticall evacuations as it were are made it is necessary that ther be certain periods of time before the disease become vehement and become of the same nature with acutes Moreover that the crisis may be made t is requisite that there be strength of nature according as ought to be thirdly to the foreknowledge of a crisis certain perturbations in the body conduce which use to arise before a crisis Signes of crisis and signes which Galen in the third of crisis Cep second at large describes and he breifly comprehends in the same book Cap. the tenth when he writes that when a crisis is to come there is some new alteration either about respiration or concerning the mind or the sight or hearing or about some of those which we call breifly by one name criticall accidents or signes CHAP. XIIII Of the signes of differences in Crisis A Good crisis is thus known The best signe of crisis First because critick signes have precedes Second because the signes of concoction have gon before especially in urins and other excrements Third because it is shewn on the judicatory day Fourth because it happens on the judicatory day Fifth because convenient excretion is made according to the nature of the disease Sixth because the sick after the Crisis is almost freed from the feaver the Symptomes abate and the face is of a better colour But these Crises that differ from the best are known thus Of the declining from the best because the signes of exquisite concoction have not gone before nor have they happened in the state nor a little before but in the augmentation they are not made on a criticall day the evacuation doth not plainly answer to the nature of the disease the sick doth not well endure that evacuation the Pulses are not better the sick is not eased of his disease and in the night which followeth the crisis he is not more lightsome yet amongst the other evacuations which are went to happen before an absolute concoction the best of them is the Hemerhodes An evill crisis is known by the signes which are contrary to the best crisis Evill namely because such a crisis first doth not expect the time of concoction secondly in the judicatory day it was judicated by ilâ— signes or it suddenly grew upon him without preceding signes thirdly it is not made on a decretorie day but for the most part on the sixth or eigth day fourthly the evacuation doth not answer to the nature of the disease and the excretion of it selfe is evill fifthly the sick is not eased the pulse is become worse the strength decayes and the sick doth totally fall into a worse condition CHAP. XV. The signes of a crisis to come by excretion and Imposthumation BUt whether a crisis be to be made by emission of morbifique matter Sgnes of a crisis to come by excretion or by transposition of it into another place or by imposthumation the kindes of diseases and the motion time of the yeare nature and age of the sick do shew for if the disease be very acute ariseing from thin and acrid matter and the crisis be to come after the first periods if nature be strong the pulse high the passages open and nature accustomed to sweate or some other evacuation if it be Summer time t is a signe that there will be a crisis by excrements By an vlcer or imposthumation But on the contrary if the disease be not so acute and the matter be thick nature weaker especially if the urines come forth thin and crude for a long space if their be debility of the externall parts and propensity of nature to thrust out humours to these places if the time of the year be cold t is a token that there will be a crisis occasioned by imposthumation And indeed excretions are good when they are evacuated as they ought and such as ought Signes of good or evill ex cretions and in such manner as they ought and when and as much as is expedient namely when the humour which offendeth is evacuated and concocted in due quantiry in a criticall day in a right manner together and through places sending them out together evill evacuations are contrary Good imposthumations are those which are made when the matter is concocted have laudable substance Imposthumations good or evill namely a figure swelling externally and sharpned do equally ripen and are not hard round about and are of a good colour red yellow or white indifferent bignesse when they continue and go not away untill they are suppurated and are soon ripened on the contrary ill imposthumations swell not enough without and are not pointed they suppurate not all alike they are hard about and cloven into two their colour inclining to red yellow or black they are greater then is convenient and they vanish before they are suppurated or are ripened very slowly CHAP XVI Through what places there will be excretion and where there will be impostumation THrough what place there will be excretion the inclination of the humour teacheth and about those parts to which the humour to be expelled is moved or through which it is moved a certain change is perceived When a Crifis is to come by the Hemerodes of the Nose Signes of Hemerodes of the nose the Hypocondries are wont first to be extended without pain then when the blood finds the way to the superior parts it causeth difficulty of respiration but not long continuing afterwards followes the paine of the head and neck and the pulse becomes more vehement and at times the Arteries are discerned to beat and pant and the face and eyes become redder and the eyes shed involuntary teares and shinings or glistrings are observed in them or dimnesse ariseth the imagination is also hurt and a Delirium happens and certain red apparitions seem to be before the eyes and moreover the Hemerodes being now nigh the sick begin to scratch their Nose with their fingers and these signes are the more certain if the age of the sick and nature and the time of the year and the present constitution of the aire consent If by reason of sweat which happens very often Of a critick sweat
being moistned over much requires not great dryers but a thick and compact part requires great dryers Thirdly situation of which you must know that parts which are deepe in the body are to be cured with stronger medicines but those that are in the Superficies with weaker Fourthly the place of which is to be noted that if many wayes lye open for the giving of medicines the next are to be chosen Aire according to a severall respect sometimes signifies a Curatory Indicant sometimes a vitall Of the season of a disease Hippocrates his Axiome is In diseases beginning if any thing seeme proper to be removed move it but in diseases that are quiet t is better to be quiet Lastly medicines sometimes shew a greater sometimes a lesser regresse from the naturall state CHAP III. Of the concord and discord of Indicants BUt those Indicants according as they sometimes agree amongst themselves and somtimes disagree they are allotted new names and are called Indicaats Consentients contrary Indicants Prohibents Permittents Repugnants Correpugnants Co-indicants or consentients are those Co-indicants which conduce to the finding out the same remedie and more of them indicate the same thing yet others would not have Co-indicants to be Indicants which require the same helpe but to be that only which in the foregoing chapter we have said to be called not so properly Indicants namely such as indicate mediately and by the intervening of another but the rest which are properly called Indicants and require the same helpe which is required by another Indicate are called by a peculiar name Consentients Prohibents which you may call contrary Indicants Repugnants and Repugnants they are those which differ from other Indicants and require and indicate another thing which is adverse to that which was indicated from another primary Indicant and indeed so that the indication thereof be to be preferred before the other and that which was indicated from the other is to be omitted Those are called Correpugnants Correpugnants Permittents which resist together with others and prohibit something Lastly Permittents are those which although they indicate contrary to that which was indicated by another yet they are overcome by another as being more powerfull so that they are compelled to suffer that which the other perswades From whence it is manifest that a Physitian ought to consider not only what one Indicant perswades but also what another requires for if all the Indicants agree and conspire as it were in one that is boldly to be performed which is commanded by them but if there be some disagreement amongst them t is diligently to be weighed which of them perswades most powerfully and those things which dissent amongst themselves are to be valued by their strength dignity and number If they are equall according to power and dignity and are uneven according to number those which exceed in number are to be preferred and that is to be preferred which is indicated by most but if the Indicants are uneven in strength and dignity that is rather to be preferred which is commanded by the more noble or even by one more noble but if those Indicants are equall both in strength and number in all things they are to be regarded according to each severall respect From whence it is manifest that if the magnitude of Indicants be even the vitall indications are allwayes to be preferred before the rest and the greatest respect is allwayes to be had to the strength but if there be not a parity amongst the Indicants that is rather to be performed which is indicated from that which most perswades yet the rest if it may be are not plainely to be neglected CHAP. IV. Of Indicates AN indicate is that which helpeth An Indicate and is shewn that it is to be used by the Indicant it is also named Sumpheron that is profitable Prospheromenon that is aid that which is required the scope and t is called the second scope to distinguish from the first for so the Indicant is sometimes called also a remedie in the Curatory or restoring part An indicate is divided into something to doe as they speake Division of an Indicate or into the very essence of the remedie and nature of it and into the use or right Administration of that matter fit for remedie What is to be done is known by its selfe from the nature of the true Indicant What is to be done whereby is known that the body is well or ill affected and confists in two things and the Physitian propounds to himselfe two things principally to be performed namely that he may preserve the strength and drive away those things which are contrary to nature as a disease the cause of a disease and Symptomes from whence and what is to be done as the indicants above shew is divided into Curatory which is a remedie taking away the discase Preservatory which is a remedie taking away the cause and vitall which is helpfull for the prefervation of life to which as is said may be added mitigation of urgent Symptomes In these oftentimes contrary indications doe meete and that which is perswaded by one is disswaded by another for the strength requiers giving of nourishment contrary to which a disease and the cause doe indicate for they are increased by the exhibition of aliment but then that is to be helped which hath most need But in giving contrary things this principle is to be observed that the remedie may be given contrary to the indicant very exactly but since that which is equally contrary may be given two wayes either by applying such a thing once which is equivalent to the regression from the naturall state or oftner by exhibiting contraries not so directly contrary at severall times the first kind of remedie is to be used in two sorts of diseases namely in those which are weake and in those diseases which are extreame dangerous but the latter way of remedie is to be used in those diseases which aremoderate as it were the middle betwixt the extreame dangerous and the weake disease Moreover that which is to be done as of indications so of indicants one is genericall another subalternate another specificall another appropriated one is profitable another unprofitable one is artificiall another inartificiall But the use and right Administrations of helpe are comprehended under quantity Vse and right administration place and time which aimes Practicioners commonly name how much when and where to act or doe yet it is here to be observed that those circumstances and manners of Administrations have place both in the helpe it selfe and in the matter fit for cure As for what belongs to quantity Quantity whence Indicated since that it may be taken both for a de finite degree of Administring of a remedie in which respect quantity and what is to be performed by a specifique agent are the same and for the dose plenty and bignesse of the matter of cure
if a part be a principall one or performes a publick Office no Medicine is to be given which can much hurt it and disturbe its Office and Duty for then losse would redound to the whole body so to the mouth and chops poysons and things ungratefull to the taste and sordid are not to be exhibited nor stinking things to the Nostrills nor gnawing and biting things to the eyes nor those things to be applyed to nervous parts affected that cause paine The same rules which we have now even propounded in the right use of remedies Quantity of matter ate to be observed also in choice of matter the quantity of matter regards the measure waâ—ght thereof which was indicated by the Indicant and is propper for the performing of the Indication the quantity of the matter is found two wayes first in what quantity any medicine whatsoever is to be given and what are those bounds betwixt which if it be given it performes that which it ought and no way hurteth is manifest by experience only but in what dose whether in the highest lowest or middle the medicine be to be given to this or that sick person what the quantity is of the matter to be administred that is known from the magnitude or extent of the Indicant and if the quantity of the Indicant be great the quantity of the medicine ought to be great likewise in which matter the condition is to be weighed and the strength of the whole and of every part for if a part to be altered is more remote in place a greater quantity of the remedie altering is required namely that it may come with its full force to the part affected But the time of Administring of matter is taken not simply from the presence of the Indicant Time but is that when it can helpe but this time is known and the knowledge of the matter to be administred and the nature of the part to which it ought to be Administered for some things worke presently others after some space between the action of of some things continues long of others it ceaseth presently The part as it is open or placed deepe so it regards the action of the Agent presently the Administration of the matter is to be prohibited when it doth more hurt then good but it may doe hurt when it may preserve any thing contrary to nature which ought to be taken away or when it may take away that which ought to be preserved The place of Administration of matter is that place where the matter is to be given may helpe and performe that which t is required to do for since every action is performed by contact the Physitian ought allwayes to endeavour that the matter which he â—seth might penetrate to the place where the Indicant is and may touch the Indicant but some parts are Externall others Internall in Externall the matter is plaine for there the matter of the medicine is to be applyed where it is to worke or where the Indicant is since the Externall parts may be immediatly touched with the medicines but medicines cannot be so immediatly applyed to the Internall parts and therefore when we are willing to evacuate common wayes are to be chosen and the next through which the matter may be evacuated if we are to alter in the interior parts either manifest wayes are to be found â—ut or occult passages through which the matter that is given may penetrate and indeed as for manifest passages the widest and nearest are allwayes to be chosen But concerning the measure Manner or manner shall be shewn hereafter part the 3 d. Sect. 3 d. where various formes of medicines both simple and compound shall be proposed CHAP. V. What Morbifique causes indicate and peculiarly of purging of a juice in the body which causeth ill digestion FOrasmuch as hitherto we have explained the universall Method of healing now peculiarly we will propound the Method of taking away of Morbifique causes removing diseases and preserving strength and will begin from the causes What the differences of causes are is spoken before in the 2 d. Booke part the 1. Chap. the 3 d. for of what kind soever they are whether begotten in the body or externally or admitted into the body and become as it were internall or stirring up cherishing and increasing a disease without they all require removall But whereas causes offend either in the whole substance or quantity Causes what they shew or quality or motion or place first all things which put on the nature of a cause as in their whole kind they are contrary to nature they indicate an absolute ablation of them out of the body or as latter Physitians say an Eradication But that here we may treate only of humours What things shew in their whole nature preternatural severall wayes there are of rooting out and evacuating corrupt humours out of the body for sometimes they are purged through the paunch sometimes they are ejected by vomit sometimes discussed by sweates sometimes cast out by urine of which we will now speake in their order and first of purgation Purgation taken in the largest sense is indicated from a Cacochymie What shews when to purge or juice which causeth ill digestion and bad nourishment and a purging medicine taken in the largest signification is the matter of remedie indicated for a Cachochymie but that this doctrine of purgation may be more evident in the first place tis to be observed that Physitians in respect of purging medicines divide the body into three common Regions into the first which is without the liver and is extended from the stomach through the middle part home to the liver the second which is dilated from the middle of the liver through the greater veines to the outside of the body the third which comprehends the habit of the body with the lesser veines private parts also have their excrements and peculiat wayes to void them and hence one evacuation is called universall Vniversall evacuation another particular universall is that which evacuates humours from the common Regions of the body such is evacuation of blood after what manner soever purging by the paunch vomitting voiding of uâ—ine sweate Particular insensible transpiration particular is that which evacuates some private part as the braines lungs wombe As for universall purgation which evacuates the common Regions of the body Cacochymie consists of what Indicates it either on this side or beyond the liver Cacochymie which consists in the first Region of the body by its selfe and properly indicates those medicines which have power without any manifest agitation of evacuating superfluous humours through the paunch which stick in the first Region of the body although sometimes if the matter have an inclination upwards and the sick can easily endure a vomit by vomit also humours may be purged out of the first Region of the body so that those things which cause
they may together infringe and debilitate the venome In Administring of which there is no need of all those rules or observations which are necessary to be observed in provoking sweates in other diseases but presently in the beginning of a disease those Sudorifique resisters of poyson are to be given neither is too much debilitating of strength to be feared CHAP. XV. Of particular Evacuations AS for particular Evacuations Particular evacuation of the braine Errhines if any vitious humours are collected in the braine it may be evacuated two wayes by the Nose and the Palate By the Nose first Errhines call out phlegme which is spread about the braine and filmes that cover it and stirs up its faculty that it may strive to cast out super fluous humours Moreover sternutatories Sneezing which are stronger and irritate the braine and by the force thereof humours which lye deeper may be cast forth of both of these this in generall is to be noted that such remedies are not to be used unlesse universalls have preceded and that the whole body be purged but or the matter and forme of Errhines and those things that cause sneezing see before part the 1. Sect. 1. Chap. 18. and hereafter part the 3 d. Sect. 3. Chap 30. But those things which evacuate by the Palate Apophlegmatismes are called Apophlegmatismes and purge the more inward cavities and ventricles of the braine they are not conveniently given to those the inward part of whose mouth throate gullet or Larynx is exulcerated and such as are obnoxious at other times to distillations to the Chops and breast Those which purge the Lungs are called expectorating things Purging the breast and because humours cannot cast out from the lungs through the Wind pipe without a cough they are called Becchica of which kind for the most part are Arteriacks i.e. medicines for Rhemes all of them especially those which cleanse cut or any way prepare the matter for expulsion but that humours may the more easily be evacuated by cough their consistence ought to be indifferent neither too thin nor too thick but only so thick that they may be carried upward by Aire not so viscide as to stick in the mouth of the Lungs and therefore if the humours are viscide they are to be moistned and cleansed with sowre things but if too thin to be somewhat thickned The stomach is evacuated by vomit or by the paunch Things purging stymach Liver Reines Wombe the guts with glisters and medicines purging the belly the cavities of the liver through the belly the gibbous parts by urine the reines and urinary passages by urine the wombe by the cources Of which t is now spoken in universall evacuation CHAP. XVI Of the abating abundance of blood with Leaches Cupping-glasses Scarrifications c. THe other fault amongst morbifique causes is quantity and the common Indication which is taken from hence that that which aboundeth may be deminuished What shews the fault concerning quantity What offends in quantity and that which is diminuished may be increased but since nothing can be said to abound unlesse that at other times it be naturally present but in the body blood only and such excrements are contained which proceed from nature blood and naturall excrements in this second manner may be the causes of diseases as also milke and seed and moreover the spirits and solid parts of the body all which if they are deficient in quantity ought to be increased but if they exceed are to be deminuished naturall excrements are seldome desicient in quantity but they often exceed but since the same reason is of evacuating naturall excrements which there is of the humours in their kind preternaturall here only we will speak of taking away of blood when it abounds Therefore if Plethory be present and the blood abound Plethory what it shews the blood is to be diminuished and that which aboundeth to be taken away and too great plenty of blood indicates diminution of the same But concerning the manner how we abate the blood The manner of abating blood some performe it more strongly others more weakly frications Sweates Bathes Exercise Fastings performe it more weakely Leaches opening of the Hemethodes provocation of courses Cupping-glasles and Scarrifications performe it more strongly but the most generous and powerfull remedie here is opening of a veine Frications sweates Bathes and Exercises they diminuish the blood one way because they stir up the heate in the body which dissolves and dissipates the substance of our bodyes But fasting doth not evacuate by its selfe Fasting but by reason that it takes away humours and diminuisheth the body because it puts nothing in the stead of that which is consumed by heate and denyes necessary aliment to the body but because fasting evacuates the whole body equally t is then requisite when the humour abounding doth abound not in one part but in the whole body yet shorter fasting first evacuates humours out of the stomach and about the stomach but because fasting evacuates by degrees it is not profitable nor sufficient for an indication when plenitude is suddenly to be abated But t is endured when the strength is powerfull to which all other things which prohibit fasting are to be referred as temperature of body hot and dry hot and moist a thin habit of body griping or biting in the Orifice of the stomach vomiting flux of the belly Leaches by opening the mouths of veines Leaches and sucking blood evacuate blood by themselves and sensibly yet by little and little in which respect they may diminuish the plenitude of the whole body and helpe diseases of many parts to which they are applyed and evacuate sometimes a greater sometimes a lesser quantity of blood as they are applyed to a greater or lesser veine in the application therefore of them you are to observe whether they are placed for the evacuation of the whole body or for a disease of some private part for if they are applyed for the evacuation of the whole they are to be put to the great and prominent veines in the Legs and Armes or Hemerhodes yet in women that are with child they must be applyed only to the Armes but in regard of peculiar diseases they are to be applyed to divers parts as this or that part is affected The Hemerhodes if they use to flow at other times Hemerhodes the opening of them may be instead of breathing a veine but otherwise the Physitian in opening of them shall labour with little profit unlesse happily they are opened by leaches putting to them but since the Hemerhodes are twofold externall and internall the externall are opened to abate a Plethory as also for diseases of the Reines Wombe Back Hips and other diseases arising from the hollow veine with profit as in diseases which proceed from the Hypocondries the Liver Spleen Mesentery the internall may be conveniently opened but the externall are opened with frications
a remedie that stenches blood but it is stopt two wayes either by prohibiting that the blood cannot returne to the place out of which it came or if the vessells suffer it not to flow which will be done if they are shut or closed and sometimes one of them only sufficeth and sometimes when there is a great flux of blood both are necessary That the blood may not flow back to the place out of which it came is to be brought to passe if it be not drawn back by it if it be repelled if it be drawn to another place tâ—s not drawn back if the causes by reason of which t is drawn back be taken away as heat pain troublesome thirst t is repelled by the use of the Refrigeratives and astringents t is drawne into another part by Revelling or Deriving but that the blood may not flow back is prohibited when the end is shut which is done when the way is obstructed and stopped through which it flowed We cure a swooning by refreshing the Spirits Fainting or swooning although it cannot be done presently by removing the cause for this purpose the most fâ—â— things are pure Aire excellent and O doriferous Wine and spirits distilled of it But not only actions hurt but other Symptomes also sometimes trouble if the Arme pits stink and smell ranke that inconveniency is remided by the use of sweet things if the breath stinks that imperfection is hid by the chewing of sweet smelling things THE FIFTH BOOK PART II. SECT III. Of the vitall Indication CHAP. I. What doth Indicate Dyet in those that are sick SIth hence it is spoken by what means things preternaturall are to be taken away now it remains that we speake how that which remains in a sick man according to nature may be kept or preserved but those things which are according to nature commonly come under the name of strength or force and Indication which is taken from thence is called vitall and Conservatory because it preserves those things which are hitherto in the sick according to nature and those things which can preserve the strength of our body by themselves and are according to nature are called vitall and Preservatory Indicates But since as above in the 4. Booke part 2. Chap. 1. it is said there are three vitall or Preservatory Indicants health the cause of health and sound actions as we are to endeavour that in a sound condition all these may be preserved so it is to be aimed that as much as it is possible they may be kept in such as are sick and this is to preserve strength namely to preserve the native heat in the whole and in all the parts and the right use and observation of things called non-naturalls Namely the strength shews the Aliment The strength what it shews in this respect because 't is placed in spirituous solid and fleshy parts having a just quantity and doth use them as an Instrument and the vitall Indication is busied only about keeping the substance of the spirituous solld and fleshy parts But although the strength only Indicate Aliment Things prohibiting yet it may be prohibited from others for oftentimes the giving of meate increaseth the morbifique constitution and also to regard this that 't is not to Indicate Aliment but to prohibit it for when meate is given nature is called away from concoction and evacuation of morbifique matter and therefore when the powers Indicate their preservation which is performed by exhibiting nourishment in that quantity which the substance to be preserved wanteth but the morbifique cause indicates its Evacuation and therefore commands nature to be at leasure for it selfe alone and so prohibits Aliment whereby nature would be called away and hindred from its worke you must be carefull what urgeth more In breife strength only Indicates Aliment the morbifique cause permits or probibits the rest as age custome Time of the year the state of Heaven and such like are the signes of firme strength or of weaknesse or such as may shew the force and greatnesse of the morbifique cause CHAP. II. What things belongs to Dyet ALthough Dyet consists principally of meate and drink Things prohibiting to Dyet yet other things also called non-naturalls as Aire sleep and watchings exercise and rest and accidents of the mind belong thereunto but amongst these there are some things out of which primarily and by themselves Aliment is generated such is Aire meate and drink but others are accounted amongst the matter of food in this respect not because really out of those as the matter Aliment of the body is generated but as they are the causes of Aliment by accident and helpe that those things which are the true materialls of Aliments may be more commodiously turned into Aliment such are sleep and watchings exercises and rest Repletion and Inanition and passions of the mind of which is spoken above in the 4. Book CHAP III. How many sorts there are of Dyet and which agrees to which diseases BUt Dyet is threefold Dyet threefold Thick Indifferent Thin thick thin indifferent or betwixt both thick or full Dyet is that which can preserve not only the strength which is present but also can increase it indifferent is that which preserves the strength as it finds it the thin is that which preserves the strength yet somewhat abated Of thick and full Dyet again some is simple which agrees to those that are sick and is made by a ptisan with the Barley whole another is fuller and thicker which is made with fish and Eggs another which is the fullest of all which gives way to flesh of creatures that are gelded Simply thin is threefold simply such and is made by the juice of ptisan the thick juice or creame of ptisan or ptisan strained the thinner is that wherein water and Honey is mixt the thinnest Dyet was that of Hippo. wherein nothing was put the middle sort was made with bread dipt in broath or also with the flâ—sh of fowles But regard is to be had of custome places and Countries since in some Countries full Dyet is more in use in others more sparing and according to that the matter of thin Dyet is to be moderated But what kind of Dyet agrees to what diseases the comparing of the strength which Indicates food and the morbifique causes What food is fit for what diseases which hinder the same do shew for by how much the more nature is busied in opposing the morbifique cause by so much the more sparing Dyet is convenient but by how much the lesse it is busied by so much the more plentifull Dyet may be given but by so much the lesse it is oppressed by so much the state of a disease is nigher and therefore also by how much the disease is more acute by so much the Dyet is to be more sparing so that the strength can endure with it untill the state but t is known when the strength can endure
of a Synocha with putrifaction OF the Nature of a Fâ—ver Chap. 1. p. 1. Of the causes of Fevers in general ch 2. p. 3. Of the Symptomes of a Fever in general ch 3. p. 4. Of the differences of Fevers in general ch 4. p. 5. Of the Cure of Fevers in general ch 5. p. 6. Of the Fever Ephemera ch 6 p. 6. Of an Ephera of more days and of a Synocha without putrifaction ch 7. p. 10. BOOK II. Of Putred Fevers OF putred Fevers in general ch p. 12. Of the differences of putred Fevers ch 2. p. 15 Of the signâ— of putred Fevers in general ch 3. p. 16 Of the Cure of putred Fevers in general ch 4 p. 17. Of breathing of a Vein ch 5. p 18 Of Purging ch 6. p. 19 Of co-coction and separation of Humors ch 7. p 22 Of Sudoâ—ificks and Diureticks ch 8. p. 23 Of Diet in putred Fevers ch 9. p. 24 Of the differences of putred Fevers ch 10. p. 27 Of a continued putred primary Fever and first of a Synocha in particular ch 11. p. 28 Of a Causus or Burning Fever ch 12. p. 31 Of continued periodick Fevers in general and of a continued Tertian ch 13. p. 33 Of a continued Quotidian ch 14. p. 36 Of the Fever Epiala p. 38 Of the â—yncopal Fever p. 39 Of a continued Quartan ch 15. p 40 Of Symptomatical Fevers ch 16. p. 41 Of Intermitting Fevers in general ch 17. p. 46 Of Intermitting Fevers in particular and first of an Intermitting Tertian ch 18. p. 55 Of a Quotidian Intermittent ch 19 p. 61 Of an intermitting Quartan ch 20. p. 62. Of compound Fevers and Semi-tertians ch 21. p. 67 BOOK III. Of a Hectick Fever OF the nature of a Hectick Fever ch 1. p. 71 Of the signs of a Hectick Fever ch 2. p. 72 Of the Cure of a Hectick Fever ch 3. p. 73 BOOK IV. Of the Plague and of Pestilential and malignant Fevers OF the Nature of the Pestilence ch 1. p. 75 Of the causes of the Pestilence ch 2. p. 77 Of Contagion ch 3. p. 79 Of the signs of the Plague ch 4. p. 81 Of preservation from the Pestilence ch 5. p. 82 Of the Cure of the Pestilence ch 6. p. 85 Of the nature of a pestilent and malignant Fever and the difference of them from the Plague ch 7. p 89 To what kind of Fevers pestilent and malignant ones pâ—rtain ch 8. p 90. Causes of a pestilent malignant Fever ch 9. p 91 Signs of malignant and pestilent Fevers ch 10 p. 92 Of the cure of malignant and pestilential Fevers in general ch 11. p 93 Of a malignant Fever with the Measles and Small Pox ch 12. p. 97. Of the Spotted Fever ch 13. p. 105 Of the English Sweat ch 14. p. 108 Of the Vngarick Disease ch 15. p. 110 Of a malignant Fever with the Cramp ch 16. p. 114 Of a malignant Fever with a Catarrh and a Cough and the Squincy ch 17. p. 116 Of the Cure of Symptomatical Fevers ch 18. p 118 Book I. Of Fevers in General and of an Ephemera and of a Synocha with Putrefaction CHAP. I. Of the Nature of a Fever THat which is called by the Latines a Fever The name of a Fever by the Greeks from fire is called the fiery distemper Hippocrates plainly calls it fire if it be very vehement as being by the consent of all men a hot distemper For although some Germans call it Daskalte yet that appellation belongs not to every Fever neither doth it express the nature of a Fever but only signifieth Cold An intermitting Fever may be so called A Fever is a hot distemper of the whole body atising from heat kindled contrary to nature in the heart It s definition and nature and by the mediation of the Blood and Spirits conveyed through the veins and arteries to all the parts and hindring natural actions unless it be prevented For a Fever is generated when as Galen 1. Aphor. 14. hath it The native heat is become fiery Generation of it For seeing that all the parts of the body have a certain temperature and all of them are actually hot every one according to its own degree and thereby are rendered fit to perform natural actions If in the heart from whence the vital heat is diffused over all the parts of the body each part receiving its due temper from thence a certain preter-natural heat be kindled and spread over the whole body so that to the natural temperature of the parts some degrees of preter-natural heat are added and that actual heat shall be increased a certain excess of heat and a hot distemper is kindled in the whole body which is called a Fever Which distemper indeed formaliter as some say is contrary to nature and is called a Fever but materialiter 't is not altogether contrary to nature for unless there had been before some degrees of natural heat extant the supervenient heat could not constitute this degree of heat And indeed a hot distemper only constitutes a Fever Driness is no part of the Essence of a Fever for although all fevourish heat tend to driness yet that driness is not sickness in all Fevers neither is the body by fevourish heat rendred unfit to perform its natural actions it is so by driness in every Fever that the natural actions are hindred but although the fevourish heat always tend to driness yet oftentimes the disposition of the body wherein that heat acteth and moisture therewithal hinders the production of a disease by driness The adequate Subject of a Fever is the whole body The Subject or certainly most of its parts but the principal is the heart as being that wherein that heat is first kindled and from thence communicated to all the other parts of the body unless it be hindred nor can a Fever be generated unless the heart first become hot Indeed the whole body is the Subject of a Fever in regard of the similiar parts and as it is indued with actual heat which is as it were kindled by the innate and influent heat For this heat when it is changed and converted into a fiery heat from a temperate and moderate a Fever is stirred up The immediate cause of a Fever is heat kindled in the heart contrary to nature The proximate cause and diffused over all the body For as the heart whilest it is well and according to nature is the fountain of natural heat and disperseth the same over all the body so if it grow hot contrary to nature it distributes that unnatural heat over all the parts For although a Fever may be kindled by the inflamation of other parts likewise yet that happens not unless that heat be first sent to the heart and afterwards from thence to all the parts of the body whence it comes to pass that in every Fever the Pulse is changed Nevertheless every kind of heat in the heart is not sufficient to
which also a Synocha without putrefaction is referred and a putrid There is another thing worth the noting that one Fever is Primary another Symptomatical Primary is that which follows no former disease but depends on its proper cause Secondary or Symptomatical is that which ariseth from the inflamation of any member See Galen 4. Aphor. 7. But of Symptomatical this is to be noted that those which by the ancients were accounted Symptomatical were indeed primary many of them and inflamations of the parts of the Membrane that covers the ribbs of the lungs or chopps rather happened to those parts then the Fever to take it's rise from them Feavers accompanied Which Fevers may be called Comitatae or such as accompany the Fever CHAP. V. Of the cure of Fevers in general NOw to the cure Cure A Fever as it is a Fever being a hot distemper indicates cooling things are to be used Galen 8. Meth. Med. Cap. 1. But because there is no small difference amongst Fevers and that a Fever is often joyned with it's cause regard is to be had of the cause of the same Nay indeed because the cause often offends more then the Fever it self the Fever is so to be cooled as that the cause may not be cherished and those things be detained in the body which ought to be evacuated And oftentimes error is committed in this whilest regard is had only of the heat cold things are administred by which the cause of the Fever being detained the Fever is prolonged Whereas on the other side heating things as likewise either opening or sudocifick things without cooling medicines often with happy success cure the Fever For the cause being taken away the Fever it self ceaseth of it's own accord Whereof more particularly hereafter CHAP. VI. Of the Fever Ephemera THere are two sorts of Fevers whose heat are inherent in our bodies in habitude Feavers in habitude For that the hot distemper of the parts is cherished either by the heat of the Spirits or humors and the humors are inflamed either with or without putrefaction Those Fevers which are sustained by the heat of the Spirits and humours without putrefaction The name Ephemeros are called Ephemerae and Humorales without putrefaction Those which are kindled by putrifying humours are called putred Fevers That Fever which is cherished by the kindling of Spirits is called by the Greeks Puretos Ephemeros by the Lattines Diaria and Ephemera by a name not taken from the nature of the disease but from it's duration In respect of the Essence thereof it may be defined thus Definition It is a Fever arising from and depending on the heating and inflaming of the vital Spirits The proximate cause of this Fever is the heat of the vital Spirits kindled contrary to nature The next cause which being spread over the whole body through the arteries heats the whole against nature That heat is stirr'd up from all those causes before mentioned in the second Chapter only except from putrefaction Remote cause which sometimes immediately sometimes remotely by means of the natural and animal Spirits heat the vital to wit perturbations of the mind sadness fear sollitude anger over much watching too much intentiveness of the mind too much exercise of body grief hunger thirst hot meats and drinks drunkenness crudities in bodies cholerick heat of air fire hot Baths retention of the hot Effluvium inflamations of Kernels and Buboes from the which heat alone without putred vapours is conveyed to the heart according to the vulgar opinion Yet it seemeth not impossible but that those putred vapours by the veins and arteries next to the part affected may be communicated to the heart And so these Fevers should rather be Symptomatical then absolute putred then Ephemeral Those that are hot and dry easily fall into this Fever Disposition of body in whom many hot dry vapours are coliected which are easily inflamed by causes heating them more Amongst the Signs by which this Fever is known and discerned from others in the first place Galen 1 de differ Diagnostick signs Febrium c. 7. saith it beginneth from some procatartick or evident cause which indeed is an inseperable sign but not a proper sign for although a Fever that doth not arise from a manifest cause is not an Ephemera yet every Fever which ariseth from a manifest cause is not therefore an Ephemera 2. Moreover the Urine in substance colour and contents is most like unto the Urine of healthy men or at least recedes not much from them which in an Ephemera which proceeds from crudity it useth to do in which the Urine useth to appear more crude and whiter 3. The Pulse is neerer to a natural one then in any other Fever only that it useth to be extended in magnitude celerity and frequency Yet in regard of the cause which occasioned the Fever some change may be made in the Pulse 4. The heat of this Fever is gentle and weak in respect of other Fevers 5. Nay in the very state and height thereof it is somewhat more gentle and moderate 6. This Fever invades without shakings or tremblings it 's increase and augmentation in heat and pulse is free and equal 7. The declination is performed by moisture or moist evaporation by sweat like theirs who are sound in health which by a little exercise more then ordinary comes forth and a perfect apurexsie follows that moisture so that after the declination no footing is left for the Fever either discernable by Pulse or any other circumstances And in case any footing be left it is a sign that it will turn into another sort of Fever The causes are most perfectly to be known by the relation of the sick which may instruct the Physician whether from passion of the mind exercise of the body or any other evident cause this disease hath been occasioned These causes also affords some signs of themselves which the Physician cannot be ignorant of These Fevers are the shortest of all others Prognosticks and continue not above twenty four hours There is no danger in them unless some error be committed and for the most part they are conquered by nature wherefore Physicians are seldom called to their cures Yet according to the diversity of their causes some are cured more easily others with more difficulty For those causes which are hardly taken away and the humours are apâ— to corrupt a Fever introduced from such easily degenerates into a putred which happeneth when it is extended above four and twenty hours or no sweat appears and pain in the head be present and persevere And it degenerates either into a Synocha without putrefaction if the body be youthful and plethorick or into a putred if the body be cacochymick or into a Hectick if the body be hot dry and lean And the proper signs of those Fevers shew into what sort of them the transmutation will be made Moreover sithence this Fever
a Ptisan the meat should be savoured with juyce of Lemmon Pomegranates Goose-berries Their drink should be barley-water or small beer Fernelius 5. cap. of Fevers Synoch Bilios Fernal makes mention of another sort of Synocha which is made by the kindling of the Spirits and cholerick humours without putrefaction and which ariseth from the same causes as an Ephemera if it happen in a cholerick body which opinion indeed may take place if it be meant of the thinner and subtiler part of the hotter blood which somtimes useth to be called choler but not if it be spoken of excrementitious cholar The end of the first Book BOOK II. Of Putred Fevers CHAP. I. Of Putred Fevers in General WHereas there is a two-fold sort of Fevers whose heat is inherent in the parts according to habitude whereof the one hath it's rise and is continued by the kindling of the Spirits and thinnest parts of the blood without putred humours the other hath it's original from vapours and putred humours of the former kind 't is already spoken The next business is that we handle the putred Fevers That there are putred Fevers many things shew Putred Fevers For neither is it dissonant from the nature of humours but that they may putrifie since that may happen to every mixt body and we see humours putrifie otherwise in mans body as it happens in inflamations wherein quitture is generated as Galen in the 1 of the differences of Fevers cap. 6. he compares the putridness whereby the humours putrifie in the brain with that by which Sanies is generated in the humours And that they do actually putrify sufficient reasons are given which hereafter we shall propound and the matter it self shews that humours do putrifie in the veins For both blood which cometh forth from breathed veins and those things which are evacuated by stooâ— Urine sweat sufficiently by their smell and otherwise argue putridity of humours And the way of cure proves the same for 't is not performed by things that alter but evacuate humours which is partly instituted by nature partly by the Physician For if humoral Fevers could be made without putrefaction they might also be cured by altering things only And indeed such Fevers are not only malignant as some think but the same signs appear and the same way of cure is exhibited to intermittent and continued What Putrefaction is which are void of all malignity and pestilency Aristotlc 4. Met. c. 1. defineth putrefaction to be the corruption of the proper and natural heat in every moist body by reason of external ambient heat but by Galen 11 Meth. med c. 8. without doubt not so much regarding the common and adequate subject of putrefaction as to mans body subject to medicinal consideration It is says he a change of the whole substance of the body putrifying to corruption by reason of extraneous heat the ultimate end of putrefaction is the dissolution of the parts whereof the mixt body consists and the corruption of the whole mixture That we may here pass by the tedious disputations which are extant amongst Philosophers and Physicians concerning putrefaction this is to be taken notice of How manifold it is that putrefaction in respect of the mixt body putrifying the one is according to the whole and perfect according to the whoâ— whereby mixt bodies are plainly dissolved into Elements out of which they are bred The other is in some part and imperfect whereby these which are full of moisture in some part putrify For seeing the moisture wherewith it aboundeth cannot wholly be drawn out only some parts thereof especially the thinner are And such putrefaction namely according to parts agrees to humors also namely when some particles of theirs are really corrupted and they loose their form Yet the whole humour must not necessarily loose it's form thence it continues it's name and those corrupted parts being evacuated it returns to its former nature unless the corruption have so far gone that mutation is made into another kind Which putrefaction is putrefaction indeed and not alteration only For although the whole be not corrupted yet some parts thereof are really corrupted Putrefaction in a body is caused by extraneous heat The cause of putrefaction and when the humours are no longer governed by the natural heat but are destitute thereof they are corrupted Therefore all things whatsoever which may be an occasion to hinder the innate heat so that it cannot in its due manner govern the humours may be said to be the cause of putrefaction of the humours Putrefaction of humours though oftentimes it be caused by obstruction and bowels and prohibiting of free transpiration since that as Galen 11. Meth. med c. â— writeth things hot and moist in a hot and moist place not being fanned and cooled by wine easily putrifie Yet putrefaction may be occasioned without this by the meeting with putred things and other causes which debilitate the native heat and bring in an extraneous heat First certain humours by reason of some internal defect Default of humours of heir own accord tend to putrefaction or at least are casily overcome come by small causes of putrefaction and having gotten the least occasion fall into putrefaction Such vice humours contract first from bad meats of the which they are generated whether they are such by nature or any other wayes corrupted Moreover by meats which are easily corrupted such are fruits rareripe Thirdly from the ill dressing of meats or ill concoction or when they are taken in excess or at unseasonable hours or after a preposterous manner Fourthly by the default of the parts appointed for concoction by reason whereof even the best aliment may be corrupted Lastly by reason of other causes which either impede concoction or retain execrements as also the preposterous use of the six Non-naturals Therefore by how much the more of such humours are cumulated in the body by so much the more easily they putrify For nature doth not defend excrementitious humours so carefully as those which are fit to nourish the body whence they are easily corrupted and putrify Blood also out of the veins being out of it's natural place and of a hot and moist nature easily is corrupted But although such humours turn to putrefaction of their own accord and being in a hot and moist place yet it happens sooner if any other cause be added Nay good humours also in a sound body if they are the cause in pâ—sse of putrefaction may become putted Amongst all these causes the first and chiefest is the hinderance of transpiration and ventilation Transpiration hindred whether it happen by straitnes of the pores of the skin or by obstruction of vessels passages in the more inward parts of the body For hot and moist things in a hot place unless they are ventilated easily putrify Narrowness of pores is occasioned either by constriction from cold or astringent things or driness as staying
vapours cannot be transmitted to the heart and so a Febris Lenta is stirred up which therefore is unequal and keeps no certain order This Fever is the gentlest of all and molesteth not the sick with any grievous Symptome so that the sick oftentimes thinks himself well In the mean while the strength decayes that the sick can scarce go forward and the body is no ways refreshed by aliment but wasteth by degrees whence sometimes this Fever is accounted with an Hectick and therefore when there is any suspition of this Fever in the first place we must diligently search the Hypocondries and Hypogastries to try whether any tumor be to be discerned in any of them some signs of putrefaction also will appear in the urine and discover themselves in the Pulse This Fever is more durable and goes beyond the terms of other Fevers and often endeth not in fourty days nor is it gone until the humour fastened to the interal be consumed The third sort of Symptomatical Fevers is Fevers from putrefaction of interals that which ariseth from the putrefaction of any interal from whence putred vapours through the veins inserted might be sent to the heart heat that and might stir up a continued Fever whereby the body by degrees might be extenuated and wither And this Fever is sometimes more violent sometimes more mild according as the putrefaction is more or less This often happens in putrefaction of the lungs in such as are Phthisical so 't is found that the Caul or Kell Mesentery Womb and other parts are corrupted and thence a Fever kindled In like manner from Fistulaes penetrating into the internal parts a Febris lenta being stirred up it is observed that some do consume and waste The fourth kind of Symptomatical Fevers is when either from corrupt milk From corrupt milk Putrified blood Worms which often happens in Infants or from blood putrifying somewhere without the vessels or from worms putred vapours are communicated to the heart that is heated and a Fever irritated To these may be referred that Fever which ariseth from crudity which is familiar amongst little children from their eating of sweet things which hath with it a tumor and inflammation of the Hypocondries which the Germans call Das Herngespam from the abundance of crude humours collected in the stomack and neighbouring parts which begin to putrefie and are turned into wind Diagnâ—stick signs Symptomatical Fevers properly so called are known by this that they come after diseases of private parts and the first sort of these Fevers is known from hence because it follows an inflammation of some certain part as on the contrary Fevers called Comitatae first appear and invade with rigor and trembling to which afterwards a Fever happens But those Lentae or slow Fevers are known by their slow heat wherewith notes of putrefaction in the urine and pulse appear the sick are weak scarce able to go the body wasteth by little and little and the Fever is lengthened for the most part beyond fourty days they are tormented by the use of purging But when the cause of these Fevers is hidden 't is very hardly to be distinguished and therefore the Hypocondries and other internal parts are to be observed with great diligence and we are to enquire whether any tumor or pain be to be found there But those which arise from the putrefaction of any part are more easily known nor indeed can the corruption of the part be hidden unless it be ignoble So that Fever which proceeds from corrupt milk or blood is easily known by its signs as also that which ariseth from crudity is manifest from their loathing things blowing up and swelling of the Hypocondries Although these Fevers in respect of themselves for the most part are not dangerous because they are mild The Prognostick yet in regard of their causes on which they depend we ought to doubt whether they are dangerous or not as also whether they are long or short for those which follow an inflammation of any part are short since that the inflammation it self cannot be long but the danger of them depends on the inflammation The Febres Lentae are for the most part long and often continue more then fourty days And although not by their violence yet by their duration they debilitate the strength they are cured also with difficulty because their cause pertinaciously inheres in some interal Those Fevers are very dangerous and seldom curable which come from the corruption and putrefaction of any part because the part can seldom be cured But those Fevers which proceed from corrupted mill and blood worms or crudity are often acute and dangerous and bring with them grievous Symptomes as Epilepsies Convulsions yet they last not long neither are they hard to be cured but the cause being taken away they cease The way of cure ought to be aimed at by striking at the cause whereon it depends The Cure If therefore a Symptomatical Fever depend on an inflammation of any part the cure is to be directed to the inflammation it self which being cured the Fever ceaseth And therefore most remedies which are convenient to asswage inflammations are here useful Yet in regard of the part affected the way of cure sometimes differs the part affected is diligently to be weighed Whereof it shall be spoken in the cure of particular affects The Febres Lentae since they proceed from extraordinary obstructions of the bowels require opening attenuating and deterging medicines And such are to be chosen as are appropriated to each part and such as strengthen the tone of the interals which for the most part is debilitated yet by intervalls gentle purgation may be used Neither are Diureticks to be omitted in their season Externally also if the part affected will bear it Emollients and Discutients are to be applied If the Symptomatical Fever proceed from the corruption and putrefaction of any part that cure is to be instituted which agreeth to Ulcers and Fistulaes of the internal parts If it be occasioned by corrupt milk or blood Worms or crude and corrupt meats we are to endeavour that those causes be taken away conveniently either by vomit or cleansing and evacuating medicines and together to resist putrefaction and fevourish heat In the cure of accompanied Fevers we are to look no less to the Fever then that conjunct disease or companion and the metion of nature is not to be impeded The cure of accompanied Fevers least the peccant humour retained in the body should cause more danger and therefore although it be not profitable to hinder an inflammation when 't is beginning Yet the humour that is the cause or that evil is also to be evacuated which is most conveniently done for the most part by breathing of a vein which together affords evacuation and revulsion Yet it shall be profitable also to empty the firft passages since that oftentimes the matter is gather'd together in them and since the matter for the
how the matter which is the cause of a new Paroxism is generated and so the cause of Paroxisms and the recourse of intermitting Fevers is explained But what the reason is why these Fevers return at set times some sooner some later is now another question and that most intricate which is easier to ask then answer But that we may here forbear to recite the opinions of others which are very many we will mention only that which seems most probable to us so far as in this humane dimness of our understanding in so obscure a business we are able to discover And first that Fevers keep such certain periods experience doth manifest whereby it appeareth that some Fevers return the third some the fourth day and that oftentimes it observes not only the same hour but minute of invasion although the fits may somtimes anticipate somtimes retard for certain reasons But the cause why paroxisms return at certain times we conceive is to be sought from the diversity of humours For those effects as Valleriola saith in any one sort of things which perpetually agree to the things and are made in the like manner into what body and at what time soever they happen to come these are to be referred to the proper substance of that of the which they are made but to make return through certain days and to irritate accessions both agrees perpetually to humors and the recourses in this manner alwaies at equal intervals unless a perverting of the order of periods happen from else-where are made Therefore it shall be from such or such a nature of humours that the recourse shall be made in the same sort namely the causes of periods and intermitting Fevers are excrementitious humours Choler Melancholy Flegme and those Fevers which return the third day proceed from a Cholerick humour those on the fourth from Melancholy those that come every day so that they are not double Tertians proceed from Flegme Yet the cause of periods cannot be drawn simply from humours but as they acquire a peculiar quality from putrefaction or corruption by reason whereof at a certain time they wax hot and begin to be moved For sithence this effect is definite and determinate which carries it self alike in all individuals 't is necessary that it have a certain definite and determinate cause in all individuals that are alike which since that neither disposition of parts nor quantity of humours for we see that although the store of matter decreaseth and the fits are become shorter nevertheless they do return at their usual time nor manifest quality of humour thickness viscidity tenuity or some such like which useth to vary can be a quality we must needs fly to a peculiar and proper quality and nature of a humour which also when it is changed the form of the Fever it self is changed for when Choler is turned into Melancholy the Fever which used to come the third day cometh on the fourth and this quality also may afterwards remain in the humour when the putrefaction ceaseth and the Fever depending thereon Whence as Fornelius in his to of Fevers witnesseth the torments of the Cholick Pains of the Joynts and such like diseases arising after long continued Tertians and Quartans do likewise keep certain periods by reason of that disposition which they have received from the corruption or putrefaction of the humours Yet if any one be willing to determine that the said occult propriety is derived Order of the fits not from corruption only but that celestial causes do also concur to its generation I will not much contend with him for we see that principally about the Solstices and Aequinoctials such Fevers especially the most durable of them do begin and end But although Fevers keep certain periods yet there is a certain difference in them also for somtimes the fit returns just at the expected time somtimes the following paroxisme returns sooner then the former which form is called proleptick somtimes the following fit comes later then the former and that form is called Hysterick and indeed somtimes through the whole course of the disease such a form is observed and oftentimes from the beginning of a Fever until the end of the same the paroxismes anticipate or come after the expected time but somtimes in some there is anticipation in some post pofition otherwise the fits comes at the same time For the most part they say The cause of anticipation and coming late that anticipation happens when the humours by some error in diet are augmented or are moved by medicines anger exercise and such like causes But the fits return flower when the matter is diminished or thickned Which indeed when the accustomary paroxisme is changed that it may be so as we do not deny so when the Fever keeps always some certain form either proleptick or hysterick the cause rather seems to be taken from the diversity of the humour for although Choler according to its manner being corrupted is the cause of a Tertian Melancholy of a Quartan yet Choler and Melancholy according to the diversity of Bodies and Temperaments do oftentimes vary somthing Hence also it happens that although that putred leaven or occult quality introduced by choler be the cause of the circuit of a Tertian Melancholy being brought in of a Quartan yet according to the difference of a humour it may happen so that the effervescence or fervency of humours may come sooner or later by some hours Concerning the longitude or brevity of some Paroxisms that depends on the paucity or plenty of matter The cause of the length of Fits disposition of the humours and body For a plentiful quantity of humours is the cause of a longer fit then a small so a thick humour causeth a longer then a thin since it cannot be so soon discussed as a thin If the strength of the body be great which can more easily discuss what is offensive then theirs who are weak the shorter fit followeth Also a thinner constitution of body as being more apt for the discussing of the matter is the cause of a shorter fit a thicker of a longer And when all the causes which occasion a short paroxism concur a very short fit is raised But when all those that produce a long are present the paroxism is extream long When certain causes are present which make a short fit and some are wanting of them an indifferent betwixt both happens And so much of the nature place and motion of the proximate cause which exciteth intermittent Fevers The more remote causes of intermitting Fevers But the more remote causes and those things which conduce to the generation and corruption of that matter in the Meseraick veins are meat and drink of evil juice but yeilding matter for peccant humours answering to their own nature and an ill disposition of stomack whereof meats turn into choler or become sour an intemperate constitution of Ayr for although divers humours are generated
these evacuations we are to endeavour that the causes of the returns of fits may be taken away and moreover two things remain to be done namely that that disposition and weakness of the part generating vitious humours may be taken away which is performed by altering medicines which together correct the fault of the humour and discuss that pollution and those seeds which were left out of the putrifaction of humours and indeed that paroxisms depend on that pollution and that when it is taken away the Fever ceaseth appeareth from hence That whilst that is driven by nature to the circumference of the body out of the veins and that Pustules are raised about the lips nose and other parts of the face the Fever ceaseth Wann der Mundt oder die Nase auss schiaget But 't is principally taken away by Sudorifiques yet there are also certain other medicines known both to Physitians and to the vulgar Febrifuga which take away feverish fits and therefore are called Febrilia Puretagoga and such as specifically cause and are called The flight of a Fever or Febrifuga which nevertheless cause no sweat but without doubt some other way take away that seed and by consequence the paroxism such as commonly are accounted the powder of burnt shells of Cockles or Snails or of the Pearl bearing shels or mother of pearl calcined of River Crabs and principally their eyes which are so called prepared and such like But how they perform this is not explained by Authors That I may speak my own opinion such like medicines seem by a certain precipitation to take away that force of heating and stirring up a paroxism which is in the humours to which Opiats seem to belong yet such like cannot be given safely unless the vitious humours and those things which may afford the reason of the antecedent cause be first taken away for otherwise those things which may be expell'd by nature when it is irritated in a paroxisme are left in the body and afterwards may become the cause of a Chachexie Dropsie Jaundies Cholick pains and of other griâ—vous evils Externally also are applied certain medicines to cure intermitting Fevers of Cobwebs oyl of Spiders and certain vesicatories Topical Medicines which without doubt that which they do is performed by drawing out and evacuating of that Feverish corruption and pollution CHAP. XVIII Of Intermitting Fevers in particular and first of an Intermitting Tertian AFter we have handled intermitting Fevers in general An intermitting Tertian we will now go through them in particular amongst them the most frequent is a Tertian intermitting which ariseth from Choler putrifying in the meseraick veins But there is a certain difference of these Fevers for first It s difference Choler it self out of which these Fevers are generated is not of the same kind for somtimes the choler is like to that natural choler which afterwards is collected in the Galls bladder somtimes it is preternatural green and aeruginous such as somtimes by those that are Feverish is evacuated by vomit or stool Moreover Choler either putrifies alone or else hath some other humour mixt with it Flegme or Melancholy that causeth a pure this a bastard Tertian They differ also in respect of duration for if the fits are not extended beyond twelve hours they are wont to be called pure tertians but in case the Fit be extended above twelve hours they are no more called exquisite and pure tertians but either simply tertians or spurious tertians and when the paroxism is extended above twenty four hours they are called extense tertians but this is occasioned either by the thinness or thickness plenty or paucity of the humour For by how much the Choler is thinner or lesser by so much the sooner 'tis discussed but by how much the thicker or more mixed with thick humours or the more plentiful by so much the longer the paroxism continueth The causes of this Fever are all those things which can generate excrementitious choler namely a hot and dry distemper The causes generating Choler signs of a true Tertian hot constitution of ayr cating of hot meats and drinking of hot drinks using of hot medicines watching fasting labour and too much exercise For although that in the Liver also yellow choler may be generated yet it is very often generated by the errour of the first concoction and fault of the meseraick vein therefore whether much choler be generated in the stomack by reason of meats or by default of the stomack and is carried to the meseraick veins with the chyle and there is heaped up and at length putrifieth a Fever is kindled If the causes generating Flegme and Melancholy be annexed to those that generate choler spurious tertians are bred This Fever presently invadeth A pure Tertian if it be pure with a shaking fit as it were pricking the flesh afterwards when the cold fit ceaseth presently much heat followeth sharp and biting and in its vigour is extended equally over the body whence the sick draw their breath much and are troubled with thirst The pulses in the beginning of a fit are little weak slow and thin but the fit increasing they become vehement swift frequent and in some measure hard and void of all inequalities besides Feverish When the fit comes to the height and the sick drinks many vapours are sent through the skin vomiting of choler followeth which oftentimes useth to happen after the cold fit also the belly is loosened choler is pissed out or somtimes more then these happen Afterwards a sweating out of hot vapours ensueth over the whole body and the pulse is swift great vehement such as theirs use to be who are over-heated by exercise The Urine is of a light red or deep yellow and afterwards hath a white cloud or suspension The fit lasteth not above twelve hours and the causes which generate melancholy have either gone before or are then present A bastard tertian is known from the causes which do not generate pure choler A spurious Tertian but to gather Flegm or Melancholy The heat is not so sharp as in a pure tertian but more mild neither is it presently diffused over the whole body Neither is this Fever dissolved by vomitting of yellow choler or by sweat but certain vapours go out in the declination and if any sweats come forth they either are not universal or if they are universal they cure not the Fever The Urine is not so fiery as in a pure tertian and the signs of concoction do not appear so soon in it The pulse in the beginning is hard and that hardness increaseth daylie until the seventh paroxism then by degrees it becomes softer and the Urines also appear more concocted The paroxism is often extended to eighteen hours and more yet somtimes to wit if the matter be less and Nature strong it is likewise terminated in twelve hours It endeth not in seven fits but often endureth till it comes to
that which by mischievous persons hath been done and committed as histories again inform us yet if any one would refer this kind of cause to contagion or infection Imagination we will not contend with him Fifthly The cause is imagination terror and fear and experience hath taught us that some whilst they have beheld those that were infected with the plague or dead of it or seeing some go out of a house that was then infected by reason of too much terror and fear have fallen sick of the plague I have observed the same to proceed from anger CHAP. III. Of Contagion ANd these are the causes by means whereof the pestilent poyson may be generated in the ayr or in mans body yet it often comes to pass that neither the ayr nor evil diet nor any of the rest of these causes have stirred up the pestilence but otherwise from elsewhere being brought into some place by contagion and afterwards by contagion also it is diffused into more places Infection For although there are other diseases contagious also yet the plague is the most infectious of all others Contagion is a production of the like diseased or sickly affect in another body by pollution sent out from a discased body but there are three things required to perfect contagion A contagious body it self that may infect others a disease or an affect contrary to nature which is communicated to another and the body which is infected First a contagious body is that which whilst 't is sick of any disease diffuseth not the disease it self for the actident goes not out of the subject but some of the morbifique cause out of it self and communicates it to another and so in this manner excites the same disease in it For that which is communicated to another from out of a contagious body is not the disease it self but a certain body flying out of the diseased body and received into another having power of stirring up the same in it The Greeks call it Noseras apocriscis and aporroias and miasmata The Latines the pollutions and seeds of contagion and since that we see that such seeds have not only hurtful qualities in the smallest quantities and that they easily insinuate themselves into the body but also they endure a long time and retain their strength entire and they are most exactly mixed and are some way spirituous Infection how many ways it is spread and 't is necessary they should sowe their store of strength by some occult quality But contagion is not scattered after one manner for somtimes it goes out by breathing somtimes through the pores of the skin or in the form of vapours or of sweat and filth adhering to the skin and is communicated to other bodies And this seed goeth out most plentifully from an infected body when the poyson is too strong for nature and overcomes it which happens in those that are dying The seeds of contagion are communicated either by immedidiate contact or by some medium and vehicle This vehicle is twofold ayr and some fewel as they call it Ayr when it receives the seeds of contagion from infected bodies it can carry them to places nigh yea and somtimes more remote places That hath the nature of fewel in it which can receive the seeds of contagion and communicate the same to another which kind of bodies are thin and porous as Flax Cotton Feathers the hairy skins of animals and garments made of them feathers also of birds and birds themselves and it is found out for a truth that those pestilential sparks have often lain hid in the cinders or ashes and it may come to pass that any one may carry the sparks of it about him in his garments and not be infected and yet they being moved and shaked may infect another But the seed of a contagious pestilence when 't is received into a body it brings in that disposition with it wherewith that body from out of which it came was afflicted and that for the most part suddenly yet somtimes it is found to lie hid some days in the body before it denudates it self Thirdly Concerning the body that receives the pestilent treasury although no man can promise to himself immunity from the pestilent venome yet it is certain some are more easily some more hardly infected The cause whereof without all doubt consisteth in some peculiar occult quality of the heart by the power whereof it hath or hath not strength to resist the venomous pestilence yet because the venomous quality is not transferred without a subject out of the infected body into another it will more powerfully insinuate it self if it be received into a body proportionable and like unto that wherein it was generated whence kinsmen are sooner affected then others Yet there are also other things that occasion the more facile reception of the pestilence for such as breath stronger and such as have wide and open pores of their bodies easier take in the seeds of the plague inhering in the Ayr or any place apt to retain it CHAP. IIII. Of the signes of the Plague MOreover concerning the signs Diagnostick signs that I may say nothing of approaching signs desiring brevity but only by what means it may be known we will speak Indeed the plague when many have been infected may easily be known but before many have been overspread thereby there is scarce any pathognomick signe by which it can certainly be known that one or a few being affected are sick of the plague afterwards when more are visited it is not so difficult to be known especially when all sporadick diseases for the most part are silent For first the plague seizeth on many and the most it kills Secondly 'T is contagious and easily given to others and 't is more contagious then any other disease Thirdly by its violence it destroys the strength and principally the vital spirits Whence fourthly when little frequent and unequal pulses are made palpitation of the heart happens lipothymie syncope and great anguish and perplexity altogether Fifthly If the disease be protracted and the venome corrupt the humours evils and symptomes happen of all kinds and the whole order of the body is disturbed Fevers happen divers wheals or pustules buboes carbuncles yet if there are no pushes bubo or carbuncle appear we must not therefore conclude that the sick hath not the plague for it often happens that before they come out and can be drived out by reason of the debility of nature the sick die with the violence of the disease There happens likewise other symptomes of all sorts for when the strength of the body is debilitated by the vehemency of the poyson the humours and spirits are corrupted the excrements are changed and the urine either becomes crude or fully corrupted the sweats are stinking and untimely filthy foetid ill coloured excrements proceed from the belly the qualities of the body are variously changed and there is nothing at all
wholesome body p 127 Of the signs of bodies differing from their best constitution p 129 Of the signs of the constitution of the Brain p 132 Of the signs of the constitution of the heart p 136 Of the signs of the constitution of the Liver p 138 Of the signs of the temperature of the Testicles p 139 Of the signs of the constitution of the Stomach p 140 Of the signs of the constitution of the Lungs p 141 Book 3. Part 1. Sect. 1. Of Urines OF the abuse of inspection of Urines p 142 Of the difference of Urine and first of the substance of Urine p 143 Of the Conteints in Urine p 145 Of the causes of the various consistency of Vrine p 147 Of the causes of colours in Urines p 148 Of the causes of an oyly Urine and the other differences p 150 Of the causes of smell quantity and such like accidents p 151 Of the causes of Contents in Urines of those that are sick p 152 Of the causes and changes in Urines p 154 What is to be observed in the inspection in Urines p 156 What may be discerned and foretold by Urine p 157 Book 3. Part 3. Sect. 4. Of Pulses WHat a Pulse is p 158 Of the simple differences of Pulses p 159 Of the compound differences of Pulses p 160 Of an equal and unequal Pulse p 161 Of the order and harmony amongst Pulses p 164 Of certain things necessarily requisite to distinguish Pulses by p 165 How to know the differences of simple Pulses p 166 How to know the respective differences of Pulses p 167 Of the causes of Pulses in general p 168 Of the causes of the simple differences of Pulses p 171 Of the causes of the respective differences of Pulses p 172 Of the causes of varying of Pulses p 174 What the simple differences of Pulses signify and presage p 176 What the other differences of Pulses signifie and presage p 177 What Pulses presage health or death p 179 Of signs to be observed from the Tongue p 179 Book 3. Part 2. Of the Diagnostick Signs OF the signs of causes in general p 182 Of the Signs of causes and of humours in particular p 184 Of the Signs of Diseases p 187 How to know the parts affected p 189 How to know Symptomes p 194 Book 3. Part 3. Of the Prognostick Signs OF the several kinds of prognostick signs p 195 Of those kinds of signs by which the times of diseases may be known p 196 Of the signs of times of diseases in particular p 198 Of the signs by which we may foretel the events of a disease p 199 How to presage of life and death from the error and faults of actions p 2â—2 Of the signs of life and death which are taken from excretions and retentions p 207 Of the signs of health and of death which are taken from the mutations of the qualities of the body p 212 Of knowing the times longitude brevity and event of a Disease p 214 How many mutations there are of Diseases and the manners and what a Crisis is p 215 Of the causes differences manner and time of judgement p 216 Of critical days p 218 Of the causes of critical days p 219 Of the signs of Crisis in general p 221 Of the signs of differences in Crisis p 222 The signs of Crisis to come by excretion and imposthumation Ibid Through what places there will be excretion and where there will be imposthumation p 223 Of the time of the Crisis p 225 Book 4 Part 1. Sect. 1. WHat things appertain to the Doctrine of the preservation of health and how many kinds there are of necessary causes for the preservation and â—efence thereof p 227 Of Aire p 228 Of Meat p 231 Meats from Plants p 232 Meats from living creatures p 239 Of â—rink p 261 Of the passion of the mind and of the exercise and rest of the body p 266 Of sleeping and waking p 267 Of hathes Ibid Of Exâ—retions and Retentions and of Venery p 268 Book 4. Part 2 OF those things which are to be observed by all for the preservation of health p 270 Of the cure of little ones not yet born and of the diet of women with child p 272 Of the diet of Infants and thence forwards until twenty one years of age p 274 Of the diet of middle age p 275 Of the diet of old men p 280 Of the diet of such as are out of temper and of Neuters p 282 Book 5. Part 1. Sect. 1. Of the Materials for cure of Medicines VVHat a Medicine is p 285 Of the faculties of medicines in general p 286 Of the first faculties of the medicines p 289 Of medicines proper to every part or of corroborating medicines p 293 Of extenuating and preparing of humours p 297 Of Emollients relaxing rarefying c. p 298 Of medicines easing pain and causing rest p 301 Of drawing and repelling medicines p 302 Of ripening things and such as generate quitture also of such as generate flesh and brawny flesh of such as dry and cleanse green wounds and cause cicatrising and of such as generate Seed and Milk p 303 Of such things as make the skin red of such as cause blisters and of such as cause scabs or pustules of burning things of Corrosives Putrifactives and of such things as take away hair and extinguish milk and seed p 305 Of medicines purging through the paunch p 307 Cholagogues or the milder purger of Choler p 308 Stronger purgers of choller p 310 The milder purgers of flegm p 311 The stronger purgers of flegm Ibid The milder purgers of melancholy and black humours p 313 The stronger purgers of melancholy and adust humours Ibid Hydragogues and such as evacuate Aqueous humours p 314 Of Medicines that cause vomits p 315 Of Medicines causing Urine p 316 Of Medicines causing sweat p 317 Of Diaphoreticks and medicines discussing wind Ibid Of provoking courses expelling the secunâ—ine and a dead child p 318 Of Medicines that break the stone p 319 Of Errbines Sternutatories and Apophlegmatismes Ibid Of things causing spittle p 320 Of Medicines killing and expelling worms Ibid Of Druggs good against poyson 321 Of the manner of finding out the vertue of Medicines ib. Book 5. Part 1. Sect. 2. Of Chyrurgery OF Chyrurgery in general p 323 Of putting together and binding in general p 325 Of swalling Ibid Of Cerots or Bolsters p 326 Of Splents p 327 Of Binders p Ibid Of fit placing of a member that is bound Ibid Of Coaptation of broâ—en bones p 328 Of restoring of bones that are out of joint p 330 Of the putting together of the soft and fleshy parts p 331 Of correcting of bones that are represt or set awry p 333 Of disjunction in general and of dissection of soft parts p 334 Of Section of bones p 337 Of burning p 339 Of drawing of things out of the body which were sent into the body from without p 340 Of drawing
colder is hot Man for whose sake these things of Temperaments are spoken In man there is a twofold Temperament since his body is not simply mixed but organick and living there is required in him a double Temperament one of the body as it is absolutely and simply mixt The other as it is living This is lost by death and is often changed by old age but that remaineth sometimes in the dead carcass after death yet at length by putrefaction and corruption of that which is mixed t is dissolved In that also according to Heat Cold Drowth and Moisture there is a great diversity of parts But the matter which is proper to living Creatures in all is Heat and Moisture Again the Temperament of a living man is twofold Temperament Innate Influent the one Innate the other Influent Innate is that which is imbibed in the living parts of man by reason of the Innate heat is inherent in him from his first being Influent is that which floweth from the principal parts and is communicated to the whole body And that it is not the same with Innate is manifest from those that fall into a Swoun when the body becomes extreme cold and yet the Innate Temperament is not changed These three Temperaments though they may be considered severally Yet they concur to constitute one Temperament of a sound man And therefore although without all doubt amongst all other living Creatures man is of the most temperate so that other living Creatures as also medicines compared to him are said to be Hotter Colder Moister or Dryer Yet simply and absolutely he is not temperate The Temperament of a man of what sort it is for common-sense tels us that Heat in man is predominate over the other qualities for the Temperature of a man to perform his actions best is Hot and Moist and our lives consist of Heat and Moisture on the contrary coldness and driness lead us to death and by how much sooner a man is cooled and dryed by so much sooner he grows old and dyes Yet The differences of the Temperaments of man that heat and that moisture have their degrees For if the heat exceed the cold and the moisture the drowth moderately that Temper is best and is accompted Temperate All others differing from this are called either Hot and Moist Hot and Dry Cold and Moist or Cold and Dry although all in general are Hot and Moist These differences of Temperaments are commonly explained by the names of Sanguine Sanguine Cholerick Phlegmatick Melancholy Cholerick Phlegmatick and Melancholy Temperaments These differences and appellations may be admitted of if they are not taken from the diversity of excrementitious humours in various bodies but from the variety of blood which is the nutriment of the body For those whose Blood is temperate Occult qualities or moderately hot and moist are called Sanguines Those who have hotter and dryer blood and their bodies from thence become hotter and dryer are called Cholerick Persons Those who have colder and moister and their bodies from thence grows colder and moister are called Phlegmaticks Those who have cold and dry blood and their bodies from thence become cold and dry are Melancholians But we must not rest at the Primary qualities for there are others more noble and more abstruse the causes of many actions and of Sympathy and Antipathy with other alterations that must be granted although in this humane imbecillity for the most part they are unknown to us The Astrologers The opinions of the Astrologers that they may some way expresse the various Constitutions of Bodies according to the occult diversities of Stars call some Solar bodies born under the influence of the Sun so Jovial under Jupiter others Martial Venereal Mercurial Saturninal as being born under one of those and also admit of mixt constitutions born under several Planets nor indeed absurdly altogether since there is a great agreement and consent betwixt Superior and Inferior bodies But since there are divers parts of a body and each part hath its peculiar Temperature not onely proceeding from the mixture of Elements but some are hotter some have lesse heat in them neverthelesse they agree together to make the Temperament of the whole which is hot and moist and so heat with cold moisture with dry things are equal'd So that from thence there proceedeth a certain Harmony and the Temperament of the whole is moderately hot and moist But to constitute that Temperament of the whole The Temperament of the whole wherein it depends the noble parts of the body perform more then the rest and most especially the Heart the Fountain and Treasury of the native heat and vital spirits From whence all the parts of the body receive the influent spirits and heat Next to it the Liver which furnisheth the whole body with aliment namely bloud afterwards the Stones then the Brain the shop of Animal spirits last the Stomack the place for the first Concoction Concerning the Temperament of several parts The Temperament of the parts of the body The Hot Parts the most Temperate is the skin especially that in the Palm of the hand to which as to the mean the other parts being compared tend to heat cold drowth or moisture The Hot parts are the Heart of all the parts the hottest the Fountain of native heat and Closet of vital spirits Also the Liver flesh of the Muscles Spleen Reins Lungs Veins and Arteries Fat also and fatness The Cold are Bones Gristles Ligaments Tendons Nerves Cold. Membranes Spinal Marrow the Brain The Moist parts are Fat the marrow of the bones the Brain Moist the marrow of the back the Duggs the Stones the Lungs the Spleen Reins flesh of Muscles the Tongue Heart and softer Nerves The Dry are Bones Gristles Ligaments Tendons Membranes Dry. Arteries Veins hard Nerves There is a certain difference of Temperaments in mans body by reason of Sex and Age As for what belongeth to Sex The Temperament of Sex Females are colder then Males as having contracted a colder nature from their principles of generation lest that the blood necessary for future generation by a stronger heat should be consumed The Temperament is also changed according to age to wit The Temperament of ages the age which is principally ordained for certain internal changes by heat and moisture Authors for the most part divide mans life into three ages Child-hood Manly-age and Old-age or Youthful Age of perfection Declination or if you please into the first middle and last age to which differences other ages spoken of by Authors may be referred The first age therefore is our Infancy which remaineth till the seventh year the second our Child-hood which for the most part continueth to the fourteenth year of our age then our youthfull age from the fourteenth to the five and twentieth when our growth for the most part in stature ceaseth And sometime Hippocrates in his first Book
of Aphorisms and fourteenth chap. accompts these ages before mentioned ages of growth From thence to the five and thirtieth is our manly of flourishing age from thence to the forty eighth year is our prime or most principal age then begins old age which hath its degrees also for each age hath its Temperament Infants and Boys are hot and moist youthful age is most Temperate and obtains the most convenient temper for humane actions the flourishing manly age or prime Viril age is hot and dry lastly old age by reason of the wasting of the Radical moisture and defect of the promigenial Innate heat is cold and dry and by how much the older by so much the colder and dryer CHAP. V. Of Innate Heat THat those things may the better be understood which we spake concerning Temperaments Innate heat we will say something of primigenial heat for these things are the chief Instruments of the Vegetative soul By the innate heat we do not understand that heat which belongeth to the mixt body as mixed but that heat which is proper to living Creatures the which with the radical moisture is the next and immediate subject and domicil of the Soul diffused through all the parts of the body Nor by heat and moisture do we understand the bare quality but the quality with the Subject to wit a body hot and moist the matter namely or Subject wherein heat is and the quality from whose predominancy the Subject hath its name to wit the most pure subtile and hottest portion of the similar parts and especially of the Spermatick parts This heat is otherwise called both by Physicians and Philosophers by the name of the within seated spirit or the native spirit and it is more conveniently called the within seated spirit then the innate heat For although in all the substance be hot The Innate heat yet heat is not sensibly perceived in all bodies but onely in living Creatures and the more perfect of them which by touching are perceived to be hot This Innate heat consists of three things Whereof the Innate heat consists which make up its â—ssence Radical moisture the within seated spirit and heat hence â—ernelius defines it to be the Primigenial humidity spread â—rough all the body by the innate heat and spirit And these â—ree Heat Spirit and Moisture are linked together by the nearest conjunction in the world for since that heat ought to be as it were Governour and Ruler of our lives it is onely of an aëricus or spiâ—â—ual nature and so by it self moveable and separable or apt to be disperst it could not subsist alone but that life might be prolonged 〈◊〉 ought to subsist in a more stable moist and durable body more â—ermanent namely not a thin and watry body but a fat and oylie body which is inserted within the fibers of the similar parts and is called the radical moisture Concerning the nature and original of the innate spirit and heat Of the original and nature of the Innate heat there is a great controversy amongst Physitians and Philosophers and 't is disputable whether it be Elementary or of another nature And although in such an obscure thing since very learned men disagree it be very hard to determine any thing yet I think theirs to be the more probable opinion who consent with Aristotle in his second Book of Generation of living Creatures and third Chapter That Innate heat is not Elementary nor hath its original from fire or other Elements nor yet is it of a Heavenly nature but proportionable to the stability of Stars For every specifical form requires its peculiar domicil and proper subject and the more noble form requires the more noble habitation and a more Divine power then Elementary requires a more noble manfion then a body that is composed of Elements Moreover more noble actions The subsect of the Innate heat and Sympathy and Antipathy are in it which purely from Elements cannot proceed again this Innate heat and inborn Spirit in many Plants is preserved in winter time and in the midst of frosts safe and secure Moreover this Innate heat and radical moisture is founded in the parts which are fashioned in the first generation of an embryon but the greatest plenty of it is in the heart which from thence is called by Galen the fire-fewel of the Innate heat This inborn heat is the chiefest instrument of the soul The use of the Innate heat by which it perfects undergoes all the actions of life and whatsoever healthy thing in us and profitable in generation in nutriment or in expulsion of a disease is performed by that From this benefit and excellency of Innate heat The Innate soul is not a soul some have taken it and the Soul for the same thing and have called it the Essence of the vital faculty the faculty governing us the substance of the soul and the Author of all our actions but since the Innate heat is neither the soul nor the chief cause of our actions it is onely the chief instrument in performing the actions of the soul in operation which is not corporal This Innate heat doth not remain alwaies the same The changing of the innate heat but is changed in the course of our age For at our first coming into thâ— world it is most and age increasing the radical moisture wasted by degrees and drieth up So that in the end the radical moisture being clearly gone the heat also wanting wherewithall to support it self goes out and a natural death followeth CHAP. VI. Of Spirits BUT although every part of the body have this heat innate in it yet that alone sufficeth not to undergo all actions Influent Spirits but requires heat and spirits flowing from elsewhere by which it may be stirred up and cherished for by it self it hath no power to perform all actions but soon languisheth and so is scattered and vanisheth except it be daily stirred up nourished and strengthned by the spirits of the principal parts especially the heart Although the name of Spirit may admit of various significations yet in this place it is taken for the purest What the influent spirit is finest thinnest hottest most moveable body proceeding from the most purest and subtilest part of the bloud and although the name of Spirit be attributed to the Innate heat yet it especially belongs to those that are most fluent and moveable The Use of Spirits These Spirits are the bond by which the body and soul are united and the chief instrument of performing our actions and being wrought in the principal parts of the body are conveyed through their channels into the whole body and are joined with the Innate heat that they may help the powers and faculties to perform their actions Spirits are not the Vehicle of the faculties But that is false which some teach That the Spirit is the Vehicle of the faculties and that the faculties and
the Spleen draweth to it self from the trunk of the Meseraick Veins The use of the Spleen before the Chyle be carryed to the Liver by an inbred faculty through the splenick branch of the gate Vein the more earthy and thicker part of the Chyle and generates blood though not so good blood yet fit and proper for its own nourishment and for the nourishment o◠the more ignoble parts of the lower Ventricle that thereby the pun◠and better part of the Chyle may be drawn through the branch 〈◊〉 the right side of the gate Vein called the Mesentery to the Liver and there purer blood might be generated and so in one work the Spleen serveth to cleanse the blood from dreggs and generate worser sort of blood For the Spleen is not appointed only for th◠drawing and evacuating the Melancholy blood from the Liver Th◠beginning of the Splenick branch which ariseth not out of th◠Liver but the gate Vein The Symptomes of Diseases in the Splee◠do shew the constitution of it to be neer that of the Liver and the◠is a connexion of the Spleen with the stomack by Vessels But the which cannot be turned into blood by the Spleen by convenien◠passages is evacuated and the thick and dreggish matter for th◠most part is sent through the paunch either with the excrements o◠without them through the Haemerod Veins and trunk of the gat◠Vein yet sometimes 't is evacuated by Urine The acqueous matte◠most commonly is drawn through the Splenick arterics to the Vein◠and purged out there yet sometimes that also is expelled by th◠paunch by sweats by the stomack In Sanguification in the Liver two excrements are generated Yellow Choler and Urine The excrements of the second concoction Yellow choler The Yellow Choler is gathered into the bladder of the Gall and from thence the most part is sent into the Guts and the sharpness of it stirs up the expulsive faculty to do its office to stir the dreggs of the paunch and is cast out with the ordure But the serous matter and the aqueous humor is drawn by the Veins through the emulgent vessels and is transmitted through the Ureters to the bladder Urine by which afterwards it is cast out and is called Urine The Urine therefore consists first of aqueous and potulent matte◠sent with the Chyle to the Liver but unprofitable to nourish the body Urine consists of three things afterwards of a clammy or salt excrement of blood and thirdly of natural contents in sound bodies but in bodies diseased of many other things which are mingled with the Urine And so Urine is properly called an excrement of the second concoction to wit wherein the serous part of Urine is separated from blood and mixed with potulent matter affords Urine Blood thus separated and cleansed from its excrements The parts of the masse of blood nevertheless is said to contein in it self many humours Nor is that masse of blood so elabourated and wrought in the Liver and conteined in the Hollow Vein plainly Homogeneal or of the same kind but some parts in it are Temperate others colder others hotter others dryer others moister The most Temperate in its kind is called blood the hotter and dryer part by reason of its consanguinity with choler is called Cholerick blood the colder and moister is called Pituitous blood the colder and dryer is called Melancholy blood Yet all these parts of blood are conteined under the form or essence of blood and are profitable for the nourishment of the body Nor do the humors in a sound body constitute a masse of excrementitious blood neither in the Veins of a man most healthy are these humors Choller Phlegme Melancholy acounted excrements Hence ariseth the decision of the question whether our body's be nourished by blood only or by the four humors For when Aristotle Tays that animals that have blood in them are nourished by blood only he intended the whole masse of blood but Physitians when they say that our bodies are nourished not only by blood but by other humors by blood they understand the most temperate part of blood or one part of the masse of blood and this they would have that not only that part but the rest of the masse to be profitable for the nourishment of the body But that our bodies are nourished by excrementitious humors no man in his wits ever said The third concoction The blood being perfected in the Liver is distributed through the branches of the Hollow Vein over the whole body to nourish it and all its parts That change by which it is assimilated to other parts is called the third concoction which is performed by the innate heat in each part Four secondary humors In this concoction the blood before it assimilates the parts receives some external dispositions and is changed into four humors called secondary humors The first is called Innominate or without a name The first In nominate when the blood passeth through the capillar Veins and admits of a sensible mutation by reason of the heat of the external parts and in the Spermatick parts turns white in the fleshy parts remains red 2 The second is Dew The second Dew namely that blood which passeth without the orifice of the Veins 3 The third is called Glue The third Glue The fourth is cambium or exchange The excrements of the third concoction two-fold thick thin because while it is still more concocted it becomes clammy and thick 4 The fourth is called dry Exchange which turneth into the substance of the part and exchangeth and changeth its nature with it This third concoction hath also its excrements one thick to wit filthiness in the skin which is collected in the garments also in the brain eyes and ears the other thin which is dissolved by insensible transpiration sometimes also it is evacuated by sweat For although all things are rightly performed in the body and the nourishment be well concocted and moreover nothing external and violent befal the body as Baths Heat Violent exercises no sweat passe through the skin in the night yet because even in the most healthy all things are not ever exactly performed and many deviate from their best condition as to health and moreover many errors are committed in diet Nature useth to expel such superfluities by sweats Another office of the natural function is Augmentation or increasing Augmentation by which mans body out of nourishment taken and assimilated to the parts is extended in all its dimensions and acquires magnitude convenient to perform actions Nutrition and Augmentation how they differ Although this function ariseth from the same soul with nutrition and is perfected with the same Instrument Innate Heat hath the same matter out of which it proceeds blood the same subject a living body yet it ariseth from another efficient determinate cause to wit from the increasing faculty it differs in form which in
end to pass for the Lungs are stâ—eâ—ched that air may come into them as into a pair of bellows drawn widâ— and are so much dilated and extended as the dilating of the Bâ—east will give way to and on the other side the Breast is dilated more or lesse as there is more or lesse air to be drawn in As the Pulse consists of two motions Dilatation and Contraction A two-fold motion of respiration Inspiration Exâ—â—iration so Respiration is performed by a doubâ—e motion Inspiration and xspiration By inspiration the Lungs and Breast being exâ—ended the air by the mouth and nostrils is drawn in by expiration the Lungs and Breast being contracted the hotter air and fuliginous vapours are sent forth at the mouth and nostrils CHAP. XII Of the Animal Faculty and first of the external senses THE Third sort of faculties and actions in man The Animal faculty Physitians call Animal faculties which either are resident in the brain or derived from it and takes necessary helps or the pâ—rformance of its actions from adjacent parts They distinguiâ—â— the Aminal faculties into the sensitive motive and Princes and under the sensitive only the external senses are comprehended under the Princes the internal and rational power is involved we will handle them in this order first we will treat of the external senses afterwards of the internal and rational faculties at last of the appetite and moving faculty The external senses are five The external senses are those by which we perceive and judge sensible external objects without the precedence of any other faculty But that a perception may be made four things ought to concur first the mind perceiving secondly the instrument which is double first the Spirit secondly the member wheâ—ein the sense is thirdly the object or perceptible things fourthly the medium interceding betwixt the instrument and the object The external sâ—nses are five Seeing Hearing Smelling Tasting The five external senses Seeing Touching or Feeling The Sight is an external sense discerning and knowing by the benefit of the Eye the several kinds of visible things whose adaequate Instrument is the Eye the Eye consists of divers Tunicles the adnate or conjunctive the Horny the Grapy in the middle whereof is a round hole which is called the Pupil and is the inlet and window as it were of visible Species then the Tunicle in manner of a Net the Pannicle without a name the Cobweblike and the Vitreous Membranes three humors the watery Crystalline and Vitreous a nerve optick and muscles The object of sight is whatever is visible to wit colours which are visible in potentia in that they are capable of being seen but in action to be visible light is required The medium is any transparent and diaphanous body Hearing is an external sense Hearing perceiving by the benefit of the eare any sound that is audible the adaequate instrument or that without which a sound cannot be heard is the Eare but especially as Galen teacheth in his first Book and third Chapter of the causes of Symptomes the term and exrremities of the Auditory Pores where the end being dilated the Auditory Nerves receive part of the sound The Object is whatever is audible or sound the medium which it is conveyed through is water and aire Smelling is an external sense discovering smells by the benefit of the Nose Smelling or mammillary processes It s adaequate instrument are the Nostrils but principally the mammillary processes Its object odours the medium by which odours are conveyed is aire and water Tast is an external sense Tasting perceiving savours by help of the tongue It s proper Instrument is the Tongue a thin flesh soft and spungy like to no other part of the body the Object is savours the medium a spongy skin or porous cover of the Tongue and spitly moisture Touch lastly is an external sense Feeling discovering by the benefit of a membrane all Tangible bodies But though the skin be the chiefest instrument of the sense of feeling and covereth the whole body that it may descry external objects and injuries happening to the body and the skin in the hand be the chiefest rule to try all tangibles yet there is no adaequate Instrument of touch since it is more largely diffused and other parts are likewise indued with that sense But the adaequate organ that is of touch is a membrane For wheresoever a membrane is there may be a touch and wheresoever a membrane is not there cannot be a touch and the skin it self obtains that whereby it is sensible as it participates of the fibers and little membranes of the Nerves CHAP. XIII Of the Internal Senses THE Internal Senses are those The Internal Senses are three that are conversant about sensibles revealed by the external senses and they are three according to the diversity of their functions and operations which are administred by them The Common sense the Phantasie and the Memory The common sense is an internal sense The common sense perceiving all external objects by the help of the external senses discerning them asunder judging of their absense and bringing sensible Species to the Phanâ—asie The Phantasie is an Internal sense The Phantasie which considereth more diligently and longer retaineth the sensible Species received from the common-sense and those Species that are formed by it self The Memory is that which receiveth and retaineth the sensible Species which are known by the Phantasie The Memory and when occasion requireth exhibits and brings them forth again But there are two acts of the memory the one is called by the name of the faculty of the memory the other is Reminiscence The memory is a prompt apprehension or repetition of any thing heretofore known and perceived as it was perceived and repeated and that readily Reminiscence Reminiscence is that which out of the remembrance of one or more things spoken of by regression comes to remember that which before could not come readily into the mind The principle and immediate Instrument of all the internal senses and of all principal actions is the brain which other things shew but this especially That if that be hurt these actions are hurt and because that in curing these the remedies must be applyed to the brain Now all these action are performed in the substance of the brain nor are those faculties distinguished by their seats or places in the brain neither are their distinct operations performed in distinct places of the brain For there is not sufficient reason given why the common sense should be seated in the former part of the brain for although it be the Center where all the external senses meet and concur yet the Nerves that are subservient to the external senses take not their beginning from the fore most part of the brain So no evident reason can appear to perswade why the Memory should be separated from the Phantasie and by consequence from the reasonable
faculty and why the Phantasie in the former the Rational in the middle and the Memory in the hinder part of the brain should be placed for the Imagination and Memory are conversant about the same things though after a different manner But although oftentimes one of these faculties being offended the others remain unprejudiced as oftentimes the Memory is lost the imagination and rational faculties not hurt and on the other side the apprehension and ratiocination offended and the Memory sound and perfect yet that cometh not so much to passe through the diversaty of organs parts of the brain from whence those actions arise as by the change of their proper dispositions and of those things which are required to perform those actions The affections of those senses hitherto explained are sleep and watchfulness The affections of the senses are two Sleep Sleep is a cessation of the natural and commonsense of the external senses ordained for the health of living Creatures by detaining of the Animal Spirits in the brain hindering them from flowing to the Instruments of sense and motion The causes that bring it to passe that the Animal Spirits flying into the brain are there detained and are as it were smitten and cease are several whereof some perform it by taking them away as watching labour and other things in the like nature or by rendring them lesse moveable and benumm'd or as others conceive by penning in and stopping their way as vapours ascending after taking of meat and drink or as it were pleasingly and contentedly stopping inviting from motion to rest which sweet melodies murmuring streams gentle rocking and the like occasion The end of sleep is the refreshing and strengthning of the Spirits and external senses by taking away their motions and operations and from hence comes a recovery of their strength and vigour Watchfulness is opposed to sleep Watching and it is nothing else but the efficacy or force of sense or solution rather of the senses proceeding from the hinderance of the free flowing of the Animal Spirits into all the members of the body Man waketh or is stirred up out of his sleep after a two-fold manner Either of his own accord when concoction is performed the vapours that hindred the Spirits coming forth are discussed and separated or sharp vapours are carried to the brain and trouble the Amimal Spirits that they cannot freely flow into the instruments of the senses or by an external cause when from a more violent external cause as Clamour or touch the sensitive faculty being stirred up converts its self to perceive Nor do the organs of the senses wholly want Animal Spirits in sleep but some stilâ— remain in them sufficient to discern more vehement objects CHAP. XIV Of the Intellective Faculty AT length we come to the understanding or rational faculty whereby a man is elevated above other living Creatures and is neer to and as it were like unto his maker The understanding abstracts things from their matter and without considerations of matter without quantity without figure knoweth things undersands things freed from their matter it is almost capable of infiâ—iteness it reflects back upon its self and knoweth it self and understandeth that it doth understand and because of that it hath an unatiable desire of the knowledge of eternity and blessedness It perâ—orms its functions without all corporeal instruments yet it hath â—eed of the Phantasie as its object to understand and the Imagination supplies the mind with intelligible matter And therefore although it have not its seat in the brain as in its organ by it self yet because it worketh by the help of the Phantasie and it behoveth the understanding to watch the Imagination by accident and by the consequence its seat is appointed where the imagination is namely the brain The reasonable soul comprehends two faculties The Understanding The Will the Intellect whereby we apprehend things and the Will whereby we are carried to chose things which we understand under the notion of good And things as they are beings we know them and as they are good we desire them CHAP. XV. Of the desire and moving faculty BEsides the knowing faculty Appetite two-fold sensitive rational there is given to man an appetite and force of moving The Object of mans appetite is good whether it be really so or seemingly so The appetite is two-fold sensitive and rational sensitive is that which desires that which seems good to the senses rational is that which desires that good that seems so to reason and the motions of the sensitive faculty are often resisted by the motions of the rational faculty and there ariseth strife discord betwixt the sensitive rational faculty Out of the appetite as its actions arise the affections and passions of the mind as we call them Voluntary Animal motion follows the desire Voluntary motion for after that an external object is brought by the external senses and common sense to the Phantasie it is known as profitable and acceptable or as hurtfull displeasing Love or hatred followeth this knowledge or thâ— desire of what is pleasing and flight of what is displeasing Motioâ— presently follows the desire in brute beasts but in man there is tâ—â— Judgment of the intellective faculty which values what is truly goâ— and what hurtfull The motive faculty Then the motive faculty follows that motioâ— which is commanded by the rational or sensitive faculty as the oâ— or the other over-ruleth by the contraction of the muscles the adâ— quate Instruments of motion which draw the tendons these tâ— bones and they being moved the members and whole body is caâ— ried from place to place either to accept of what is grateful or to resist and fly from what is hurtful But although a muscle be the adaequate instrument of motion yet the chiefest part of it consists of fibers or smal strings The Instrument of motion which being contracted the muscle is contracted and motion performed Although their are four different motions of the muscles whileâ— they are contracted or extended or moved transverse or remaiâ— streight as Galen says in his first Book of the motion of muscles anâ— eighth Chapter or as others explain it contraction conservation oâ— contraction or tonick motion relaxation and perseveration of relaxation yet contraction only to which tonick motion belongs is the proper action of the muscles but extension which is a passion rather then an action is not the immediate cause of motion for whilst a muscle contracted by its opposite muscle is extended it suffers it doth not act THE SECOND BOOK PART I. OF DISEASES CHAP. I. Of the nature of a Disease WHereas we have hither treated of those things that are incident to the body according to Nature Thingsprâ—ter-natural how many and so have discoursed about health now I will speake of those things that are preter-natural or contrary to Nature for I do not intend to make any distinction betwixt these
refrigeration of the outward parts CHAP. II. Of things which are the Causes of a Disease and first of Non-naturals MOreover the efficient causes of Diseases considered absolutly or as they are such all things are the causes of Diseases which can hurt the natural constitution and turn it into a preternatural and such things are either without the body or within it Things that are without our bodies are either necessary External Causes and to be suffered by all and none can avoid them or not necessary but may be avoided Of the first sort are those things called non-naturals and are in number six Air Meat and Drink Necessary Unnecessary Non-natural things Sleeping and Waking Exercise and Rest Repletion and Inanination and the Passions of the Mind whereof the four latter are rather to be called evident then external Things befalling us not necessary are those that wound us knock us or in such like manner hurt our bodies which befall us by chance which are not included within a certain number But both those as well necessary as unnecessary Four ranks of things non-natural Those which are taken Which are carried may be reduced to four heads those things which are taken in those which are carried those that are put out and retained and lastly those that befal us externally Under the notion of those things which are taken are comprehended Air by breathing Meat and Drink and Medicine inwardly taken By those things that are carried about we comprehend all the motions of the body and mind of what kind soever such as the perturbations of the minde anger griefe joy sleep waking rubbing the body navigation the course of our lives and such like By Excretion and Retention is understood whatever is thrown out of the body such are the Ordure Urine Which are retained and rejected all sorts of Humors Seed Menstruis for these as those that are emitted alter the constitution of the body belong to those which are called Excretions and the same when they are deteined are referred to Retentions Moreover those things that externally happen to us Those which happen outwardly comprehend them that encompasse us as the Air Baths and those things that are applyed to our bodies as Garments and Coverings Oyls Unctions and such like Lastly those things that by force and impulsion befal us as Wounds Contusions and such like but since there is no certain number of them we will onely speak of non-naturals as they are the causes of Diseases First from the air is made a great alteration Air. as being that wherin we continually live and without which we cannot live a moment for it alters us in a twofold manner namely as we draw it in by breathing and as it encompasseth us and by the Pores penetrates us and communicates that distemper which it hath to our bodies The effect of hot Air. for the hot Air heats our bodies dissolvâ— humours melts attenuates increaseth choler and whets inflames the spirits so begets hot Diseases for by calling forth and dissipating the natural heat it weakens the concoction The cold Air Of Cold. Of moist on the contrary cooleth condenseth closeth the Pores thickens the humours The moist moistens the body hapeth up superfluous humours drives out the natural heat generates crude distillations especially joyned with cold But if joyned with heat Of dry it is the greatest cause of putrefaction Dry Air dries our bodies and being joyned with heat burns them First the constitution of the Air depends upon the season of the year The constitution of the Seasons of the year Of Wind and of Situation Pestilent Air. whereof the Spring is temperate the Summer hot and dry Autumn cold and dry Winter cold and moist and hence several Diseases happen at the several seasons of the year of which Hypocrates in the third of his Aphorismes 4 5 6.7 8 9.10 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23. The winds also conduce to the alteration of Air so do Countries and Situations of which Hypocrates 3. Aphorisme 15 17. And in his Book of Air Water and Places and it doth not onely affect our bodies with primary qualities but impresseth in us a malignant and pestilent disposition if it be infected therewith and can communicate to us those effects which it hath and so excite malignant and epidemical Diseases in us of which is spoken in the doctrine of malignant and pestilent Fevers Secondly Meat and Drink It offends in quantity Meat and Drink if either it be taken in too great measure or be unwholsome or if any fault be committed in the taking of it may be the occasion of many diseases Dyet then offendeth in quantity manner of taking it and quality for if too great a quantity of meat stuff the stomach it cannot be well concocted but sendeth aboundance of vapours to the braine which offend it and is the cause of divers fluxes of Rhumes and when the error of the first concoction is not corrected in the second that Crudity is the occasion of many Diseases which arise afterwards in the whole body and as an immoderate quantity of meat and drink is the occasion of many Diseases So the want of them is hurtful for thereby the good humours of the body are wasted and the body dryed 1. Aphor. 14. In an impure body it stirs up ill humours Manner of using whence divers parts are ill affected for it is hurtful to eat meat whilest any is unconcocted in the stomach variety of meats is also hurtful As for the qualities of meats Quality those which have in them certain qualities by which they can alter our bodies are called medicamental and they are changed into humours of a like qualities with them and in a sound body cause a like distemper and in a sick body may introduce an unlike and contrary distemper to wit if they are contrary to the preternatural distemper but if they agree with it they encrease it Meats differ not onely in the first qualities but also in others nay in the whole substance some thick others thin some much others little some cause good Asiment some bad of which Galen in his books of the faculties of the Aliments and in his book of good and evil Juice treateth and we shall speak more in our fourth Book Thirdly sleeping and waking moderately preserve health Sleeping and waking immoderately destroy it 2. Aphor. 3. For too much sleep hindreth the natural evacuations and excrements and dulls the heat of the body and so is the occasion of cold diseases and principally of Distillations On the other side too much waking dissipates the Spirits dryes the body and whilest the humours are kindled and become adust they are of themselves the causes of hot distempers and whilest they dissipate the Spirits the native heat is weakned and the radical moisture is consumed and by accident are the causes of cold diseases Fourthly there is the same reason of exercise
the bladder of the Gall. Excrementious Choller is twofold Natural and Contrary to Nature Natural is yellow Yellow Choller and is generated by Nature and that onely is properly called Choller it is an Excrement of the second concoction and generated in the Liver and collected into the Bladder of the Gall it is generated out of the hotter and dryer parts of nutriment Preternatural is that which is not generated in our bodies according to the law of Nature Preternatural whereof for the most part we account four kinds Vitelline Leekeblade colour Verdegrease colour and Woad colour or a blewish green The Vitelline is so called from the yolk of an Egge Vitelline it is yellow hotter and thicker it is generated of yellow and burnt Choller whence it is sometimes called rosted Choller And there is another kind of Vitelline Choller but not so properly so called which is neither so hot nor so yellow which is compounded of Phlegm and yellow Choller Leekgreen Choller so called Leekgreen because it represents their greennesse which is often voided with the Excrements of children by the panch and is often generated in the stomach by corrupt nutriment and sometimes also in the Veins and about the Liver out of the Vitelline from the great heat of the Liver and 't is of a venemous nature and it is hot and very biting the likest to Verdegrease The Aeruginous which comes neer to the colour of rusty greenish Brasse is generated out of corrupt aliment Aeruginous when the heat is more vehement in the Stomach in the Liver and Veins from the inflamation of the Liver and the too great heat of the Veins Lastly Woad colour Blewish green or a blewish green Choller is more deep in sense then the Leek colour and is caused by more adust Aeruginous Choller Aliment hot and dry Causes of Choller affords matter fit for all the kinds of Choller and especially sweet and fat things A constitution hot and dry hath regard to the Efficient cause and those things that adde to it are youth full age Ait that is hot and dry watching anger too much exercise of the body CHAP. VI. Of Melancholly THe third is the Melancholly humour Melancholly which commonly is distinguished into Alimentary and Excrementitious but Alimentary is nothing else then the colder and dryer part of the Masse of Blood The Excrementious is twofold Natural and Preternatural Twofold Natural Natural is that thick and feculent Excrement which in sanguification which is made in the Spleen as is abovesaid is collected and separated for the generation whereof much meat conduceth 'T is of a terrestrious and thick juyce of every sort especially being hardned with salt and fuliginous vapours old Cheese Cabbage all sorts of pulse as Pease c. a cold and dry constitution of air cares fear sorrow The black Melancholly which is generated contrary to nature Preternatural although it be sometimes also called by the name of melancholly yet Physitians for the most part call that Excrement which is naturally generated black Juyce not black Melancholly but that which proceeds from adustion is called black Melancholly and that Excrement is naturally cold and dry but this Preternatural hot and dry the worst of all humours But adust Melancholly is commonly accounted threefold Its kinds One is that which is occasioned by adust blood and is counted the least the second is that which is generated of Melancholly humours if they are burnt The third is that which proceeds from adust colour which is of all the worst Hence it is manifest that although all which can generate Melancholly humours or yellow Choller conduce to the generation of black Choller yet the generation of black Choller principally depends upon the too great heat burning the humours CHAP. VII Of the Serous Humour and of Wind. AMongst the humours that are the causes of diseases Serous what we are not to slight Serous Humours and Wind by Serous Humours we sometimes understand all thin humours and watery sometimes peculiarly we mean not those onely which are watery but have a saltnesse joyned therewith which Galen calls A salt serous moisture the greatest part of this serous humour turns to Urine and is ejected by it yet some part thereof is mingled with the Blood to clarifie it and make it more easie to be distributed and lastly through the Pores of the skin or insensible transpiration or sweat is emitted Of this serous humour there is found but small quantity in the Veins in sound bodies yet sometimes for some causes Preternatural there is found greater quantity The matter that breeds it are Meats that contein much Whey in and watery juyce in them It s cause much Drink Obstructions and Distempers of the Bowels by reason whereof this serous matteris not rightly separated it is deteined and gathered together because the reins do not draw enough and by reason of the weaknesse of the expulsive faculty and the suppression of its passages by Sweat and Urine Of humours oftentimes are generated Vapours and Wind Wind. which are the causes of many evils windy meats afford matter for wind so doth much drink especially when yellow and black Choller is spread over the stomach Also wind is generated from debility of heat which rusheth out of the abundance of matter that it cannot overcome it all and that is such either simply and in its own nature or in respect of the matter from the plenty whereof although it be otherwise strong enough it breaks out CHAP. VIII Of humours according to the opinion of latter Physitians and of Chymists ALthough some Chymists plainly reject these things that have hitherto been said The opinion of Chymists about humours according to the opinion of the Galenists and having rejected them they have in their stead and place put the names of Salt Sulpher and Mercury yet they have no reason for it for as Galen in his first Book of Places affected and second Chapter writeth That that which put we are diseased and which taken away we are freed 'T is taken for granted by all to be the cause of a disease but we see the humours being present we are diseased and being taken away we are freed therefore humours are the causes of diseases Yet this we grant that humours are not confined to the first qualities but that they have in them secondary qualities such are bitter acide salt sharp which may offend and hurt the body no lesse then the primary as Hypocrates of ancient Physick teacheth which he calleth the Powers and Efficacies also the force and strength of humours Whence Galen also and other Physitians call them Salt Nitrous Aluminent Humors which plainly manifest themselves in many diseases as the Gout Scurvy Cankers and others Venemous humours And so such humours are not to be rejected but to be explained by the principles of Chymists and such things as have affinity with themselves
and hence venenate humours bred of poyson and poysonous matter do not seem so properly to be referred to Choller Phlegm Melancholly although in colour it seems to have some affinity with some of these yet their nature is far different and therefore are to be described by their Powers Hyppocratically The Melancholly humour explained Lastly of the Melancholly and black humour It is to be noted that by it selfe it is thick earthy feculent or salt and for the most part 't is so much moystened by many serous and watery humours that it becomes like unto Lee which consist of watery adust and salt parts and therefore it is called by some Water CHAP. IX Of the generation of Stones and Worms BEsides Wormes there are other things found and generated in the body Stones which are the causes of diseases as stones and worms that Stones for the most part are generated in all bodies experience and the observations of Physitians do manifest They are generated of feculent matter earthy slimy muddy and of moisture apt to putrifie which when the passages are straiter and narrower in the body sticks and of its own accord tends to coagulation and concretion Wormes also may be generated in most parts of the body Worms out of corrupt and putred matter containing in it Seed or some proportionable principle to Seed namely some vital principle CHAP. X. Of the causes of Diseases of Intemperature without Matter HItherto we have explained the causes of Diseases general The eauses of hot distemoen now we will handle them severally And First for Diseases of Intemperature Galen accounts five sorts of Diseases of distemperature by heat Motion of the body and mind Exercise which causes heat by too much stirring of the humours and spirits Putrefaction which is the cause of heat because in putrefaction the internal heat Putrefaction is called forth by the external and being outward is more sensibly hot Hot things touching our body The proximity of a hot thing and impressing their qualities on our bodies Costivenesse of body and Retention of the hot steeme which should passe through our Pores Lastly mixture with some hot thing or hot things taken into our bodies as Air Meat Drink hot Medicines Galen in his fourth Book of the Causes of Diseases of Distemperature by cold Costiveness reckons these The presence of cold things the quantity and quality of meats and drinks condenseing rarifying Mixtures of a hot thing Causes of a cold distemper idleness and immoderate exercise all which and if there be any other may conveniently be reduced into four ranks For whatsoever brings a cold distemper to the body do it either by altering and by its proper force cooling the body such are cold things whether outwardly applyed to the body or taken inwardly or suffocating the innate heat such are those things that prohibit the ventilation and blowing of the fuliginous vapours or extinguish the heat by their too great aboundance Dissipation or dissipate the same by overmuch exercise of the body or mind a hot constitution of Air and such like or through want of food which poverty may occasion or by letting too much blood Hence it is manifest that the causes of hot Distempers when they are in excesse become the causes of cold Distempers Drawing away food Moist by dissipating extinguishing or suffocating the innate heat The causes of overmoist Distempers may be reduced unto two the proximity to moist things or those things that hinder transpitation and so retain the cold steem of the body Dry distemper is occasioned by the contrary causes to wit Dry by alteration of drying things and want of aliment Compound distempers are from compound causes Of compound distempers and if the causes of simple distempers are joyned together there ariseth a compound distemper yet complication of causes is not always necessary for production of compound distempers since there are many causes which have in them double qualities which therefore if they have equal strength and force cause a compound distemper so that the body be so disposed as it be fit to receive the actions of them both alike CHAP. XI Of the causes of distemper with matter SInce every humour hath its peculiar Temperature The causes of distemper with matter and communicates it and impresseth the part which it adheres to The blood which is hot and moist heats and moistens yellow Choller which is hot and dry heats and dryes Phlegm which is cold and moist causeth a cold and moist distemper Melancholly which is cold and dry causeth a cold and dry distemper The matter which is the cause of distemper in the affected A collection of matter either is collected by degrees or else falls on it on a suddain 'T is collected either through the error of the Aliment or default of the part through the fault of the part it is collected when either the faculty of concoction is weak and doth not rightly elaborate the Aliment and from thence causes excrements which either the expulsive faculty can expel or the weaknesse of expulsion is such that it cannot expel that too great quantity or some disease of conformation and straitnesse of the passages suffers not the Excrements to be cost forth But by default of the Aliment the matter is collected when that is not good but such by reason whereof great store of excrements are generated or slimy and viscious humours are produced that the expulsive faculty cannot expel them A flux is either when humours are drawn to a part A flux made by drawing or sent to a part Attraction is principally through heat and pain not because they draw but because they afford occasion for humours to flow to the part to which you may adde for the supply of vacuity But humours flow to the parts affected Transmismission though they are not drawn for two reasons first because the humours collected in the vessels by their own violence begin to flow into some part according to its situation and its respect to the vessels Secondly because the parts which have strong expulsive power tire or decay in their strength or quality or being burthened with plenty of humours unlade themselves and lend that which is troublesome to another part either the whole body sends forth vencmous humours or else some parts Yet that there be made a flux there is required not onely the part flowing but the part receiving which is either weak or apt and disposed to receive fluxions CHAP. XII Of the causes of Diseases of the whole substance DIseases of the whole Body Causes of diseases of the whole substance or of Occult qualities which are in the similar parts besides diseases of intemperature are all produced from causes of the whole substance or acting in a hidden manner such are all venomous malignant things and such as act in a hidden manner Of such causes some are produced in the Body
of Excretions and Retentions THe third sort of Symptomes comprehend the errors of those things which we ought to be cast out of the body Errors of Emission and Retention or use to be retained in it contrary to nature in which kind of Symptomes regard is not to be had to the excression it selfe or action of casting forth whose faults are the Symptomes of actions hurt but onely to the matter which is cast out which as it recedes from the natural state constitutes this or that sort of Symptomes Retentions and Excretions offend either in the whole substance or in quality or in quantity First Excression and Retention offend in substance in the whole substance they offend which ought never to be found in the whole body in the stead of an Excrement such are Stones and divers sorts of Wormes little Hairs and such like Secondly those which in their whole substance are not contrary to nature but are cast forth in this or that manner or place contrary to nature such are the Courses out of the Nose Eys or Teats the Ordure by the Mouth Thirdly those things which are plainly natural yet ought rather to be retained then evacuated as too much profusion of blood by the Mouth Panch Nose Bladder Pores of the Skin which happens in a bloody swear To these belongs particular ejections out of the Lungs and other parts In quality they offend many wayes in heat and cold moisture and drinesse In colour smell and taste in quantity excretions offend when either more or lesse then ought to be are cast forth which often happen in the dregs of the Panch Urine and Courses The end of the third Part and first Section of the second Book Book II. PART III. SECT II. OF THE CAUSES OF SYMPTOMES CHAP. I. Of the causes of the Symptomes of the natural faculty SIthence we have reckoned all the differences of Symptomes The cause of want of nourishment order now requires that we may shew their Causes in the same order we have set down them and as for the Symptomes of the Natural Faculty amongst them the first is Atrophy or want of nourishment and that is either in the whole or in some part In the whole Atrophy in the whole is occasioned through the debility of the faculty or default of the nourishment the vertne is weakned through a dry distemper and sometimes hot which principally proceeds from the Heart labouring with the like distemper as in Hekticks and other Fevers yet sometimes from the defect of other parts which may communicate their affects also with the Heart diseases may perform the same Atrophy is occasioned through defect of Aliment when either it is not communicated in sufficient quantity or when it is affected with some ill quality 'T is wanting when too small a quantity is received or although sufficient quantity be taken yet 't is not concocted through the weaknesse of the bowels or being concocted 't is not distributed by reason of the narrownesse of the Veines about the Liver or it is disperst or not conglutinated by reason of distempers of the parts especially hot and dry Atrophy is made through the pravity of nutriment when ill blood by reason of the distemper of the bowels is generated especially hot and dry and not so profitable In part Atrophy is in some part whilest its force is weak through cold distemper and defect of native heat or through want of nourishment by reason of the straitnesse of the passages by which it should be communicated to the part or occasioned by what cause soever The immediate cause of depravation of nutrition The cause of ill habit of Body and of ill habit is vitious and raw nourishment in the bowels appointed for publike concoctions arising from the vitious disposition there to which sometimes a cold and moist dsstemper and habit of the body is added The Scabs Of the scab leaprosie c. the Leprosie and other known cutanious diseases have their original from ill nourishment but not crude but sharp salt nitrous or having some other pravity which since it is various various diseases from thence do arise But amonst the Symptomes which happen to the concoction which is made in the stomach The cause of the appetite taken away and diminished The first is when the appetite is hurt and the reason of abolishing or diminishing of the appetite is because either little or no juice is made or else is not perceived juice is not made or very little is made when many crude and watery humours compâ—ess the mouth of the stomach or the chyle hither to sticks in the stomach or because aliment abounds in the body which may be when it is not evacuated by reason of the thicknesse of the skin or idlenesse or weak heat or because it is not attracted through some distemper of the Veins or straitnesse of the Meseraick veins and of the hollow Vein of the Liver or because concoction and distributiis hindred in the stomach The sucking is not perceived either through the error of the sensitive faculty when the animal spirits which should flow are desicient or when the action is converted another way as in such as are out of their wits or when the nerves of the conjugation are defective or when the mouth of the stomach is ill with some distemper as swelling or ulcer or by the dulnesse of the stomach occasioned by some stupefactive Medicines The cause of daily abstinence Hitherto belongs the daily abstinence of those men who abstained not onely some dayes and months but years also from all meats of which wonderful Symptome although it be not easie to render a reason yet it is probable that all such had not need of restoring and that because nothing is taken away or not in a long time wasted because of the humours which preserves our bodies is so disposed and proportioned to the heat of the same that it could not be destroyed by it On the contrary The cause of the appet ite encreased the cause of the encrease of the appetite is too much sucking which comes to passe either from some humour sticking in the stomach such is Melancholly which by its sharpnesse and austereness binds the stomach or through want of nourishment which happens by reason of Wormes which consumes the Chyle or by too much labour and exercise watchings long fastings evacuations of blood vomiting or from some old distemper binding the stomach But the appetite is depraved by a vitious humour peculiarly corrupted and fixed to the Tunicles of the stomach which is either generated in the stomach by ill food or else flowes from some other part especially the Womb into the stomach Thirst is abolished or diminished either from cold sweat The cause of diminishing of thirst unsavory petuitous aqueous many humours generated in the stomach want of meat and drink or flowing from some other parts continually moistening the stomach or because the
inflammations of the Midriff the Eungs the Liver the Gutflion Loathing and Vomiting have their rise from the same causes differing according to Major and Minor Causes of loathing and vomiting either in the stomach it selfe ill affected and weak or from something contrary to nature tearing the stomach The stomach is ill affected by a cold and moist distemper or by conformation thereof or by a certain native straitnesse thereof by reason of drynesse and leannesse swelling an Ulcer whereunto belongs frequent vomiting which indeed it selfe disposeth the stomach to more frequent vomiting as also the shutting of the inferiour Orifice of the Ventricle by some tumour as an obstruction also of the Guts and mesentary and inverted motion of the fibres of the Guts The diseases called the Chollick and Stone by the communion of the Membranes and lastly wounds and hurts of the Braine and its Membranes But the matter which Irrirates the stomach to expel either loading it with its plenty or twitching it with its sharpnesse or moilifying the superior Orifice or by stimulating it with a malignant quality it doth it whether it be meat and drink or medicines poysons worms blood quitture choller effused into the stomach which happens to those which have a vitious implantation of the Pores or the Vessel that carries the Choller into the bottom of the stomach The evident external causes are too much exercise of the body and the sight of loathsome things The cause of Choller is offensive Moist Choller and sharp matter irritating the expulsive faculty of the stomach by its plenty and its quality to expulsion and stimulating it to evacuate upwards and downwards Such is Choller collected about the Liver Pancreas and parts adjacent also sharp adust humours salt nitrous and other peccant humours bred of corrupt food as Mushrooms Garden-fruits and such like strong purging Medicines and Poysons do the same and stir up this matter As for the difference betwixt the other Choller and this Dry Choller which we have newly explained that is dry this is moist the cause is a flatuous and sharp spirit stirred up by yellow black and adust Choller spread over the stomach Belching is occasioned by thick and fuming vapours breaking out upward and stimulating the stomach to expulsion Belching Concerning a loosenesse Alientary and Celiack affects the causes of a Lyentary and Coeliack affects are for the most part the same differing onely in magnitude And in this also that a Coeliack is rather a Disease of the Guts then of the Stomach although its name seems to signifie otherwise For in a Lyentary as hath been said the meat is cast forth crude In a Coeliack the Chyle is ejected contrary to nature and therefore the cause of a Lyentary is the hurting of the retentive faculty of the Ventricle and Intestines by reason whereof the meat before it be perfectly concocted descends into the Guts and is cast out And indeed in a Lyentary the retentive faculty of the stomach is principally hurt Nor can it be that meat unconcocted can be cast forth out of the Panch unless it be sent too soon into the Guts by reason of some fault of the retentive faculty of the stomach but the Coeliack is occasioned rather by some hurt of the retentive faculty of the Intestines because Chyle generated in the stomach ought to remain some time in the Guts that it might there be in some manner elaborated and be conveniently drawn by the meseraik veines and the ordure should be throughly elaborated If the retentive faculty of the Intestines be hurt all these things cannot be performed but the Chyle untimely and in some as measure crude is cast out of the Panch but the retentive faculty of the Stomach and Guts is hurt either of its selfe or by accident of it selfe through a cold and moist distemper and that either alone or joyned with a phlegmatick humour as also by cicatrising after a disentary and the immoderate use of fat things and such as cause Lubricity By accident it is hurt when the expultrix being stirr'd up exceedingly drives the meat presently downward by reason of the ulcerous disposition of the Stomach and Guts caused by biting and sharp humours sometimes also by a hidden quality or from hurtful and poisonous meats or ill disposition of air A Diarhaea proceeds from the expultrix of the Guts stirr'd up by plenty of humours A Diarhaea crudity or pravity whether they proceed from corruption in the stomach and guts or flow from the wholebody or any part to the guts from what cause soever they are generated and collected The more remote causâ—s of Diarhae a are imbecility of concoction and distribution through the distemper of the stomach and parts adjacent ill diet untemperate air omitting exercises of the body or taking a strong purge The cause of a Dysentery improperly so called or of voiding of blood without exulceration of the Guts are the opening of the mouths of the Mesentary Veines A Dysentary either by too great plenty of this blood or by crudity by reason of the concoction of the Liver or being retained too long in the Liver Veines and by a burning with a preternatural heat But as for Dysentery properly called the causes are sharp and biting humours whether they flow from the whole or from some part to the Guts or are generated in them and are peculiarly troublesome to them of which kind also are sharp gnawing drugs â—speciplly violent purges sharp quitture and poysons A Tenesmus or desire to go to stoole and cannot void any thing but blood A Tenesm comes for the most part from the same cause yet principally salt phlegm and a sharp humour clammy thick closely sticking to the skin of the Gut called Rectum The Belly on the contrary is suppressed either because the expulsive faculty of the Intestines is hurt Suppression of the helly or because the Muscles of the belly do not help to expel or because the ordure doth not stimulate or because the Guts are not alwayes sensible of pricking and stirring up the expulsive faculty doth not expel either because it is hurt or frustrated by some external error or fault in the object 'T is hurt either because it is weakened by a cold and dry distemper or it is hindered by the strength and driness of the retentive faculty or by the narrownesse of the Guts which proceed first from astringent and drying things Secondly from their inflammation or a Tumor bred in them Thirdly from growing together especially of the Fundament Fourthly from the going out and turning of them which happens in a Rupture Fifthly from obstruction by reason of the hardnesse of the siedge Worms Stones viscous Phlegm Sixthly from the Muscles refrigerated and straitned shutting the Gut Rectum The belly is supprest through default of the object when the Ordure is too thick viscid and hard the Muscles of the Panch do not help to expel either because they are
the Optique Spirits where we also conclude the errors of the Optique Neâ—ves if they are deficient in the brain Diseases of the visive spirits and of the Optique Nerve being hurt through cold distemper compression obstruction and then for the most part the other senses both internal and external are affected or at least that part of the braine is affected from whence the Optique Nerves have their oâ—iginal and then the sight onely is taken away or by default of the Nerve Optique it self which is its narrowness or by rupture which proceeds from obstruction of the Optique Nerves compression percussion a stroak by chance contorsion or by any violent motion whatsoever Lastly the cause of Splendor and Glittering of the Eyes is reflection of the Rayes of the internal light Causes of glittering eyes by reason of the Object a more thick body or vapours or thick humours if they are mingled with the Christaline or vitrious humours or cover them The hearing is hindered through default of the Organ of hearing Causes of deafness or of the spirits and first of all if the external eares are wanting sounds and articulate voices seem like the warbling or purling of Waters or singing of Grashoppers Secondly if the auditory passage either wholly or in part br hindered either from an external cause as a little Stone a Kernel Water or an internal cause as a Tubercle an Ulcer and such like and so either deafnesse is occasioned or hearing diminished or depraved Thirdly if the Membrane which they call the Drum is too thick or moistened too much or is loosened whether it be from the first birth or afterwards from internal or external causes the hearing is hurt Also if it be too much dryed by any grievous diseases or old age deafness doth arise But if it be broken either by internal force as by the violent putting in of an ear-picker or by an extream shrill sound or is eroded by an Ulcer deafness is occasioned Fourthly if the other parts of the ear be not rightly constituted and the air implanted be impure or deficient or the Nerve being dilated is cooled or is made thicker or affected with a Tumor or those three little bones either are not well framed by nature or are moved by some violence out of their places or the internal passages are filled with vapors and humors flowing contrary to Nature or the Arteries passing under the ears are filled with too much spirit and heat and too much agitated or lastly the auditory Nerue either is not rightly framed from our first beginning or is obstructed and compressed by a humor according to the diversity of the disease the hearing is sometimes abolished sometimes diminished or depraved Lastly the hearing is hurt through default of the Spirits either through the straitness of the passages of the braine as in an Apoplexy or through its perturbation as in an Epilepsie or through cold distemper by reason whereof difficulty of hearing is occasioned The smelling is hurt through default of the Organs Causes of smelling hurt or Spirits or some external error the faults of the Organs are the narrowness of the Adaequate senses and external Nostrils whether from compression or constipation or obstruction of the Scive-like bone and its Membrane as happens in such as are great or by the distemper of the chief Organ of smelling the mammillary precess but especially moist distemper or obstruction of the same from matter flowing which happens in Catarrhs and according to the variety of these diseases the smelling is sometimes abolished sometimes diminished the smelling is offended by reason of the animal spirits if either they are deficient which are in those which are ready to dye or are hindered from flowing as in an Apoplexy an Epilepsie and such like diseases of the brain Lastly the smelling is depraved through some external errors whilest a vapour or some filthy and stinking matter sticks in the wayes through which the smell passes for here it is infected by the foul smell thereof to that things having no ill smell seem to the sense of smelling to stink The taste also is hurt through default of spirits Cause of taste hurt or by some disease of the Organs or some external error The taste is hurt by reason of spirits when they are deficient which useth to happen to such as are dying or the taste cannot flow to the Organ either through straitness of that part of the brain from whence the Nerves appointed for the taste arise or from obstruction compression or wounds of the said Nerves The taste is hurt through default of the tongue as of an instrument whilest it is troubled with cold and moist distemper or cold and moist matter is poured on it or whilest it is dryed or is troubled with Pustuls or an Ulcer and according to the magnitude of diseases the taste is either wholly abolished or diminished Lastly the taste is depraved by external error or from external causes as from something taken into the mouth whose savour is not easily taken away or from an internal cause as a humour or a vapour wherewith the tongue is imbued being communicated from the stomach the Lungs the Brain and other parts to the tongue Lastly Cause of fieling hurt for what belongs to the causes of hindering the touch insensibility and dulness happens through defect and diminition of the animal spirits of the Oâ—gan touching this come to pass either because the animal spirits are not generated through imbecility of the native heat which happen to them in years or defect of matter by reason of great evacuation or whilest they are resolved or scattered or cooled or stupified by a Narcottique Medicine or when they cannot flow to it through the narrowness of the Nerves obstruction constipulation compression solution of continuity of the same The proximate cause of pain is solution of Unity in a membranous part Cause of pain whether it be occasioned by some primary quality or secondary whereof this stirreth up solution of continuity not so manifest but rather contemplable by reason but that is manifest which therefore is properly called solution of Unity Lastly Itching itching is stirred up from thiâ— salt and sharp Exerements collected in the skin moving man to scratch CHAP. IV. Of the causes of the Symptomes of the internal senses OVer much watching is occasioned by too much effusion of the animal spirits Causes of too much watching to the Organs of the senses through defect of restraint of the first sense and too much irritation of the common sense the bond of the first sense or sweet exhalations are defective either because they are not generated in the body which comes to pass by long fasting or the use of meats which do not produce such exhalations or because they are consumed scattered and called away from the brain which comes to pass in a hot and dry distemper either of the whole body or of the brain and when hot
humors and vapors are elevated in the brain which often happens in Fevers and Delitiums The same causes also for the most part have a power of stirring up the common sense and besides those principally grief which in what part of the body soever it is when it violently affects the sense of touching it also stirs up the common sense which once moved irritates also the rest of the senses and so it is necessary that over much watchfulness must ensue Cause of too much sleep The causes of too much sleep and first the cauâ—es of non-natural are all those things that hinder the spirits from being sent forth to the external parts Non-natural in due manner and season such are those which dissipate and consuâ—ne the heat of the spirits beyond measure or they are called back too much into the internal parts or hinder the spirits that they cannot go out to the remote parts as too much exercise paines taking too much watching baths and such like which fill the braine with halituous vapours Moreover the causes of a preter-natural and diseased sleep so called are also against nature namely Preternatural those things which detaine the spirits against nature so that they cannot freely passe to the Organs of the senses The cause of a Coma Coma and Cataphora or a dead sleep is a plentiful vapor whether cold and moist or hot and moist either generated in the brain or sent thither out of the whole body or part of it but principally stupifactive rendring the animal spirits heavy and drowsie When there is too greedy desire of sleep Coma vigil the same stupifactive vapor is the cause but because hot and sharp vapours are mingled with it and many various and absurd imaginations are brought to the fancy the sleep is troubled and interrupted The causes of immoderate dreams are impure vapours Of immoderate dreams black and melancholy arising from food and humors causing exhalations of the same nature and stirring up the animal spirits or a distemper of the brain stirring the vapors ascending from the inferiour parts and spirits in the brain A natural extasie hath for the most part the same causes Of an extasic for those which are troubled therewith have in their deep sleep various shapes and images represented to their fantafie about which the imagination being too much busied and fixed the rest of the senses ceasing when they awake they account those dreams by reason of the too much intentiveness of the fantasie for truths and think and say to themselves that those things did really happen The cause of such as walk in their sleep Sleep walkers is a stronger imagination from an internal object represented by a dream the fantasie being violently affected stimulates the desire and thence the motive faculty to perform something the senses for the most part being bound and the rational faculty obscured but the imagination doth depend either on some vehement diurnal disease which hath gone before or on the disposition of the spirits which the vapours thicken which are not onely mingled with the spirits but also have force of binding all the spirits and set before you many cleare dreames The memory Abolishing and diminishing of the mentory fantasie as the imagination is either abolished or diminished principally through the fault of the instrument which is the brain through its too cool a distemper thereof whereunto belongs not onely innate heat but default of spirits the default of innate heat is either native and contracted from our birth or happening afterwards from our birth Heat is deficient to those who have too great heads or a brain weak and cold by nature and mixt with too much moisture or a head too little and therefore little brains or a figure too concise the figure also it self of the head may hinder these actions After a mans birth the native heat is deficient through old age and what other causes soever which may destroy and debilitate the innate heat and may cause foul spirits whether they be internal and diseases and vitious humors or external as cold meat moist thick corrupt and impure air over-much watching stroaks and wounds of the head Besides the defect and cold distemper of the native heat the memory also is weakned yea and taken away sometimes by too much moisture of the brain the same also is hurt sometimes by external error namely through the fault of objects whilest in certain diseases it is confounded and distracted by almost innumerable objects which may likewise happen to such as are well who whilest they are busied in telling any story by reason of some object happening by chance they are so called aside that they cannot make an end of their story But the reasonable faculty is not diminished nor abolished of its self nor by reason of its instrument but because the fantasie is hurt and sometimes the memory and sometimes both The depravation of the imagination and ratiocinatination happens in divers kinds of Deliriums and all have their rise from some default of the animal spirits which being ill disposed represent objects so disposed to the fantasie and whereas for the most part the imagination and ratiocination are both affected in a Delirium and the imagination useth a corporeal Organ with its Spirits but the ratiâ—â—ination useth none but onely beholdeth fantasms In every Delirium the next cause of the hurt of the imagination is the vitiousnesse of the animal spirits but the depravation of the rational faculty is caused by the fantasms The imagination and understanding hurt called Paraphrosune hath its beginning from hot vapours which in burning Fâ—ve s and inflammations of the interiour parts are elevated to the brain and disturb the animal spirits yet moderately which thing also may happen if any one should take in his meat or drink that which may trouble the spirits On this manner commeth sottishness and such as is caused by Wine the weed Darnel Hops and such like A Frensie is caused by a hot Tumor of the Brain and its Membranes from whence the hot vapours being advanced continually trouble and stir the spirits in the brain A Frenzy The cause of offending the imagination in Melancholy Of Melancholy is dark animal spirits but the causes of depraving of the rational faculty are dusky fantasms but the animal spirits are become dark and black two ways first when the spirits themselves are pure in their own nature but some strange foul and blackish matter is mingled with them Secondly when the spirits themselves are darkish in their own nature and geneâ—ate such the former is caused three wayes the first is when the matter dark and impure clouding the spirits is contained in the vessels in the head Secondly when the matter is communicated to the brain from the whole body and principally from the greater veins Thirdly when it is transmitted principally from the Hypocondries which is thence named Hypocondriacal Melancholy the
latter is occasioned two wayes either when the vital spirits are generated vitious and impure in the heart which when the matter of the animal spirit is such in the braine 't is necessary that there be generated in such black animal spirits in the braine or because although the vital spirit be good and pure neverthelesle the constitution of the brain is vitious which changeth the pure vital spirit into a black animal spirit The cause of mad Love is sorrow and conti nual solitation Of mad Love to which anger is often joined arising through the desire of a fair thing whether it be really so or seem so to be for although the amorous herb Philtra may stir up desire to lust yet that desire is not terminated in any definite person nor can the mind of a man be compelled to love that which he is unwilling to love and that Philtra doth not cause love but madnesse also as experience often teacheth The cause of madness is a hot and fiery disposition of the animal spirits Madnssâ—e such hot and fiery spirits proceed from a hot distemper of the braine or hot vapours mingled therewith which black Choller will set foreward sometimes in the veins of the head only other times in the whole body especially in those that are great with child and when it resides about the womb whether they are generated of fervent blood or adust colour or dryed Melancholy The disease which causeth men to think that they are turned into Wolves is called Lycanthropie Lycanthropie if it proceed from a natural cause and not from the Devil It ariseth from the depravation of the imagination and ratiocination and the blood of living creatures being drunk may be very powerful to cause the same yet for the most part it becomes from poyson communicated to us by the biting of any mad living creature or by the froth of their mouths thrown upon us by spittle by receiving their breath with our mouths by eating the flesh of ravenous animals whence Wolf-madness also Dog-madness and Badger-madness do arise as Hydrophobie which is when one is distractedly timerous of waters which neverthelesse may be occasioned without the biting of any mad animal by poyson in mans body but principally is occasioned by terror of the observations of Physitians do witness and then the disease is not to be referred to madness because those Symptomes which are proper to those that are bitten with mad creatures do not appear in these but onely the diâ—eased are adverse to all liquid things and neither can swallow liquid things but also at the sight and noise of them they fall in danger of swooning and death which nature is peculiar to this poyson nor can any other cause be rendered from manifest qualities But the disease of Tarantators Of Tarantulas and a company of S. Viti occasioned by the venemous biting of a Tarantula and the Chorea of S. Viti so called hath its rise from a venemous and malignant humour somewhat like to the venom of a Taâ—antula begotten in mans body and indeed is the cause of the Symptomes of the rest of the poysons in general but because they dance in this manner that is proper to this poyson onely neither can there be rendered any manifest cause thereof but here it is necessary to fly to that sanctuary of ignorance and to say that this poyson is destroyed in an occuâ—â— manner by the force of musick and this little creature is harmoneous and delights in musick CHAP. V. Of the causes of the Symptomes of the mooving faculty IN the first place the cause of a Palsie Cause of the Palsie or deprivation of motion in one part or more is the defect of animal spirits in the Organs appointed for motion the spirits are deficient when they are not sent out by the Nerves from the braine as happens in an Apoplexy sometimes also this disease is called a Palsie for although they are emitted yet through the ill disposition of the part they cannot exercise motion and sense therein they are not admitted through default of the Nerves and spinal Marrow namely when they endure some cold distemper and moist especially yet sometimes hot and dry or are dull or are cut or knockt or beaten or are made narrower or by obstruction or compression by reason of some humor or tumor or tubercle whether they are in the Nerves themselves as after wounds of the Nerves and contusions of the same scars do arise or in the parts neer thereunto by some contusion by a stroak or a fall by a sudden relaxation made of the Vertabres or being bound Besides a Palsie there are other impotencies of motion Cause of taking away motion the cause whereof besides that of the Nerves even now explained in a Palsie is the fault of the part instituted for motion a vitious disposition and disease namely if the bones in the joynts which are framed for them cannot move oâ— cannot rightly be removed out of their place through ill conformation fracture relaxation if the ligaments which come about the joints and continue in motion in a natural state are broken cut asunder eroded attenuated or become softer or on the contrary are dryed hardned and filled witk a hard and knoty substance if the Muscles and their Tendones are cooled too much and their native heat be as it were dulled or moistned by some humour contrary to nature or on the other side if they are dryed and hardned if any tumor knot bunch hard flesh ariseth in them if they are wounded if the Tendones are so stretched out by violent motion that they become longer then they were or wont to be or as it were broken with bonds or if a painful tumor be in a Muscle The cause of Lazinesse is the reception of trouble in the Muscles and parts appointed for animal motion Of Laziness but since this slownesse is two-fold voluntary and against our wills the one comes without much exercise and labour from vitious humours burning the parts appointed for motion the other which is also called Excicrative comes after too much labour and motion the parts serving for motion being dried and the spirits consumed The cause of trembling is the imbecility of the motive faculty Of Trembling which cannot keep the member in that part wherein it is placed The faculty is become weak through the faintnesse of the strength and some defect of animal spirits whether they are not generated by reason of some distemper of the brain or defect of the vital spirits either scattered or consumed both which may be occasioned by too large evacuations long fasting watchings long and tedious sicknesse too much Venery or through diseases of the Nerves as distemper especially cold contracted by what meanes soever or want or losse of sense is occasioned by stupifactives or by straitnesse but lesse then in a Palsie The cause of Convulsion is the irritation of the expulsive faculty Of
Convulsion of the Fibres and nervous parts in the Muscles by reason of something troublesome which draws the part joined to it into consent and stirs it up to this motion whereby the Fibres being contracted the Muscle is drawn back to its original Emprosthotonos Emprosthotonâ—s Opisthotonos is made in the Muscles which bends the body of such as are affected forwards Opisthotonos by the Muscles affected bends the body backward Tetanos is from an equal contraction of the Muscles Tâ—tanos Spasmus Cynious The Spasmus Cynichus or troublesome Cramp ariseth from a convulsion of the Muscles of the Mouth Trismos from contraction of the Muscles of the Jaws Also the cause of convulsive motions is a humor Of grinding Teeth Of convulsive motions or a vapor an enemy to the whole generation of Nerves irritating the expulsive faculty in them and stimulating them to expulsion yet is not fixed but hath various motions through all nervous parts and so the member is agitated in various motions and for the most part it happens that the braine is affected and matter is seâ—â— from thence into all the Nerves When the Cramp and Palsie are complicate Of the complication of the Crump and Palsie Privation of speech the â—â—mour is of a mixt nature which hath force partly oâ— loosening Nerves partly of vellicating and twitchiâ—â— them Privation of speech happens through default either 〈◊〉 the Spirits and Nerves which carry them or of the parâ— which are necessary for the bringing forth of a word The spirits are deficient in an Apoplexy Epilepsie anâ—â— Dumnesse properly so called Men are become duâ—â— through the fault of the Nerves when either the Nerveâ—â— of third pair are affected from whence the tongue also receives its Nerve which defect if it be native for the most part the hearing is abolished by reason of the communion of the Nerves of the tongue and the ear that felowship is hurt or when the Nerves of the sixth and seventh conjugations and those going back and vocâ— Nerves are either cut or stretched or cooled or intercepted or hurt by what means soever The voice is hurt through organick diseases thereof if either the Membranes of the Larinx or top of the Wind-pipe are filled with some humour and grow soft or some chink thereof be shut by what means soever or if the tongue be cut about or maimed or the Muscles which move the Larinx Tongue or Throat are hurt or relaxed or knockâ— or wounded or any other way affected contrary to nature or lastly through desault of the wind-pipe if that be cut exulcerated or closed The same causes are if they are lesse Of the voice and speech diminished diminution of voice and speech is occasioned yet more frequently the cause remains in the tongue namely if the ligament be too long from one birth so that it extends to the extremity of the tongue or if after a childs birth it be wounded exulcerated swoolen or be affected with a Palsie on the other side The cause of depravation of voice and speech Of stammering and first of stuttering and stammering is principally a moist distemper of the instruments of voice and speaking and sometimes a dry also an ill framing of the Tongue and its Muscles a Tumor borne under it as also the fault of a swelling at the entrance into the Throat and want of the fore teeth Hoarsenesse ariseth from over much humidity of the outsides or the instruments for speech Of hoarsenesse whether that matter flow from the head or be cast out of the brest from loosenesse and inflammation of the Columella or a fleshy substance in the entrance into the throat as also from external and evident causes first from air violently straining the voice daily which causeth inequality of the Wind-pipe All the causes of the Cough are those which hinder the instruments of breathing whether they be internal Of a cough or external causes either by Idiopathy or by Symptothy stir up the Cough by Idiopathy an unequal distemper principally cold causeth the Cough which is the greatest enemy to the brest sometimes also distempers hot and dry moreover the roughnesse of the Wind-pipe which happens either through distemper or through biting humors flowing from the head or by Medicines or sharp drinks or obstruction by a humour thick or thin a pimple gravel worms a little hard swelling clod of blood By Sympathy the Cough is raised if the other parts which can draw the Organs of respiration into consent be affected namely the Midriff Liver Spleen Stomach which by reason of the common Tunicle they have vellicate the instruments of breathing or send vapors to them or presse the Midriffe by reason of some Tumor ot obstruction But the external causes are cold air dry cold water too much desire of drink cold medicines applied to the brest dust smoak sharp vapors soure aliment sharp things and whatsoever contrary to the order of nature slide into the wind-pipe straying or wandring in the gullet if it intercept the way or stop it or exasperate the Artery or any way molest the Wind-pipe Those things cause sneezing whatsoever doth stimulate the Nostâ—ils Of sneezing and the fore part of the Brain to excretion whether generated in the body as humours flowing from the Brain or those things which affect the Nostrils by communion with the interior skins by Sympathy which comes to passe when worms stick in the Guts or whether they happen from without as whatsoever sharp things are dâ—awn by the nose smells also and sharp vapours the splendor of the Sun and over much light Gaping Of yawning or Yawning is when â—alitious vapours stick in the Muscles appointed for chewing and moving the lower chop which nature endeavours by this motion to cast off but some times imagination is the cause thereof Stretching ariseth from such vapors as may be emitted through the Pores Of stretching which neverthelesse are not sharp but being store of them they cause trouble in the spaces of the Muscles of the whole body stirring up the expultive faculty to expel which the nature may discusse it useth such a motion of the Muscles by constriction of them Lastly Shaking fits and trembling Horror and Trembling which are Symptomes neer alike as also are vehemency and greatnesse of motion and so is the difference of the cause they are stirred up by something that offend in the circumference of the body suddenly vellicates the sensitive parts and stimulates them to expulsion which it strives to perform by a natural concussion But the causes which bring forth that twitching are either external and evident as whatsoever befalls the body or vellicates the sensitive parts or cause the sharp humours contained in the circumference of the body to be stirred and moved as a spark of sire cast on scalding water thrown upon a biting medicine applyed to an Ulcer piercing cold and such like for internal as humors or sharp vapors either
generated in the parts themselves or drawn or sent from elsewhere CHAP. VI. Of the causes of Symptomes wherein all or most animal actions are hurt THe cause of a Vertigo is inordinate and circular motion of the animal spirits in the brain Of a vertigo but the causes which perform this circular motion in the brain are internal or external internal is an inordinate motion of a flatulent spirit moving the animal spirits circularly and exhibiting a false representation of the moving of external things and of its own body but this flatulent spirit takes the occasion of its motion either from its selfe seeing that every spirit by nature is moveable and fluid especially if it be hotter and more fervent then ordinary or moved by somewhat else whereas hereafter shall be shewen which the straitness of the vessels or of the Pores of the brain occasioneth for if both the flatulent spirits and animal spirits are moved in passages that are obstructed they return back and move circularly they are generated either in the brain whence a Vertigo by Idiopathy ariseth or are sent from elsewhere upward either from the whole body as in some Fevers or from some part as the Stomach Spleen Womb whence it is called a Vertigo by Sympathy the external and manifest causes are whatsoever humors can suddenly turn into and dissolve into vapours or stir up an inordinate and circular motion with winds and spirits such as when the constitution of the air is suddenly altered immoderate and untimely exercise emptinesse baths anger turning round of the body the beholding of bodies swiftly turning round or otherwise moving with violence looking down from a high place shaking of the head a fall and such like The cause of an Incubus or riding of the Mare Of an Incubus is a thick vapour ascending from the lower parts of the body and obstructing the hinder parts neer the Spinal marrow and hindering the passages of the spirits to the muscles of the brest whence respiration is hindered which when a man perceives in his sleep considering various causes he faineth and adviseth with himselfe and even from this or that he imagineth himselfe to be oppressed and suffocated in his dream This vapor is elevated from thick flegm or a Melancholy humor residing in the Hypocondries or proceeds from surfetting or swelling by lying supine or flat on the back in children also a vapour of the same nature is occasioned by worms A Lethargy commonly proceeds from a flegmatick humor thickning in the brain Of a Lethargy and so the matter of its selfe is cold yet by accident it happens to be hot but it is impossible that out or flegm only putrified both a fever and a deep sleep should arise for this humor is neither apt of its selfe to admit of putrefaction especially in the head neither if it should admit of it can it utter so much as will diffuse the heat over the whole body and kindle a Fever and heart the Heart especially if it putrifie without the substance of the Brain or its vessels in its bosomes and turnings but it is more agreeable to reason that this drousinesse either is not a primary disease of the brain but occasioned from stupifactive and pituitous vapors rendring the animal spirits dull and are the Symptomes of a Fever which are called companions namely of a continued Quotidian of a bastard Tertian and Semitertian or if it be a primary disease of the Brain it doth not seem to have its beginning only from putrified flegm but rather from a petuitous inflammation of the Brain or from an inflammation arising from the blood mixt with flegm In both these Lethargies there is present great heavinesse and hurt of memory by reason of stupifactive and pituitous vapors but a delirium by reason of vapors risen out of the putrid humors troubling the animal spirits The cause of a Carus is either the straitnesse of the Brain by compression Of a Carus or obstruction neer the bottom thereof from cold humors or a moistning cooling and repletion of the Brain from a câ—ld and pituitous humor and an alteration of the spirits by the same or a stupefactive power rendring the animal spirits unfit for the actions of the senses and motions wherewith not â—nly stupefactive medicines are endued but also some poysons humors in certain Fevers Smoaks and Vapors of Coals new Wine and new strong Beer c. A Catoche hath its beginning from a cold and dry vapour A Caroche endued with a peculiar force of fixing the animal spirits rushing into the brain and in some sort stopping the spirits rendring them immovable and as it were congealing them which for the most part is stirr'd up by a Melancholy humor such also is the force in a Thunderbolt and it is sometimes taken from the vapors ascending out of the earth in an Earthquake and breaking out of their cells but the spirits serving for imagination and ratiocination are rather fixed and stopt then those which lately were disperst into the members of the body which is apparent from hence that although those that are Cataleptick move no member yet if they are moved by another the power of moving exerciseth its selfe and being struck they fall down and moreover spreading their eye-lids they keep their eyes open The immediate cause of an Apoplexy is a flowing of the animal spirits into the organs of the body Of an Apoplexy hindering sense and motion but the influx of the animal spirits is hindered either by the passages through which they should flow into the organs of sense and motion or the narrownesse of the beginning of the Nerves or through the unaptnesse of the animal spirits themselves or by too great a quantity or perturbation of the same The straitnesse of the passages of the animal spirits is made when the beginning of the Nerves in the bottom of the brain is so shut that the passage and way for the animal spirits and motion into the organs of all the external senses are intercepted a few onely resisting which flow from the Cerebellum which scarce suffice for the motion of the brest which striveth exceedingly for respiration The beginning of the Nerves cause this straitnesse first the flegmatick humor poured into these places performs it by obstruction or compression which the Antients took for the principal nay some for the only cause of an Apoplexy Secondly blood poured out of its vessels by a stroak or any other cause whatsoever into the basis of the Brain and pressing the beginning of the Nerves Thirdly placing of flegm when the vessels of the Braine their being plenty of blood are filled and stretched that the substance of the Brain is compressed and the Pores and passages being made narrower a free ingress for the animal spirits into the Nerve is hindered Fourthly a blow or fall violently pressing the Brain it self and so the beginning of the Nerves rendring the animal spirits slow as it
sends it out moist or by taking of meats that loosen the belly or by defluctions from the Head to the Guts or by the effusion of Choller and other thin humours to the Guts But the ordure is become hard by too much heat which consumes almost all the humidity whether it be that internal heat of the Liver or of other parts neer thereunto or of the whole body either natural or preter-natural moreover from the drinesse of the Guts or of the whole body Thirdly if there be too much Urine or if there be a continued sweat Fourthly by thickning and astringent meats Fifthly by long stay in the Guts by reason whereof the moisture is sucked out Sixthly through want of aliment in the parts Of sharp Faetid and too much attraction of the members The dung is sharp through the mixture of sharp homours use of sower meats 'T is become faetid through the use of stinking meats and ill concoction especially by the mixture of divers sorts of meats as also by the humidity and heat of the body which disposeth it to putrifaction Ordure is cast forth with a noise through the mixture of much wind violently breaking forth It becomes white White when choller is not mingled therewith as in the yellow Jaundice through the use of meats that are whitening being mixt with plenty of flegm also Yellow It becomes yellow through much much mixture of yellow Choller It becomes green through aeruginous choller It grows black by reason of a black humor by the use of Cassia and such like Red. Black Frothy It becomes red by the mixture of blood or adust yellow choller It becomes frothy by reason of slimy flegm and a defluxion of windy matter from the head and mixture of wind The causes of the the changed qualities of Urine shall be explained in the following bâ—ok Hot sweats proceed from hot humors either whilest the humors wax hot Causes of sweat preter 〈◊〉 or especially when the matter is overcome is attenuated and concocted cold are caused through plenty of cold matter which cannot be so easily overcome as heat or by the resolution of spirits and extinction of the native heat or through the malignancy of the matter â—he sweat smels by reason of too great plenty of stinking filth they are yellow in the yellow Jaundice by the mixture of yellow choller Green by mixture of leek-coloured choller red and bloody by the watrishness and thinness of the blood loosenesse of the skin and weaknesse of the retentive faculty yet there are administred Wines which being drunk in some discolour their sweat They are salt for the most part which consist of a salt and serous excrement Bitter by the mixture of Choller sharp by the mixture of sharp humours The menstruous blood offendeth in quality whilest it is white Of vitious Courses yellow black or has any ill colour moreover whilest it smells foul and is too watry which comes to passe whilest the like humors are gathered together in the body or about the womb and goes out through it with the menstruous blood The spittle is too thick if it be contained too long in the Mouth Of the spittle changed and its thinner parts consumed or if thick matter distil from the head or be mingled with it or if it be thickned by heat which happens in Fevers It becomes frothy through the mixture of spirit and much air Spittle borrows its tastes from salt bitter sower humours especially cleaving to the Stomach It receives its colour from humours in the bowels and the vapours going out of them 'T is become white from flegm Yellow from Choller Red from Blood Black from Melancholy or thick dryed Blood Green from aeruginous Choller it acquires a foul smell from inward putrifaction especially from an Ulcer of the Lungs At length the excressions erre in quantity Causes of excrements changed the excrements of the belly are cast forth in greater quantity then is convenient First by reason of moist food especially if after the use thereof store of drink be taken Secondly by reason of meats containing little alimentary juice but much excrementitious Thirdly through the ill distribution of Chyle Fourthly by conflux of Excrements from the other parts to the Guts But fewer then is convenient are ejected for contrary reasons namely if the meat be hard and principally if little drink be taken after it if the meat be of good juice and nourishment and be taken in small quantity if the Chyle be greedily snatched from the Meseraik Veines and if Choller which is as it were the Goad to stimulate and expel dregs come not much into the Guts The quantity of Urine ought to answer likewise to the quantity of drink but that also is sometimes made in greater or lesse quantity the causes whereof shall be shewed in the following Book The causes of plenty of sweat are rarity of body Cause of store of sweat strength of the expulsive faculty aboundancy and tenuity of Excrements and therefore in the Crysis of a disease great sweats arise whilest all the excrementitious matter together and at once is put forth Little sweat is occasioned by contrary causes namely by the smalnesse or thicknesse of Excrements straitnesse of passages weaknesse of expulsion by the vehemency of the matter which destroyes heat Lastly why Courses sometimes flow more plentifully Of Courses sometimes more sparingly then is convenient above in the Third Part Second Section and First Chapter where we have spoken of suppression diminution and flowing of Months The end of all the Second Book Book III. PART I. SECT I. OF SIGNES In General Of the Difference and Heads of Signs CHAP. I. Of the necessity and benefit of the Method of Signs SInce we have hitherto explained what health is Necessity of the Semiotick Method and wherein it consists and what is the difference of things contrary to nature we now rightly come to the Method of healing and preserving health and are to teach by what means health may be preserved and diseases taken away The benefit of it but neverthelesse since arts are conversant about individuals and a Physitian doth not cure in general man but Peter and Paul c. The Method and way is first to be explained whereby the present constitution of every man both sick and well may be known which now lies hid in individuals they may be found out by the signs of a disease and what may be known and hoped for of the event and end of diseases and the Method of signs are to go before Moreover there is that benefit of this Method that whilest the sick see those things that may happen to them being known to the Physitian they may trust the more to him and obey him for the Physitian when he foresees those things which shall happen to the sick may have time to prevent them and avoid the reproaches of the vulgar whilest he foretells those things which
shall come to passs and that they may not rail against the best Medicines being given to those that are desperately sick By the name of Signs we do understand all those things which signifie any thing A Sign what ' t is or all evident things which lay open a hidden matter or as the Author of Physical definitions speaks A sign is a manifestation of somewhat hidden or every thing that shews any of those things which are in the Method of healing and can demonstrate them and make them manifest CHAP. II. Of the differences of Signs OF Signs of this kind there are certain differences Differences of signs wholesome and unwholesome first according to varieties of Bodies some Signes are counted wholesome which shew soundnesse and health others unwholesome which shew unsoundnesse others are neutral which shew a disposition to neither Secondly certain Signs are called Diagnosticks and Deloticks demonstrating and demonstrative Diagnostick which demonstrate those things which shew the present constitution of the body whether it be according to nature or contrary to nature certain are Prognosticks Prognostick which foreshew what shall come to passe Anamnestick certain are Anamnesticks which call to memory the state of the body which is newly past Thirdly Proper Common some signs are proper others common proper are such as agree to one disease onely Common are such as are found in many diseases Galen in the first of the differences of Fevers appoints three kinds of proper Signs and the one he calls unfeparable another proper in its kind a third proper and inseparable also he calls those unseparable which cannot be separated from the effect which they shew and agrees to every such effect but not onely proper are such as agree to those alone but not to all Proper and inseparable are such as agree to such an effect alone and to all Out of this division there ariseth other differences of Signs they are called by the Greeks Pathognomonick Synedruors Epiginomens Epephanomens in English â—â—separable sociable concomitant subservient and such as appear afterwards Pathognomonicks are such as follow the disease also and necessary inhere in it Pathognomonicks and therefore prefently in the beginning of a disease is present and cannot be separated from it and agrees to every such disease and alwayes where they are they shew the disease that must necessarily be there present yet it seldom happens that there is one Pathognomonick sign but for the most part the Pathognomonick signs are constituted of more joyned together which if they are taken severally are not Pathognomonicks Synedruons Synedruons that is sociable ones are such as are not inseparable from a disease nor do they necessarily cohere to the essence of a disease nor are alwayes present but besides the Pathognomonicks sometimes they appear presently at the beginning sometimes they follow afterwards and sometimes they are not present at any time of the disease and therefore they do not shew the disease it selfe or its kind but signifie some condition thereof Epiphanomenaes and Epiginomenaes are such as neither shew the kind of a disease Epiphanomenaes and Epiginomenaes nor the condition thereof but shew onely its mutation and they are threefold some signs are of concoction and crudity others signifie health and death others are Critick or decretory which foretell the termination of a disease CHAP III. Of the heads of Signs OF the heads of Signes although there are many Fountains of signs 1 Essentially inhering yet they seem to be reduced to theee the first are taken from the nature and essence its selfe of the thing or as Galen speaks from things essentially enhering in the substance whether it be a disease or a cause of a disease or a Symptome namely when a thing in its own nature is so manifest to the senses that there needs no other signes Secondly signs are sought from diseases that is From the effects from all things which follow health a disease and the causes of diseases accidents and Symptomes whether they be actions or excrements and retentions or qualities of the body Thirdly from causes whether they be external From the cause or internal by themselves or by accident or what other soever Whereunto belongs ability and disposition of body and from hence t is easie or difficult to fall into this or that disease for this shewes alike temper that a contrary such as helpe also and such as hinder as those which encrease a disease are an argument that the disease hath an agreement with the thing which increases it but that which delights and profits is a token that there is in nature something contrary to the disease To these heads of signes some adde such as are alike and disalike understanding by those things Things alike and unlike either a body which is compared to another body or a part which is compared with another part or with it selfe yet others think that similitude and dissimilitude is not a peculiar head of signes but rather a reason of fitly câ—mparing other signes among themselves but the comparison may be right the manners properly and nature of the sick should be known wandring diseases commonly belong to these when if many happen to be sick of one common infirmity and he which is sick begins to be so as the rest were it is to be suspected that he hath the same disease Sect. 2. Of knowing the Temperature of Mans Body and of his Principal Parts CHAP. I. Of the Signs of a wholesome Body AFter we have spoken of the Signs in general we come now to handle the several kinds and because bodies are two-fold Sound and Sick and there is a certain difference and latitude of a sound body which embraces neither of these first we are to speak in what manner the various constitutions of a sound Body and of its parts are to be known and going back from thence even from a natural state may be understood how a diseased and 't is not difficult to discern a sound from a sick and all those that are to be accounted for sound who can perform all those actions which belong to a man Yet how such counterfeit diseases are to be found out Galen teaches in a peculiar Book but since there is a great latitude of health first of all the signs are to be proposed of the best constitution of body which is as it were a rule for the rest and to which as to the statue of Polycletus the natures of men of all of Ages Sexes Countries and Conditions are to be compared The signs of such a Constitution as also of others differing from it Galen in his art of Healing and fifth Chapter draws from two heads first from those which essentially inhere and which according to the nature of the essence are in them Secondly from those which necessarily follow those in their operations and accidents First Signs of a sound body therefore it is
necessary that a sound body may obtain the most convenient temperature and constitution of the simular parts fittest for all actions Secondly a convenient number it ought to have of organick parts and likewise magnitude figure scituation connexion with others and all things in all respects which are required to the constitution of a part as it is organick Thirdly all the parts in order ought to be united and joined but in respect of actions a man that is very sound doth very well perform all the actions convenient for a man natural vital and animal So that there is no defect in them and observes moderation in them all and is very little subject to diseases and withstands all the causes of diseases violent excepted the excrements observe their natural substance quality quantity time and convenient part on 't which to be ejected the qualities which follow the best constitution of a Body are a rosie colour of the face nay and of the whole body calidity frigidity softnesse and hardnesse smoothnesss and roughnesse a sound body well constituted observes mediocrity the body is neither bald nor too rough but the hairs themselves keep mediocrity and in youthfull age tend to yellownesse in manly to blacknesse the habit of the body is the middle betwixt too corpulent and too slender good flesh and good stature out of all which the handsomenesse of the body proceeds yet all these most evidently appear in the middle and flourishing age CHAP. II. Of the Signs of Bodies differing from the best constitution BUt Bodies which differ from the best constitutions either are sick which are dâ—scerned from sound Bodies by the hurting of the actions and the sign which distinguishes betwixt a sound and sick body is sensible hurt of the actions Or they are hitherto sound which have not their actions hitherto sensibly hurt whereof there is a great latitude and some in the temperature of the simular parts some in the composition of the organick parts some of them both deviating from the best constitution And first those bodies which are too hot Signs of a hot body yet moderate in drinesse and humidity such discover themselves to the touch hair abounds in the whole body and is yellow and thick They are thinner as to matter of fat they are swift and strong for motion prone to anger the colour of the face is redder then of a temperate body they are easily hurt by hot causes If drynesse be joined to the heat Of a hoâ— and dry which they call cholleâ—ick the body shall be hot hard thin and lean hairy and the hairs are black cuâ—led the Puise of the Arteries are great and the Veins great they are angry persons which are endued with such a temperature obstinate levers of brawlings they desire few things they are fit for the generation of Males If moisture be joyned to the heat Of hot and moist which temperament they call Sanguine the bodies shall be hot and soft abounding with much blood fleshy endued with large Veins and those which are so in their youth often have the Hemorrhoides of the Nose and if the humidity somewhat abound they are apt from their youth to discases of putrifaction If the body be too cold Of a cold such a body is perceived by the touch 't is white at slow soft and baid 't is easily hurt by cold things it hath a narrow brest and without hair and narrow veins scarcely appearing the hairs are thin and of small increase for the most part they are fearfull that are of that temperament If moisture be joined to the cold Of a cold and moist not much nor that coldnesse great the body shall be white in colour fat thick soft red hair inclining to palenesse but if the frigidity with the humidity be more intense the body shall be thick coloured yellow exceeding bald the hair smooth the veins lying hid such temperaments are dull and slow of apprehension and for the most part altogether idle no wayes ready simple and not prone to anger If frigidity is joined to drinesse Of a cold dry such a body is discerned by the touch those shall be lean bald pale which are of such a constitution they are slow in going on dejected in countenance with their eyes fixed And for what belongs to Melancholians in particular Of Melancholians not onely whom the vulgar but whom Aristotle in the thirtieth Section and first Probleme accounts ingenious wherein the said Aristotle writes that much and cold choller is black these are foolish and idle wherein there is much and hot choller those are quick-sighted and ingenious apt to love propense to anger and lust and some greater bablers but those whose heat is more remiss more temperate and as it were reduced to mediocrity those are much more prudent and although they less exceed in some matters yet in others they are far better then the others some in the study of Literature others in Arts others in Common-wealths namely those Melancholians are ingenious who by nature abound with good and plenty of blood wherewith some part thicker and dryer is mingled which adds as it were strength to the blood and when attenuated and as it were poured it is spiritual And whereas the differences of bodies are constituted according to Astrologers Saturnines and according to the number of Planets Those that are born under Saturn have a dry skin black hair and are delighted with those black things they have little eyes small pulse a slow and dull gate they are fearful sad love solitude they are busie-bodies covetous slow of endeavouring silent laborious they have terrible and obscure dreams Those under Jupiter are fair Jovials and have rosie countenances with a pleasant and venerable aspect they have black eyes are of a fit stature and handsome composure of all the parts their habit of body is good flesh blood and spirits pure and in great plenty hence they are milde joyful ingenious bountiful moderate lovers of friends just and all their manners composed with comeliness and their gate is moderate Those under Mars abound with choller Martial have a lean body rather then a fat have red faces and shadowed burning and threatning eyes a broad brest an upright neck they are propense to anger contentious bold and often precipitate contemners of danger seditious Those under Sol are of a yellowish Solares or a Saffron colour tending to red they have yellow hair golden and curled black eyes swelling full faces moderate garbs and have hotter blood and spirits hence they are courteous wise open hearted honest strong magnificent and aspiring to high things and sometimes proud Those under Venus are faire Venereus coming nigh to the feminine beauty and softness delicate colour is red or of white inclining to red their eyes shining sparkling and casting lacivious looks the brows and lips thin they are quiet joyful pleasant in conversation delighted with jests company singing delighted
to be so exact and happening by some occasion from the external air or the heat vanishing of its own accord the vitious matter is separated from the other humors But if Vrine be made thick Troubled which grows clear and afterwards become thin that happens because the natural heat begins to perform and concoct the matter and to stir it and mingle it which notwithstanding since it is not exactly mingled the heat afterwards ceasing the Heterogeneal parts are separated of their own accord and the thicker reside in the bottome The same comes to pass if the Vrine be thin but some matter may be mingled therewith in its passage but since it is not exactly mingled with it but only confused afterward of its own accord it settles in the bottom Lastly Troubled which remains so if the Vrine be made thick and remain so it signifies great confusion of humors is made in the Veins by the heat stirring the humors but not rightly concocting them nor is there good concoction made which the excrements elaborate to make after their manner and indeed if such a Vrine appear in the beginning of such a disease wherein no concoction seems hitherto to be made by the natural heat it is a token that 't is caused by the fiery heat contrary to nature agitating and troubling the humors in the veins but if the Vrine in the beginning is not made thick but clear and afterwards becomes turbulent it is a sign that the disease grows worse and that the heat acting upon the matter contrary to nature is encreased yet always this and also other signs must have regard to the rest of the conditions of the Vrine and hence it is to be collected whether such signs be made by the strength of nature working upon the vitious humors or by the encrease of the preter-natural heat and putrifaction or debility of strength CHAP. V. Of the causes of colours in Vrines COncerning the causes of colours in Vrine The causes of a golden colour in Vrine a golden colour which agrees to the Vrines of sound men proceeds according to the vulgar opinion from some portion of yellow choller or rather from a serous and salt excrement yet that also something tinctured with choller which is mixt with the Vrine A white Water is made Of a whit either because nothing is mingled with it which may colour it which is properly called aqueous or because some white body is mixed therewith The first cause of aqueous Vrine is Crudity and weakness of the native heat by reason whereof this excrement is left Of an aqueous as it were imperfect Secondly obstructions of the passages through which the matter useth to flow to the Vrine Thirdly if choller and therewith that salt humor be carried to another place as happens for the most part in acute Fevers and Phrensies with them Fourthly much drink Fifthly heat of the Reins and Liver which plentifully draw drink to them but do not concoct it Sixthly Gravel in the Reins or Bladder too much of that which is salt and thick adheres but the aqueous flows out Vrines of another kind are made by the mixture of some white substance whether it be flegm or quitture or seed Of milky and these Vrines we call milky yet for the most part they are made thick and afterwards become clear and the matter setling in the bottome of what kind it is may be easily discerned A Vrine is somewhat pale Of palish Of pale when pale choller in a sufficient quantity or a little of yellow is mingled with the Urine but if much pale choller or yellow in an indifferent quantity be mingled with the Vrine a pale colour ariseth If yellow be mixed in greater quantity Of yellow the Vrine becomes yellow yet some times other causes besides internal external may give a tincture to the Vrine as Rhubarb Saffron the leaves of Senna and such like A ruddy colour in Vrine is caused by choller and blood Of blood red and indeed if the Vrine be coloured with blood it doth not look clear and is properly called Vrine dyed with blood and has a colour like water wherein the flesh of animals newly slain have been washed and is made either in some open vessel for what cause soever or by the weakness of the Liver and Reins by reason whereof they cannot contain blood and assimulate it to themselves or because nature at set times evacuates the blood abounding in the whole body with Vrine but the blood which is mingled with the Vrine is either thin and the Vrine is made red or reddish or thick which if much be mingled the Vrine is made exceeding red but if little either simply red or of a pale red but that Vrine which is coloured by store of choller the choller colouring it and and making it redder it shineth and is as it were like flame sometimes also it is made red and thick by plentiful mixture of adust choller like wine of a blackish or deep red Wine like Vrine is made by the mixture of ceruleous choller Of Vine colour Of grape colour or representing the colour of Woad as also by the mixture of plenty of red choller Grapy by the mixture of yellow choller exceedingly dryed and as it were changed into a Violet colour and degenerating towards black A green Vrine is caused by plenty of Aeruginous Of green and Leck-like colour Yellow and black Vrine are sometimes caused by the mixture of external things Of yellow and black as for what belongs to the internal causes the Vrine is made black when either the melancholy humour is evacuated with it which happens in those which cumulate melancholy humours in the Spleen or black choller is mixed with the Urine or when the heat and spirits are extinguished in the veins the blood is corrupted and becomes black CHAP. VI. Of the causes of an oyly Vrine and of other differences O Leaginous Urines either have only fat swimming in the superficies Of oyly Vrines or represent Oyl in substance and colour the first difference proceeds from a melting of the fat and is rather to be referred to the differences in the Contents but that Vrine which seems like Oyl in substance and colour and yet is nor truly fat hath its beginning from the mixture of excrementitious humours especially of pale and black Choller as also of Flegm from whence proceeds a crudity with a certain greenness like Oyl Black Vrine always thick but when the difference in substance and colour are joined a black Urine cannot be thin but if the black humor makes it black it is necessary that there is so great plenty thereof mixt with the Vrine that the Vrine must become thick A light red Vrine is thin from the small portion of blood mingled therewith A light red thin but if it be made of a pale red 't is by choller which cannot happen unless there be so great
ulcer lyeth hid in the Reins Bladder or otherwise through which the Vrine passeth or when from the superiour parts as the Brests or Lungs nature evacutates matter through the Vrinary passages Small pustles of flesh called Caruncles in the Vrine of exulcerated Reins are aprts of the substance Of Caruncles Of slimy Ecrements Slimy thick and tough flegm like the snot of the nose if it be made with the Urine and be voided with pain for the most part it is a token of the Stone in the Bladder but that which is made without pain Fernelius saith doth proceed from a crude ulcer of the Reins or parts thereabout or from an imposthume and truely for the most part such matter being present in the bladder as it is the beginning so it is a sign of the Stone of the Bladder and moreover being sent out it coagulates into a lapidious hardness but sometimes flegm which is cast forth in great plenty is the off-spring of crude matter and ill digestion in the parts beyond the Reins Worms if they appear in the Urine proceed from corrupt and sordid matter Of worms as in other parts Small strings and little bodies like hairs Of fibres and hairs and cobwebs if they are put forth with the Urine have their original from a thick humour either in the veins or in the reins or dryed in the ureters and reduced into this form by the longitude of the vessel Bubbles and froth are generated from wind included in viscous matter Of bubbles and froth which when it cannot exhale extends the matter into a tumor and those bubbles may be of divers colours according to the nature of the humour in which the inclosed wind stirs them up A Crown shews what kind of humors are contained in the greater vessels Of a crown and according to the diversity of humors hath divers colours and is seated in the upper part of the Urine and in that circle many things are obvious to our eyes which cannot be discerned in the rest of the humors because the light in the superficies of the liquor is otherwise divided and received then in the middle Lastly Of fat if fat swim upon the top of the Vrine it proceeds from melting of the grease but this proceeds from heat therefore if the fat continually swim in Urine like cobwebs it shews consumption and melting of the body yet Fernelius writes that he would advise you of Oyl taken inwardly least any small bodies of Oyl swim in the Urine by that means CHAP. X. Of the causes of changes in Vrines BUt Urines vary also in those that are sound Causes of changing of Vrines in regard of temperaments sex age time of the year sleep watching exercises passions of the mind and such like which are called the causes of variations of Urines As for the temperaments Vrine of those that are hot and cold hot temperaments have higher coloured Urines and thinner and less sediment or in stead of a sediment a cloud or Nubecula but colder have Urines paler coloured and few Contents also unless raw juice which proceeds from weaker concoction be mingled with the Urine In respect of age Of Boyes Youths Old men Of middle age Boyes have white Urines thicker with a plentiful sediment youths thinner with few Contents but higher coloured old men have white Urines but thin and without Contents unless many excrements meet together which if they are mingled with the Urines it happens that the Urine is made thick and full of Contents those that are of a middle age have indifferet Urines In regard of the Sex the Urines of men are far higher Of men or deeper coloured then the Urines of women thinner and have fewer Contents but the Urines of women are paler and by reason of crude humors thicker with more plentiful sediment yet nevertheless the Urines of men and women do not so vary that they can be known by certain signs whether it be a mans or womans water Of women great for reasons may be given also in men which produce such Urines as otherwise are familiar to women although as in such as are great with child there may be some change of Urine when the Menstruous blood is retained in them and from thence no small change is made in the body yet that change doth not afford a certain sign whether a woman be great when the same causes of change may be shewen in other women which are not great but in some which are more lively there is little change of Urine As for the time of the year Change of Vrine according to the time of the year the Urines of every kind in the middle of the spring are moderate as also in the middle of autumn but by how much the more the year goes on towards Summer by so much the more the colour of Vrine is encreased and the thickness and Contents are diminuished in the Summer also the Vrines are higher coloured thinner and have less sediments in autumn the colour of Vrines and tenuity are lessened the Urines in the Winter come neerest the best state In hot Regions According to the Region and degrees of Heaven To exercise and rest and under the hotter degrees of Heaven Urines are made deeper coloured thinner and of little sediment In colder Climates they are neerer to the best state Those which exercise and labour moderately make well concocted Urines and in colour substance and contents moderate but those that exercise and labour immoderately in those first the colour is encreased and the thickness and contents diminuished but if the exercise continue long the colour and tenuity is lessened when the streng this weakned but those that live idly make Vrines not much coloured and moreover thick and with many sediments In immoderate watchings first the colour is encreased According to sleeping and waking but if they continue long 't is abated sleep if it be moderate causeth Vrine to be good in all but if it be immoderate it encreaseth the colour of the Vrine but abateth the contents and substance but if it be protracted longer it becomes crude The passions of the mind since some encrease the heat Passions of the mind some diminish it according to the calidity and frigidity which they bring upon the body they alter the Vrines Lastly Meat Drink and Medicines Meats Drinks and Medicines change the Vrine and Meat taken moderately causeth a moderate sediment more plentifully a more plentiful thin causeth none Meats also Drinks and Medicines have a power of changing colour and smel lof Vrines CHAP. XI VVhat is to be observed in the Inspection of Vrines SInce all these things are spoken of Vrines for that end that from thence diseases the causes of diseases maybe known and the events foretold that this may be rightly done we are to admonish you what things are to be observed in the Inspection of Vrine First the time in
and sex Incongruous is that which differs from the proper Harmony of age temperament and sex but since a dilatation can scarcely be fully known Galen doth not constitute a Harmony by comparing of the time of contraction with the time of dilatation but rather by comparing of the quality of motion as of swiftnessc and slownesse so that to him a meeter or Harmony is nothing else but proportion of dilations amongst themselves and a congruous Pulse is that wherein the Sistole and Diastole are equally swift but an irregular is that wherein the celerity of dilatation and contraction is unequall the inequality of which irregularities or discords may againe be divided into nine differences according to the variety of dilatation and contraction in celerity and tardity CHAP VI. Of certaine things necessarily requisite to distinguish Pulses by BUt that a Pulse may be rightly perceived certaine things are required in the Physitian certaine in the sich Those things that are requisite in a Physiâ—ian that he may know pulses in the Physitian first there is required that he have an exquisite sence of feeling and a soft hand especially in the Pulse of the outmost joynt of the fingers not very hot nor too cold but temperate secondly that presently after his commig in he may not touch the Artery least perhaps the sick being troubled by the comming of the Physitian the Pulse be changed but let him wait a little while untill he understands that the sick is quiet thirdly let him touch the Artery of the wrist of either Arme. For the fingers rightly are to be applyed to the Artery namely the first foure or three fingers are to be put to the Artery that the more differences of Pulses may be apprehended moreover since there is a threefold application of the hand to the Artery compression when the fingers do as it were presse the Artery softly when the hand is gently applyed to the Artery the medium when in an indifferent manner or with some small pressure it is put to the Artery pressing is most convenient for the knowledge of contraction if it may be and for vehement pulses but in languishing pulses it takes away the greatest part of the Pulseâ—by handling fearfully and softly the vehement Pulses are not enough perceived thirdly the medium is betwixt these two and neither lightnesse of feeling is observed in vehement nor compression in languishing In the sick is required first what time the Physitian touch the Pulse In the sick that he be free from all passions and preturbations of the mind lest those mutations which happen through the passion of the mind to the Pulses should hinder the Physitian Also neither is the Pulse to be tryed presently after motion of the body lastly the hand of the sick ought to be placed right and free from all voluntary motion and the sick may not bend his fingers much or distend them but keep them in their middle and naturall forme and the sick also may not lift up his hand with his strength least he tremble and causeth the Pulse to vary CHAP. VII How to know the differences of simple Pulses FOrasmuch as what belongs to the knowledge of Pulses The knowledge of a great and small Pulse if we observe the Artery to be dilated and extended more then naturally it ought and by reason of its great extending doth as it were resist the fingers or make them pit in we account it a great Pulse but if they resist but a little we account it but a small Pulse If it be considered that the Artery is moved by violence from terme to terme Of a swift and flow nimbler and swifter then in a temperate or sound man that is called a swift pulse but if the space is compleated by the Artery by a slower stroake t is called a slow Pulse If the intervall between each stroake be longer then in a temperate or sound man that is a thin Pulse if shorter Of a frequent thin a frequent Pulse If the Pulse strive against Of a vehement and weak and as it were opposes it selfe to the application of the hand that presses it t is a vehement Pulse and if not t is a weake Pulse A hard Pulse if the Artery be gently touched Of a hard and soft doth not resist the finger as a vehement one but if it be pressed harder it doth not so strongly resist as a vehement Pulse hardnesse also is never joyned with magnitude nor vehemency with smallnesse CHAP. VIII How to know the Respective differences of Pulses WHen we know the simple differences of Pulses by that means we may know the compound therefore the Physitian should first of all diligently exercise himselfe about the knowledge of simple differences it is very difficult and almost impossible to find out the inequality of Pulses in one Pulsation and under one finger but yet if it may be known it is known onely in the greatest and most vehement Pulses which resist compression afterwards slacking and sometimes the middle betwixt both is to be used sometimes one sometimes two now three then foure fingers are to be applyed so that if happily that inequality be not perceived under one or more fingers yet it may be found under some or other But if the inequality of one stroke be to be tryed under severall fingers you ought to apply foure fingers to the Arteries To know the order and preturbation of order Order how it may be known t is necessary dayly to apply the hand but if in a long Series of Pulses there be some diversity observed but keeping order it is called an orderly Pulse but if no order be observed amongst divers Pulses it is an Inordinate Pulse The knowledge of Harmony Rhythmus since the whole depends upon the knowledge of contraction and dilatation and the comparing of these motions amongst themselves but to know the Systole in all pulses if it be not impossible yet it is very difficult hence it appeares that the knowledge of meeter is not easie and for the knowledge thereof nothing is more necessary then those things which are required of or the knowledge of swift pulses CHAP. IX Of the causes of Pulses in generall THe causes of pulses are divided by Physitians Causes of pulses of generation into causes of generation or immediate and proximate and causes of mutation or remote or into primary or secundary those they call primary which make the pulse and which being put there is a pulse and being taken away there is none Of commutation those which do not make a pulse but alter and change it are three the faculty or use or end these are many whereof some belong tonaturall things as temperaments sex age habite of body others to things not naturall as aire meate and drinke exercise rest sleeping weaking excretions retentions passions of the minde others to preter-naturall namely diseases causes of diseases and symptomes The causes of pulses
containing each of them have two differences Proper and unseperarable pulses for the faculty is either strong or weake the use is increased or diminished the instruments are soft or hard hence some pulses do perpetually arise of one cause onely which Gallen calls the necessary consequent others call proper and unseparable and such like pulses only follow the faculty and iustruments but not the use and of necessitie a strong pulse necessary followes a strong faculty a weake pulse a weak faculty hard arteries make a hard pulse soft arteries make a soft pulse some although they are made more from one cause containing then another yet they do not arise from that only Familiar but t is necessary that others concur also which they call familiar the familiar pulses of a strong facultie are great swift thin weake small slow frequent the use increased great swift frequent diminished little slow thin a soft artery great swift thin hard artery little slow thick Compound causes make compound differences and sometimes two sometimes three causes are complicate first The saculty with the use changed what pulses it makes a strong faculty and the use increased the instruments obtaining a naturall constitution make pulses great swift frequent and moreover vrhement a strong faculty and the use lessened brings forth pulses moderate in magnitude slower thinness yet vohement from an infirme faculty and the use moderately increased comes a pulse moderate in magnitude and celerity frequent languishing but if the force be very weake the pulse is little slow very frequent weake from a faculty weakned and use dimished ariseth small pulses flow thick fainty and if there be very great debility the very least intermittent and defirent pulses arise Secondly if the use and instrument be joyned together The use changed and instrument the use increased with a soft instrument makes great pulses swift moderate in frequency or if there shall be great excess frequent and soft the use increased and instruments hard bring forth lesser pulses swifter more frequent if hardness abound but if use greater if indifferent there is excess of them both if moderate in magnitude they are swift frequent the use diminished with a soft instrument causeth moderate pulses in magnitude slow thin soft the use diminished with a hard instrument renders the pulses less slow hard and the instrument exceeding in hardness inclines the pulse to smalness rather then to slowness contrariwise it happens when refrigeration exceeds Thirdly if the faculty and instrument be complicate Faculty and influment and the faculty be strong the instrument soft the pulses are manifestly made greater somewhat duller thinner and softer a strong faculty and hatd instruments bring forth small pulses frequent and for the most part swifter namely if hardness abound but in an equall recess of them both the pulses are moderate in all yet harder a weake faculty with soft instruments makes for the most part pulses in magnitude and swiftness moderate and soft but in an immoderate recess they shall be little slow frequent And if the faculty be very infirme the pulses be come small dull and frequent Lastly if the faculty be infirme with the instrument hard pulses that are little slow thicke and hard do arise But sometimes all these three are complicate Faculties instruments and use and indeed first the faculty strong the use increased the instruments soft make great Pulses swift moderate in frequency vehement soft Secondly if these should be complicate a strong faculty the use increased and the instruments hard and that hardness be little but the use very much increased the pulses are made greater then is fit swifter and more frequent but if the hardness be not great nor the use much increased the pulses are moderate in magnitude and become more swift and frequent Thirdly if the faculty be more strong the use diminished and the instrument soft the pulses are moderate in magnitude slower thinner vehement and soft and if the use be much diminished are plainly less slow and thin Fourthly If the faculty be strong the use diminished and instruments hard the pulses are lesser In celerity and frequency moderate or also if the use be great and that there be a recess of the instrument from mediocrity the pulses are slower and thinner but the hardness of the instrument abounding there is a great recess of the use from Nature and the pulses are small slow and more frequent Fifthly If the faculty be weake the use increased and instruments soft the pulses are become moderate in magnitude and celerity yet more frequent but if the power be exceedingly weakned it makes a small pulse slow and most frequent Sixthly If the faculty be weake the use increased and the instruments hard the pulses are made little slow and frequent Seventhly If the faculty be weake the use diminished and the instrument soft the pulses are lesser moderate in frequency or rather thin Lastly if the faculty be weake the use diminished and the instruments hard pulses are made small slow frequent but yet not alwayes of the same smallness slowness and frequency but according to the excess of the causes are lesser slower or more frequent But here it is to be noted first that the force and power of causes are more to be valued then nuthe mber fince one more potent cause can do more in changing pulses then many weaker secondly the hardness of the Artery alwayes doth resist the magnitude of the pulse but not the celerity and frequency thirdly there is no more efficacious cause of small pnlses then weakness of strength and vertue CHAP. X. Of the causes of the simple differences of Pulses ALthough it may be easily collected from these things what the causes are of every pulse Concomitant causes of pulses yet because certaine familiar causes concurre which may afford some benefit to the generation of pulses namely grosness of body leanness an empty place about the artery weight of the body lying next above the artery and propriety of formation of parts let us joyne those to the rest and let us here adde some to these The causes of a great pulse containing are strong force The causes of a great pulse of a little Of a high the use increased the artery soft a little pulse is made especially by the weakness of power as also diminution of use as also diminution of use and hardness of the artery The causes of a high pulse are strong force the use increased and when an indifferent grosness of body happens and the place is straight and narrow about the artery Of a low a low pulse proceeds from a languishing faculty to which happens groseness of body as being the concomitant cause somtimes also the arterie is buried deeper by the naturall framing of the body whence the pulse is lower A broad Pulse is made from a power not altogether so weake Of a broad Accidents as being complicate causes are joyned therewith
the place wide and the bodyes next over it are heavy Of a thin the cause of a thin pulse is a weake faculty and a hard artery the concomitant causes are leanness of body and thinness and driness of the skin The cause of a swift pulse is the use increased Of a swist the vertue indifferently strong and the instrument soft the cause of a slow pulse is weake power or the use diminished Of a slow or the joyning of both these together The cause of a frequent pulse is the use increased with debility of vertue or hardness of the arterie Of a frequent Thin of a thin pulse strength of vertue with use diminished is the cause Of a vehement pulse Of a vehement weak strength of vertue is the cause of a weake pulse languishing strength proceeding from what cause soever A soft pulse proceeds from the softnesse of the Artery Soft hard a hard from the hardnesse of the same from what cause soever it come CHAP XI Of the causes of the respective differences of Pulses NOw followes what belongs to the respective differences of pulses The causes of inequallity of pulses Of a singular inequality and of an intermitting pulse and first for inequality the cause thereof is a weake faculty and an Artery either obtruded or pressed or too hard or too soft The reason of an intermitting pulse is because the use requires dilatation and the faculty is ready and prepared that it may satisfie the use but either t is loaden with plenty of humours or it is hindred by obstructions or compressure of instruments the same causes of inequality in motion of swiftnesse and slownesse are rendred but they are lighter The cause of Dicrotus or double striking pulse is an unequall distemper of the heart and Arteries Of a Dicrotus or the faculty varied by reason of an unequall distemper which striving by a contrary cause in the middle of its Journy is compelled as it were to begin a contrary motion Unequall pulses under many fingers do proceed either from weaknesse of the faculty or plenty of humours or softnesse of Arteries Declining pulses which are called Myouroi Of Myourey proceed from weaknesse of the faculty whose action by how much the more remore it is from the heart by so much it is the weaker or from the placing of the artery part whereof is more remote from the heart and is placed more in the outside The cause of a congregation of many in equalities together are weaknesse of the faculty whither is oppressed A Sistematicall inequality or distracted or irritated and the fault of the instrument when the artery is either compressed or obstructed or filled pulses are made unequallyunequall from the faculty not weake by its selfe but rather burthened and oppressed Myourei Reciproci Of a deficient and moreover from the ill disposition of the artery and t is either pressed by some body that lyeth on it or some humour or tumour but unequal equally are made by an infirme faculty and indeed reciprocall Myouroi do proceed from a faculty not so weake as those which are deficient Intermitting and intercurrent pulses proceed from the same weakness of the faculty Of the intermittent intercurrent and the instruments compressed and obstructed yet the faculty labours more in an intermitting then an intercurrent and in it doth almost lye still Concerning the causes of unequall compound pulses Caprizantes the cause of an uneven pulses is when the faculty otherwise strong enough but now is oppressed by too great plenty of humours or is hindered by obstruction The causes of surging pulses are weaknesse of the faculty or plenty of humours or exceeding softnesse of instruments Like waves and the faculty is so burthened and oppressed with its load that it staggers and becomes unconstant From the same causes proceeds a vermicular pulse Vermicular formicant only that in a vermicular the faculty is not oppressed but is weak of its selfe but in a formicant t is very faint and the use striving and softnesse of the instrument being joyned therewith The causes of a serrine or serrate pulse is a strong faculty and the use increased Serrate together with hardnesse of the arterie and this pulse is familiar in inflamations of the internall membrances Trembling A trembling pulse is made whilst either the pulse is not perceived by reason of the trembling of the part or it goeth out trembling or when the heart trembles and communicates that affect to the artery The cause of a hectick pulse is somewhat that is fixed and stable and sticks to the solid parts also weaknesse of strength Hectick Rhythmorum The harmony is not changed unlesse the magnitude and celerity of the dilatation and contraction be altered but these are not changed except the use be changed so all the causes of Harmony depend upon the use for if the Diastole be swifter then the systole there is a great heate present then and a great necessity of refrigeration or expulsion of fuliginous excrements but if the systole be swifter and greater then the Diastole there is more necessity of protrusion of fuliginous vapours then of cooling CHAP. XIII Of the causes of varying of Pulses ANd in like manner divers differences of Pulses proceed from causes containing Of the Temperants of a Pulse which are secundary causes and first naturall things those which are hot by nature have a hotter Pulse and that comes from the use increased those which are cold the contrary the Pulses of such as are dry and leane are greater and thinner by much and somewhat more vehement but in grosser bodyes when the Artery is covered with much flesh and cannot be freely distended the Pulse is made somewhat smaller and more frequent Men have a greater Pulse for the most part then women Sex a little duller and thinner women on the contrary have lesse Pulses swifter and more frequent but if a woman be hotter then a man she will have a greater and more vehement Pulse The Pulses of boyes are great Of age very swift frequent in vehemency moderate of youth they are very great and vehement in celerity and frequency moderate Pulses of old men are the least slowest thinest and weakest As for the times of the yeare Time of the yeare in the Spring Pulses are greater more vehement in celerity and frequency moderate in the Summer they are fainter small swift frequent in Autumne weake in magnitude unequall in celerity and frequency in Winter small and moderate slow thin and weake Meate and drink immoderatly taken cause great Meat and drink how to change the pulse swift frequent too vehement unequall and Inordinate Pulses moderate lesser and weaker and in the beginnings swifter and more frequent afterwards slow and thin the use of wine especially makes great Pulses swift frequent and vehement and mutations which proceed from wines suddenly comes and suddenly goes
Naturall rest in the beginning make the pulses lesser Sleep weaker slower and thinner afterwards greater and more vehement and the slownesse and thinnesse by little and little is increased moreover if the sleep be too long they returne againe to pravity and debility and retaine their sloath and thinnesse when a man is stirred up or awakned the Pulses begin to be greater more vehement swifter more frequent equally indeed if a man be awakned by degrees but unequally and troubled if he be suddenly awakned yet a little afterwards the pulse againe becomes moderate long watchings cause little and weake pulses yet swift and frequent at length the faculty being weakned they become dull and thin Exercise and motion moderate cause great pulses Exercise vchement swift frequent but overmuch exercise cause little faint swift frequent when the use may be increased and the faculty debilitated at length they are little slow and thin Moderate use of baths make great pulses swift frequent Baths and vehement but if they exceed measure little faint swifter and more frequent Passions of the mind As for the passions of the mind anger causeth great pulses swift frequent vehement joy makes great pulses thin and slow moderately vehement but if it be overmuch it renders them unequall and inordinate In sadnesse they are little languishing slow thin feare soone makes the swift pulse vehement Inordinate unequall but they are of as long continuance as those are in sadnesse Immoderate evacuations Evacuations because they debilltate the faculty bring forth pulses like to those caused by a weake faculty But as for those things which happen contrary to nature Preternaturall things how they alter the pulse although they are various yet they change the pulse because either they change the use or affect the instruments or faculty in the first place when the faculty is affected many changes are made of the pulses for whether the faculty be diffolved and weakned by those things which dissolve the Spirits and sollid parts such as are soule diseases great distempers vehement and diurnall greifs fastings too great Evacuations or whether they are burthened or oppressed by plenty of humours or by diseases of instruments inflamations or other tumours the pulses are made lesse in the first place and swift frequent feeble afterwards the least most slow most frequent most faint and at length the faculty being almost prostrated intermittent deficient declining vermiculant formicant all which running through the various kind of affects contrary to nature and principally out of the doctrine of feavers are made more manifest CHAP. XIII What the simple differences of Pulses signifie and presage ALthough from the causes of pulses Great pulses what they signify it easily appeares what every pulse signifies and portends yet that we may add something of each in particular a great pulse although principally its familiar use be in increasing a strong faculty and a soft instrument in those which are sick it signifies a hot disease and a great pulse unlesse it be hindered followes all feavers and it cannot be much dilated with the Artery unlesse the power be strong or at least not weake a great pulse in all feavers is good signe A small pulse argues either debility of the faculty or remisnesse of the use or hardnesse of the instruments and indeed if a small pulse shall be also faint t is a token that its weakness proceeds from a weake faculty if small and hard from the Artery if neither debility nor hardnesse be perceived in the pulse it is an argument that it comes from the diminution of the use whence little pulses with a weake faculty foretell death the rest of pulses that are small for the most part presage long and difficult diseases A swift pulse signifies that the use is increased and the vigour stronge A swift or certainly not very weake whence in those that are sound a swife pulse signifies heate stirred up by motion exercises baths and such like causes which if it be also great the strength is not yet debilitated but in those which are sick a swift pulse signifies a hot disease and is proper to those which are feaverish and if magnitude be joyned therewith itshewes that the use is increased with strength of nature but if frequency be adjoyned without magnitude it shews that the powers are weakned if hardnesse of the instrument the use being increased hinders dilatation that hardnesse is to be perceived by the touch A slow pulse shews Slow the contrary to wit little heate and the use diminished and then it is onely thin and the vigour not firme enough and withall it is feeble A frequent pulse signifies the use to be increased Frequent or the faculty weakned or the instrument hard if it proceed only from the use increased it is not faint nor hard and magnitude frequently goes before and then extraordinary great heat is discovered in those that are sick if it proceed from debility or hardness of the artery that is discerned by the pulse Thin pulses are made either through a strong faculty Thin and a soft instrument or from the use diminished in sound bodies it signifies a cold constitution but in sidk a cold disease and coldness of the heart and that which is contained therein and therefore 't is accounted an ill signe A strong and vehement pulse shews a strong faculty Vehement and if its vehemency exceed the bounds of nature it signifies also great irritation A faint pulse on the contrary Faint signifies powers to be dejected and that either by dissipation of spirits and resolution and then it is also smal and if use hinder not slow or by oppression occasioned by plenty of humours and then the pulse also is inordinate and unequal A soft pulse shews softness of the arterie Soft and moreover in a sound body signifies immoderate drinking or dyet over moistning or a bath or idleness but in a sick a moist habit of the body On the contrary hard pulses Hard. shew the hardness of the arterie and indeed either by extending in convulsions Tumours or by repletion of vessels with humours and wind or by drying as in burning Feavers Hecticks consuming Feavers Quartans and other drying causes CHAP. IV. What the other differences of Pulses signifie presage NOw for the other differences of pulses and first Equality and inequality of that of equality and inequality equality although it shew a fixed disposition of matter yet it signifies firmness of nature and therefore affords the better hope but all inequalities are worse and either signifie obstructions of vessels or compressions or aboundance of humours hindring the force and indeed a single inequality is more dangerous then systematick or mixed whence intermitting pulses in one pulse are more dangerous then intermitting in many if both of them proceed from debility of the faculty Uneven pulses Vnalike stirred up Myouri Dicroti therefore being stirred
up and Myouri and such as striking double are very evil yet in an uneven pulse that is quickned is less evil then an intermitting because although it signifie the faculty declining yet it shews not it to be extreamly weak A Sistematick inequality Systematical inequality or complication of inequalities unequally made is less dangerous then an equality equally made because that for the most part is caused by default of the instrument but this happens by the imbecility of the faculty Intermitting pulses with imbecility Intermitting fince they proceed from the debility of the faculty are altogether dangerous and indeed the longer they are quiet and the more stroaks they intermit by so much they are the more dangerous yet old men and boyes are in lesse danger in this pulse then young men in whom the faculty is weak and offended by a smal occasion but where the faculty is strong not without a great cause A deficient Pulse is yet more dangerous Deficient because it shews great imbecility An intercurrent pulse is the most secure of all unequal pulses Intercurrent which indeed signifies the strength to be loaden yet hitherto strong and whole and promiseth victory Deficient reciprocal pulses shew great imbecillity of the saculty Reciprocal deficient yet with striving against the preter-natural causes Adescending or a declining pulse Miourus vernâ—iouâ—ar formicant a vermicular shew the faculty to be much weakned but the formicant pulse is a token that the faculty is yet more dejected and if it be perceived in Feavers and quotidian diseases it is a certain token of death A surging pulse signifies that the faculty is burthened Surging and weakned and t is an ill signe if it be changed into a vermicular yet sometimes it signifies that the strength is great and the arteries moistned with the humour and moreover with decretory sweat A serrate pulse is ill token Serrate and signifies an internal great and dangerous inflamation But as for Order since it signifies a fixed Order of pulse what it shews a perpetual cause the perturbation of order being troubled if the pulse be otherwise profitable order signifies firmness of power but inordinate shew that the faculty is oppressed by fuliginous excrements but if the order of the pulse be together unprofitable with the inequality it signifies the highest weakness and is a very ill signe Lastly change of harmony signifies variation of the use Rhythmes CHAP. XV. What Pulses presage health or death ALthough it easily appears from hence what pulses signifie safety or death yet that we may handle them singly What pulses shew a strong faculty great pulses swift vehement double striking surging signifie that the faculty is strong and indeed amongst those the vehement is in the first place afterwards the great hence the swift and surging Lastly the double striking But smal pulses languishing intermitting declining Languishing vermicular formicant and all pulses which descend from mediocrity to the extrcame in defect except the most vehement signifie that the strength is failing and weak and these pulses of themselves do shew that the faculty is weak if they are equal but if they proceed from the faculty burthened they are unequal hence the vermicular formicant intermitting and declining are deficient evils by how much the pulse is fainter and lesser by so much it argues the greater debility of strength Hence it plainly appears that the pulses which promise health Health are those which little decline from the pulses of sound men and are equal ordinate great vehement but amongst the fainting ones little eunqual inordinate those which are least these so that malignity be absent are least dangerous On the contrary seeble pulses little slow and such like Death indicating the faculty weak portend danger or death if together other ill signes also do appear also all those pulses are evil which come to extremity except the most vehement and amongst those the least most faint most slow and most thin are the worst of all but of the unequal those are less dangerous wherein are many great and vehement stroakes the dangerous are the declining intermitting intercurrent vermicular and formicant as is said before Lastly Manner of event pulses conduce to the knowledg of the manner of the event for pulses which are weaker duller and thinner to the Judgement signifie that the disease will not give off but rather by solution wear away by little and little but unequal pulses vehement great swift and frequent informe the Judgement that the disease will soon be at an end and in a critical day or day when there is a conflict of nature and a disease and a change expected the pulses are inordinate and unequal and if they become strong from weak and become great from little it shews the next Crisis or judgement and they presage good if in unequal pulses there are more great then little swift then slow moderate then frequent vehement then faint CHAP. XVI Of signes to be observed from the Tongue BVt besides the urines The tongue a figne of diseases and pulses the Physitian also shal consider sweats excrements of the paunch spittle the Tongue other things but since we have spoken before of the former and hereafter I shall speak again here we will only add something of the tongue which shew certain signes especially in Feavers and as often as any change happens of its own accord either of colour or taste in the tongue it is certain that so often there is some change made in the body But why the tongue should change its natural constitution Causes of the changeing the tongue there are two principal causes humors exhaling out of the veins and arteries of the tongue and principally affecting the coat of the tongue moreover vapours and humors ascending from the inferior parts to which notwithstanding sometimes humours flowing from the head are added The colour of the tongue is changed and is become white with the spittle wherewith it is moistned The colour of the tongue changed and it is dried by heat which often comes to pass in Feavers a white colour is often changed into a yellow mud colour or black whilst other humors are communicated to the tongue and that external skin is changed by the fùliginous feaverish vapours Whence the colour of the tongue may shew both the nature and the time of the Feaver for as Hiprocrate saith in the beginning the tongue is white or yellow in his Third Book of diseases in progress of time it grows black and if it grow black in the beginning of a disease the disease wil the sooner be over but if in the latter end 't wil endure the longer nay oftentimes the tunicle of the tongue is so polluted with fuliginous vapours ascending that sometimes it rots away but when the Feaver declines the colour of the tongue returns to its natural condition and the humour which is spread
about the Tongue is taken away and that which was corrupted is separated and that change first appears in the top of the tongue hence that other paâ—t towards the chops also by little and little becomes pure Lastly the root and if any one daily do diligently observe the tongue of the sick the declination of these may be known no less from thence then by the urine The taste of the Tongâ—e being changed Savour signifies abundance of humours from choler the taste is bitter from sweet flegme sweete from a salt salt from an acid humor sour or sharp The tongue is made rough and dry by defect of the humidity which was consumed by the feaverish heat yet in roughness there is a greater defect of humidity then in driness only THE THIRD BOOK THE SECOND PART Of the Diagnostick Signes CHAP. I. Of the Signes of Causes in generall BUt now that we may come to the Kinds Antecedent Signes and that we may explaine the Anamnestick Diagnostick and Prognostick signes concerning the Anamnestick signes we only admonish you of this that the causes which have gone before are known either by the effects which are left or they are known by some profitable or hurtful thing which they occasioned As for the Diagnosticks Diagnostick signes of a disease at hand they are either of a disease neer at hand or present Of the signes of diseases neer at hand this is a general rule that every mutation in actions accidents and excrements after what manner soever hapning contrary to custome and without any externall cause Of a present threatens a disease for when all these things are right according to the natural constitution they are signes of health as soon as any thing in them begins to change from its natural state it signifies a falling from health into a disease and the same signes if they are gathered together and increased indicate a disease to be now present But since it doth not satissie a man to know that a disease is imminent or that it is present but it is necessary to know what the disease is the signes are to be propounded severally both of Morbifique causes and places affected of diseases as also of symptomes and that we may begin from the signes of causes which lead us unto the knowledg of diseases concerning the necessary signes of causes and by which any thing may be known certainly some are proper others common but collected together by a race or current and are limited within their proper subject Proper signes of humours from the tastâ— The proper signes are savour colour and motion of humors as to tast blood is sweet flegme watrish and unsavory choller bitter salt flegme causeth a salt taste flegme and melancholy an acid a sharp adust melancholy causeth a brackish taste The blood is red as also choler is red From the colour flegme that is white hath a white colour pale choler a pale yellow a yellow Leek colour a greene an Aeruginous is like Verdegrease melancholy hath a black hew troubled black choler black splendid and when one savour or colour agrees with two humors we may know the humour from the taste and collour joyned together so that when acid flegme and melancholy are joyned 't is acid by the white colour acid flegme is known by the black melancholy Moreover the humors have their determinate motions several daies the flegme is moved the day between each From the motion choler Melancholy is moved the fourth day if such a motion be wanting the blood offends choler also for the most part is moved about noon-day melancholy in the evening flegme in the night the swiftnesse also and slowness of motion indicate the humours of a disease for a swift disease depends on a thin humor hot and cholerick a slow on a dull and thick But because those signes lie hid in the innermost parts of the body so that the humours cannot be known Of the common signes Current a current of common signes then ought to suffice the causes and affects or the antecedents and consequences supply us with such signes antecedents are supplied by two fountains namely external and evident causes or things not natural and the disposition of the body but the consequences are all symptomes and whatsoever help or hurt Non-natural things dispose the body and bowels to the generation of this or that humour Antecedents according as they either heat the body or cool it or make other changes in it of which is spoken before Lib 1 Part 2. Chap 2. Moreover the dispositions of the body have great power in generating humors without which those evident causes can do little in producing them Now these dispositions may be reduced to four heads First there is an hereditary disposition of the body 2ly age 3ly Constitution of the body 4ly Intermission of some accustomed evacuations fit to generate this or that humour The consequences are symptomes Consequence namely actions hurt excretions and retentions and the qualities of the body changed also diseases arising from humours Lastly all things helping and hurting CHAP. II. Of the Signes of Causes and of Humours in particular AS for what belongs to the signes of every humour in particular gone before Signes of Plethory signifies that blood doth abound and a plethory as to the vessels is present as is expressed before in the Lib 2. Part 2. chap 3. The habit of the body is fleshly and firm overspread with an habituous vapour the veins are fuller and especially after exercise and heat swel the muscles are extended the strength of Nature is increased with a certain proportion of blood and if the blood fil the veins so ful that they cannot be cooled or fanned enough it grows thick and seeks to weigh down the inferior parts hence the muscles of the leggs being filled with blood are moved with paine and wearisomness ariseth Respiration is more difficult after labour in their behaviour they are merry and pleasant and their discourse and memory duller their sleep is profound and more durable and pleasing with flattering dreams and of red things and blood the pulse is great and strong all natural actions are excellently performed the urine is more plentiful and moderate in substance and colour and the contents therein are plentiful the colour of the whole body and especially of the face is red and rosie the reins of the cies are red the skin being touched is hot yet that heat is gentle they easily tolerate evacuations of blood by what means soever made sparing diet takes away the wearisomness and quencheth thirst but they are offended by hot and moist things and all things which increase heat idleness and food increasing blood hurts them but a plethorick constitution is known as to its strength by gravity of body an unequal pulse signes of crudity and oftentimes by signes of putrifaction begin Sweet flegme abounding is known from the causes which conduce to the
generation of flegme if they have preceded Flegme of which above Lib 2. part 2. ch 4. Moreover those which abound with flegme are dul flow lazy and unapt for motion more stupid in their senses dullet of apprehension propense to sleep and sleep more soundly they dream of waters and raine snow haile ice and of drowning their manners are unbeseeming they are not easily angry the pulse is little dul thin and soft they are not troubled with thirst their desire is weaker they are affected with cold diseases moist and durable they send forth many flegmatick excrements and abound with spittle their urine is white pale sometimes thin sometimes thick and troubled their dejected ordure is crude pituitous the whole body is thick white soft and more cold to the touch heating and drying things cutting and atenuating and evacuating flegme advantage them they easily indure fasting On the other side all cooling and moistning things and thickning and those which retaine and increase Flegme offend them if the Flegme be sour all those signes are the more vehement but salt Flegme is known from the preceding causes of which is spoken before thirst is present a salt taste those things which are cast out are crude but withall biting Moderate salt things delight them too much drying and heating things hurt them Choler is known to abound if the causes Of Choller and dispositions of the body have gone before which conduce to the generation of Choler proposed before lib 2. part 2. chap 9 as if a man be not drowsie but watchful if he dreame of fire thunder and lightning and contentions and is ful of activity in motion and rash or precipitate in consultation is easily angry the pulse vehement swift frequent hard if his concoction be depraved and turned into a nitrous crudity if the appetite of meat be less then the appetite of drink hot and dry diseases afflict him and those which have a swift motion and symptomes arising from choler if the urine be yellow and splendid the excrements coloured with cholour the habit of the body is dry and leane and carries with it lively heat the colour of the body is yellow cold and moist things and such as purge choller as also acid things delight them hot and dry things as also fasting hurts them Melancholy is known to abound from the causes and dispositions going before Melancholy propounded aboue lib 2. part 2. chap 6. For what belongs to the consequences those which abound with a melancholy humour are silent full of thoughts stable and pertinacious and slow to anger who nevertheless are not easily pacified their sleep is turbulent perplext with horrid and terrible dreams they are sad and fearful without any manifest cause they have a little pulse dul thin and indifferent hard their colour is yellow dun or duskie almost black they desire meat and Venery moderately they are void of thirst and abound with spittle they make much Urine and if none of the melancholy be evacuated therewith it is thin and white or if some of it flow with it it is thick and black and they sweat plentifully in their sleep the Hemorhoids either flow or are suppressed much wind is in the body and they are apt to four belchings the habit of the body is lean sharp and hard the colour yellow the spleen sometimes swels and grows hard within them tubercles appear in the veins and they are affected with other melancholy diseases Black choler is a signe of yellow choler and melancholy mixed together Black Choler and the indications of melancholy appear but joyned with manifest signes of heat whence madness a canker a Leaprosie and such like diseases arise Aboundance of serous Humours are collected Of the serous humor not only from the antecedent causes whereof we have spoken before but also from a somewhat moist and pale body and the Urine is crude and aqueous Moreover Winde winds discover themselves by those signes which are reckned above in the lib 2 part 2 chap 7 moreover fluctuations rumblings tumblings in the guts and Hypochondrias are perceived and switching pains without gravity wandring such as suddenly arise suddenly vanish also a humming and buzzing in the ears pantings of some parts of the body belching breaking wind backward or in the paunch are discovered and the Urines are frothy Malignant and pestilent humors Poysons how they may be known is spoken amongst fevers but the signes that poison is drank are if any biting happen in the stomack or guts to any sound man after eating and drinking and if the belly or stomack be moved to expel and their colour within six hours turn yellow and spottie if the extream parts of the body grow cold and swounding palpitation of the heart and swelling happens but if one be hurt by the biting of any living creature or with a prick or sting or froth and the offended part should mortifie become putred should be inflamed and swel and the paine be great and those symptomes before mentioned appear it is a token that the living creature was venemous CHAP. III. Of the Signes of Diseases SOme signes of diseases indicate the kind of diseases Causes what diseases they shew others the magnitude others the manner and they are taken from those three fountains the causes those things which necessarily inhere and the effects of the causes and what force each hath is spoken of in lib 2. part 2 Disposition of the body and therefore if any causes are present or hath gone before it is a signe of a disease which that cause is apt to produce but amongst the causes the dispositions or inclinations of the body are to be weighed which are apt to produce this or that kinde of disease for every body either fals into a disease like its own constitution sooner then contrary to it and that disposition depends on the age sex course of life and manner of dyet Neither are those things to be past over which help and hinder for if hot things are advantagious cold things are mischeivous and a cold disease is understood the contrary comes to pass if the disease be hot the same reason is of other tempers also Out of those things essentially inhering Essentially inhering or in the proper essence diseases are easily known in the external parts and are obvious to the senses but diseases of the internal parts although they may be known by those things which essentially inhere yet not immediatly but others coming between so a tumour of the bowels is known by the skin mediating which is lifted up by the subjacent parts and it self is become swolne As for what belongs to the effects and symptomes Effects and symptomes an action that is hurt if it be not by some external error it signifies that a disease is present in that part whence the action is hindred and indeed an action abolished and diminished signifies a cold distemper
that a greater this a lesser but depraved actions signifie for the most part a hot distemper and since an alteration cannot be made suddenly nor doth the distemper suddenly cease when the alteration is introduced if the action be suddenly taken away and suddenly restored it doth not indicate a disease of intemperature Excretion and retentions but an organnick but if the actions are presently taken away and remain absent long either obstructions occasioned by thick matter or a cold intemperature is signified the excrements too much coloured signifies a hot disease as also doth dry ordure but clammy thick and white dreggs shew a cold distemper Qualities changed qualities also changed indicate diseases softness signifies a moist distemper a pale colour of the body signifies a cold distemper but a red colour a hot As for the magnitude of a disease Signes of a great disease if a great cause and that which hath great force of acting hath gone before in what kind of disease soever without doubt 't wil generate a great disease the proper nature of a disease wil easily betray it self for by how much the more the pathognomick signes or the signes that discover a disease shal be greater or lesser by so much it shews a greater or lesser disease hither to belongs also the worthiness of the part affected for by how much the part affected is more noble or can draw more noble parts into consent by so much the disease is counted the greater moreover the symptomes by how much the more and greater they shal be to which this happens that if the disease do not give way to exquisite and great remedies by so much the greater the disease shal be it is deservedly accounted great A malignant disease is likewise known by malignant venemous causes preceding Of a Malignant Moreover 't is the nature of certain diseases that in the same manner is they are known they indicate malignity such are the Morbus Gallicus Leaprosie and such like Thirdly malignity discovers it self by the effects for when no dangerous or vehement symptome is present which might trouble the sick nevertheless is unquiet and weak and the disease after smal remisness is swiftly and vehemently exasperated by sweats and other excrements and the sick perceives no manner of ease especially if frigidity of the extream parts or watchings should happen if in the beginning of sleep sleep seemetroublesome if the sick without a cause be afraid waxeth exceeding hot drops blood and the other ill signes be present which are spoken of amongst malignant feavers it argues amalignant disease Acute diseases are known from hence Of Acute diseases that they are suddenly moved and immediatly after the beginning afford grievous symptomes CHAP. IIII. How to know the parts affected The fountains of the signes whereby the parts affected are known Signes of places affected Galen in his first Book of the places affected Chap the 5th accounts five the actions hurt excrerions scituation proper accidents and propriety of paine which notwithstnding are comprehended under those foundations before proposed Amongst the causes the first are those things which are taken in whereof some have power of hurting this Causes others of offending that part moreover to those things which are carried about us belong arts and course of life from whence it happens that sometimes this sometimes that part is more hurt as sleeping and watchings which principally offend the braine anger which principally hurts the heart as also other passions of the mind Thirdly those things which are retained they more offend that part wherein they are detained 4ly Those things which happen and befal us externally they also shew the part affected if any one use mercuriall vunctions it is probable that the nervous parts are hurt that evil which commonly overspreads signifies that part to be hurt which is manifest doth labour in other sick persons By things essentially inhearing here are understood both the proprieties of the parts and the diseases themselves inhearing for although diseases are not of the essence of a part as it is a part yet as it is an effect centrary to nature diseases themselves seem to be in a part essentially inherent diseases therefore indicate parts affected a tumour appearing any where signfies either that part is affected or the part which is placed above it and the scituation and figure of the Tumour and the motions hurt will shew it in its kinde a falling of the guts into the codds signifies a rupture of the peritoneum or rim of the belly gibbosity signifies hurt of the spine or marrow the propriety of parts shews places affected as they are proper to those parts so if we see stones come forth with Urine without doubt we conjecture the veines or bladder to be affected As for the effect Effects actions hurt first an action hurt shews that member by which it is offended unless it be hurt by some external error so ratiocination being hurt imagination memory they signifie the brain to be affected as likewise by sleep watchfulness exercise of the whole body The visive faculty is hurt by an affect of the eye the hearing of the ear the smelling of the nose the taste spoiled is a token of a disease of the tongue if the urine be suppressed the cause is to be sought in the reines uriters bladder or urinary passages if yellow choller be not purged from the blood blood it is a token that the bladder of the gall is distempered Paine Hitherto belongs paines which shews that some sensible part is affected yet a differing paine may be a signe of divers parts a pricking paine is proper to inflamations of membranes a striking paine is caused by parts sensible which are inflamed containing arteries a burthensome paine agrees to the whole substance of the bowels lungs liver spleen reines inward deep and profound paines as it were breaking the part signifies the membrances of the bones to be affected a broad paine spreading it self every way about is a token that the membrances are affected streightness shews somewhat belonging to the extending of the nerves The vital actions being hurt shews that the heart labours Lastly natural actions hurt in what part soever shew a signe of that part which is affected but more manifestly in publick parts more obscurely in private parts Excretions Secondly in excrements which also afford signes more things are to be considered namely the kinds qualities manner of casting them out quantity order the kinds of excrements are two-fold for either something is cast out of the substance of some part signifies that part to be affected as if a little skin orflake or little peece of flesh should be cast out of the mouth it shews the lungs the wind-pipe the Epiglotis the gullet or ventricle to be corroded and if it be cast out by a cough it is a signe that it comes from the brest but if it be cast out by vomit it
three kinds some are those which are simply and according to preheminency called criticall wherein Judgments are made better and more frequently all which are bounded within the circuit of a septinary number and are these the 7.14.20.27.34.40 for daies are not taken whole but shorter Moreover there are some which are called indicant and contemplable from whence the Crisis to come is shewn and they are the middles or quarternaries of every seventh morning as 4.11.17.24 Others are such as come between Intervening which the Greeks call Parempiptontes others call them provocatory wherein from some accident contrary to nature or by the violence of a fit or by reason of some externall cause nature is provoked to hasten to untimely expulsion such are the 3.5.9.13.19 and according to some 15.18 Vacant or not criticall daies are those wherein no crisis happens Vacant or very seldome and unperfect and evill such are the 6.8.10.12.16.18 to which some add 22 23.25.29 30.32 33.35.38.39 which daies are also called medicinall because the Physitian on those daies may safely administer purging Medicines After the 40. day diseases languish and by a slow concoction and by Imposthumations rather then Crisis are terminated after these some diseases are judged by months others by years and especially in climactericall years when changes are made even of diseases which have been contracted from their Mothers Womb. From this doctrine neverthelesse of Hippocrates and Galen which Galen reduceth as it were in brief in the 1. of decretory diseases cap. 5. the ancients now long since have departed Asclepiades Archigenes Celsus and others which accounted the third criticall year not the twentieth but the one and twentieth the fourth not the twenty seventh but the twenty eighth The Astrologers also do not simply observe daies and numbers The opinion of Astrologers but referring all the reason of criticall daies to the motion of the Moon note those daies wherein the Moon comes to every quadrangle or fourth corner and comes to the diameter in respect of place wherein she was found when the disease began as now in the causes of criticall daies shall be shewn CHAP. XII Of the causes of Criticall daies THat we may omit the opinions of others The cause of criticall daies of the causes of criticall daies no offence to any other judgments we appoint criticall daies to depend on the Moon and the condition and disposition of peccant humours and the expulsive faculty for what mutations soever the Moon in her conjunctions oppositions and quadrangles makes in these inferior bodies is very well known and therefore that power which is attributed to quaternaries and septinaries do all depend on the motion of the Moon yet neverthelesse that this or that Crisis may be made betwixt those the motion of the Moon alone is not sufficient since not alwaies the seventh or fourteenth day is not alwaies criticall and somtimes a good and an ill Crisis is made on the same day and therfore the condition and disposition of peccant humours are to be joyned and lastly the expulsive faculty is to be added which being stimulated by the motion of the Moon and disposition of humours is the next and immediate cause of a Crisis First seeing the order of criticall daies cannot proceed only from the faculty of the body nor from morbifique matter The Moâ—n but a coelestiall cause is to be joyned therwith and the Moon in every quarternary and septinary and according as it takes up one and another place of the Zodiack in its motions and by reason of the light from the Sun varying shews to us various lights or representations it may make great alterations in sublunary things t is not therfore without a cause determined that great mutations arise in diseases in those places which have regard to the place wherin the Moon was in the beginning of the disease with a quadrate or opposite ray and when she is come so far as that she hath a new shape and manifest mutation of light for the motion of the Moon and her progresse to the quadrate and opposite signes and the changings of the shape of the Moon are to be joyned whatsoever they are yet the crises are stronger when the Septinaries exactly fall into the quadrates of the Moone But in the computing of the criticall dayes A periodicall month in criticall dayes to be observed the month of wandring or travelling is to be observed as being naturall and according to which many changes are made in this inferior orbe which for the most part is made in twenty seven dayes and eight hours which if they are divided into foure weekes the first will be ended in six dayes and twenty hours the second in thrirteen dayes and sixteen hours the third in twenty dayes and twelve hours Therefore on what day soever any one fall sick at the first onset of the disease a conjunction as it were is made of the Moone and the disease hence when the Moone hath measured three fignes or past over ninty degrees and comes to the first quadrate the first criticall day is made when she hath past through six signes or an 180. degrees she comes to the opposite signe and the second criticall day begins when from the opposite signeshe passeth to the second quadrate the third crisis begins if the disease be prolonged till then lastly when she returns again to the place where she was at the beginning of the disease the fourth crisis begins and she shews as she did at first Prognosticall diseases The same reason is of indicatory dayes for when the Moone hath passed over two signes or 60. degrees from the signe wherein she was when any one began to fall sick and is said to come to a sextile the first indicatory is begun when she hath past over foure signes or a 120 degrees and becomes triangular the second indicatory is made and when from the opposite signe againe she comes to be triangular then is the third indicatory lastly when she hath gone from the second quadrate to the second sextile the fourth indicatory is But here the dayes are not to be numbered according to the diurnall indifferent motion of the Moone Which motion of the Moone is to be observed in critiball dayes which is thirteen degrees ten minutes 35 sec but according to the true motion of the Moone for the Moone is sometimes swift sometimes slow in motion nor doth she passe through alike number of degrees each day whence it comes to passe that she arrives sometimes sooner sometimes later to the quadrate and opposite signe and hence without all doubt it comes to passe that most admirable Physitians vary in defining of criticall dayes and Hippocrates as also Galen account the twentieth and seven and twentieth Archâ—genes as also Diacles count the one and twentieth and eight and twentieth for criticall dayes neither are allwayes distinct aspects to be observed but often times plarick are sufficient Secondly besides the
dry Cabbage yet in the juice thereof a certain bitternesse and acrimony is perceived which hath a force to stir the paunch t is hard of concoction affords little nourishment and that thick and Melencholy from whence fuliginous Vapours fly into the head and produce turbulent sleep and weaken the sight its malignity is corrected if it be boyled with sat meates the staulks are worse then the broad leaves and are to be eaten only by those which are used to much labour Spinnage cools and moistens Spinage affords little nourishment yet not so evill as Orach or Blitum which is a kind of Beet it generates cold and serous humours in the stomach unlesse it be corrected with pepper and oyle or butter it is not laudable and it begets wind Beets Beets Blitum Orach and Mallowes can scareely be used with profit or benefit for aliment only but are more beneficially taken when there is need to loosen refrigerate and moisten the belly and Be et indeed is hot and dry and takes away obstructions of the Liver and Spleen and hath a different substance the juice is detergent wherefore it loosneth the belly but the substance stops the same Blitum Blitum Orach Mallows Orach and Mallowes loosen the belly only by humectation they nourish little they yeeld a watry juice and have of themselves no pleasing savour unlesse they are dressed with Butter or Oyle and other Sawces Asparagus Asparagus Young Hops to which the young branches or tender sprigs of Hops are next like unto neither heat nor manifestly cool they are gratefull to the tast and cause appetite yet afford little nourishment and therefore do afford not so good nourishment they have a detergent faculty and provoke Urine they cleanse the Reines and open obstructions of the Liver and of the other Intralls Garden Cresses Mustard-seed or Water Cresses and Mustard-seed may be used instead of Sawces but not as nourishment they are hot and dry and of a biting tast they attenuate crude meats as also crude and thick humours Onions afford little nourishment Onions they are acrid and have a heating cutting and extenuating faculty and inflame the blood and together with the discussed thinner parts they leave behind them a thick juice they irritate Venus they are all hurtfull to the head eyes teeth and gumms they cause turbulent Dreams In raw Garlick there is almost no nourishment Garlick in boyled very little and that bad but there is manifest heat and drinesse in it and a power of extenuating thick and viscide humours and of cutting them and taking away cold and t is the best remedy to convert the pravity of waters as also against the Plague Leeks and venemous aire Leeks have almost the same power Raddish The Roots called Raddishes which we use being dipped in Salt affords little nourishment but are rather instead of medicinall knacks they heat beyond the second degree and have a tart tast they cut phlegme attenuate provoke Urine and expell sand from the Veines Wild Raddishes have the same force Wild Radish but are more powerfull which are fit for sawce but not of aliment Turnips Rape-roots round are slowly concocted Rape and fill the belly with wind especially when they are raw but boyled they are easier digested and afford aliment enough and therfore not so hurtfull but are hot and moist Long Turnips are almost of the same nature Tuâ—nips but of a better tast and yeeld lesse thick and flatulent juice and afford strong nourishment they stimulate Venus Parsley is hot and dry provokes Urine and courses Parsley opens obstructions purges the Reines and bowels yet it afford little nourishment Garden Parsnips yeild little hot and dry Parsnips and not very good nourishment they cause lust provoke Urine and bring down courses Red Beets which are pickled with Vinegar Red Beets the seed of Carawayes and the roots of wild Raddishes are used rather instead of Sawces then as food since they nourish very little The fruit of Plants are various Melons Melons are pleasant to the tast and send forth an Aromatick smell but they are of a watry moist substance not without coldnesse whereby they quench thirst and causes Urine they cleanse the Reines but they are easily corrupted and being corrupted become as it were of a venemous nature and stir up choler or generate Feavers whereby many great men are killed and therfore they ought to be eaten at the first course that they may the easier descend through the Paunch and after the eating of them some food of good juice is to be taken and good Wine is to be drank that the corruption of them may be hindred Cucumbers are also cold but not so moist Cucumbers and the juice not so hurtfull nor are they so easily corrupted in the stomach they are most conveniently taken before they are ripe being pickled in Vinegar or Brine and Pepper and they are least offensive to those which have hot stomachs Artechocks Artechocks heat and dry to the second degree they are hard of concoction and afford not very good nourishment they are windy and stimulate Venus unlesse this be rather to be attributed to the seasoning or dressing of them Strawberies Strawberies are cold and moist they are profitable to those that are troubled with choler in the stomach they coole the liver they restraine the heate of the blood and cholerick humours they allay thirst and therefore are beneficiall in hot constitutions of bodyes they have thin juice purge the reines cause urine but are easily corrupted in the stomach and therefore ought to be eate the first Now followes the fruits of Trees Peares and frutices first of peares there are divers kinds nor are they all of the same faculty the austere and sharpe are astringent and cooling and hurtfull to the stomach and Guts sweete are more temperate yet almost all are of a cold and moist nature only some are hot and moist and moreover more apt to corruption they are not unpleasing to the stomach in the first place being taken they stop a loosenesse but being taken after other meate they loosen the belly and shut the mouth of the stomach they are better boyled then raw There are divers sorts of Apples which discover themselves by their taste Apples the sower are colder then the sweete and of a thinner and lesse flatulent substance the austere and sharpe are yet colder and of a thick substance and descend more slowly through the paunch and stay it yet their violence is corrected by boyling and sower austere and sharpe Apples are to be used rather instead of medicines then aliment they all afford ill juice but those are most hurtfull which are watry and for the most part have no taste the best are sweete ones with an aromatick taste and smell and such as afford an indifferent quantity of aliment and that not evill they strengthen the heart
exhilerate the minde and are very beneficiall to those which are troubled with Melancholy Quinces are cold and dry Quinees and have an astringent faculty they are harder of concoction afford little nourishment and that thick they strengthen the stomach and stop vomiting and if they are taken after meate they hinder Vapours so that they cannot easily ascend to the head and they loosen the belly but being taken before meales they stop a loosenesse being taken raw they hurt the nerves and often cause fits of the cholick Peaches are cold and moist and are easily corrupted Peaches and afford little nourishment and therefore are to be eaten sparingly and warily and indeed before meales not after other meates neither is water nor any cold drink to be drunke after them but wine being dryed they are lesse hurtfull and especially being boyled in Wine their pravity if they had any it is taken away Apricoks which are well known to the Persians Apricocks in goodness are beyond Peaches and more pleasing to the stomach and are not so easily corrupted Medlers are cold and dry Medlers and are not eaten till they are rotten they afford little nourishment and are slowly concocted they stop the belly and all fluxes they stay vomitting and agrece well with a cholerick stomach Sowre Sherryes have a chooling faculty Cherryes are easily concocted and descend through the belly they coole the stomack and liver they quench thirst and raise an appetite and are not so easily corrupted nor are they of so hurtfull a juice but the sweet ones are far inferior to the sharpe ones in goodnesse by reason of the moisture abounding and are easly corrupted and generated urred humours and Wormes in putred feavers There are divers kinds of Plumbs all of them cold Plumbs and moist the sweet ones are not so cold by nature yet they mitigate the acrimony of choler and therefore agree most with colerick persons they are easily concocted and passe through the belly those that are fresh alter most powerfully they mollify the paunch being taken before meate but with their moisture they scatter abroad many excrements and that crude neither do they generate so good juice yet some are softerthen others those which abound most with a crude and moist iuce they are the worst the white and waxen colour or yellow are the worst and afford ill juice but the best are Damask Prunes and those which are neerest to these are green but the dry are more fit for nourishment and afford better aliment for those which are weaker in stomach Plumbs are not convenient for they loosen itstone Mulburies moisten coole quench thirst Mulburies mitigare the heate of choler they nourish little they easily passe through the belly but if they are retained they easily are corrupted and become putred and acquire an ill nature wherefore they are to be eaten when the stomach is empty only and not overspred with peccant humours that they may on a sudden descend and passe through the paunch Figs are hot and moist Figs. by nature they nourish more then other fruits they easily descend and go through the belly they have a penetrating and abstergent faculty yet too much use of them begets wind dry Figs are hotter and dryer yet acquire a power of cleanseing opening and attenuating yet they also loosen the belly drive humours to the externall parts being often taken and plentifully they cause sweates and generate blood not very good but such as is apt to putrify Sweete grapes are hotter Grapes and for that reason cause thirst sharpe and austere are colder those that are fit to make Wine are betwixt these extreames those that are fresh gathered afford little nourishment and are flatulent and if they are detained long in the stomach they are corrupted and dilate the belly and stir up cholick fits they cause the spleen to swell and fill the stomach and liver with crude humours and allwayes the fresh gathered serve rather for pleasure then for health the austere and sower Grapes are colder and strengthen and bind the belly the sweete ones are hotter and afford more nourishment those which have a mixed taste obtaine mixt faculties but the sweet which participate something of sharpnesse are commended before the rest they are pleasing to the stomach gratefull to the liver as also they are said by a certain propriety to be advantagious to the whole substance they are helpfull to the brests and strengthen all the naturall members those which are without stones are called Corinthian they loosen the belly more but those which have seed strengthen the stomach Amongst Nuts Almonds the best are sweet Almonds they are temperately hot and moist and yeelds store of nourishment and of good juice and moderate they attenuate and cleanse for which reason they are the best food for immaciated bodies and they replenish the intrails and the whole body with convenient nourishment and such as is not apt to corruption they purge the brest open the passages of urin and cause sleep but they are not so convenient for a cholerick stomach nor to be given in cholerick Feavers Walnuts are hot and dry especially dryed Walnuts for your green ones are moister and are not so hot and therefore are eaten safer but the dry generate choler and offend the Orifice of the stomach and hurt the Gullet and Wind-pipe and cause a cough and generate pain in the head commonly the use of them is commended after Fish because with their heat and drinesse they prevent the corruption of Fish Hasle-nuts afford more nourishment then Walnuts Haslenuts but they are colder yet they are hot and dry they are hardly digested and afford a thick juice more earthly then Walnuts Chestnuts are hot and dry Chestnuts and Galen conceives they have no ill juice as all the rest of the fruits of Trees if they are well concocted in the stomach yet they are harder of digestion and are distributed more slowly yet they afford more durable nourishment they bind the belly and if they are eaten in too great plenty they cause wind Toadstools and Muskeroms for the most part are cold Musheroms they yeild a watry and thick nourishment Toadstools are preferred before Musheroms yet all of these are not to be taken without danger because they do not only generate ill juice but oftentimes there is poyson in them Lastly Oyle Oyle drawn out of ripe Olives affords nourishment temperate and for the most part agreeable to our nature and can correct the pravity of other aliments and amend the crudity of Herbes it also mollifies and loosens the belly is takes away all sharpnesse it helps Ruptures and such as are bursten and mitigates pain Meates from living Creatures IN the second place many living Creatures supplies us with convenient nourishment agreeable to our nature Aliments of living Creatures as being neerer and more familiar to our nature and lesse exceed in the
ought to be protruded are retained the health is in danger The severall concoctions have their severall excrements the excrements of the paunch if they are not evacuated in due season hinder concoction whilst putred Vapours exhale from thence to the stomach and neighbouring parts for the same reason they offend the head stir up cholick paines and other evills but too sudden cleansing of the paunch oftentimes hurt nothing whilst those things which are offensive nature doth expell from the paunch of its owne accord yet if any such thing happen too often or too lasting it necessarily defrauds the body of nourishment and the strength is weakned and the guts are debilitated and offended Urine if it be made in due season Vrine is commodious and profitable for the body but if it be made sooner then it ought and especially if it have bin retained longer then it ought it brings no small dammage for it oppresseth the bladder and often times so fills it that afterwards urine cannot be expelled and sometimes an inflamation of the bladder nay sudden death followes but if the reyns have not drawn whey as it were it remains mixt with blood and stirs up greivous Symptomes in the whole body Seed untimely retained causeth heavinesse and dulnesse Venus of the body and if it be corrupted stirs up greivous accidents all which may be avoided by Venery but let it be timely and lawfull neither is there any need to try any thing for the preservation of health which is contrary to divine lawes and the Creator of man is so much indulgent to him in this thing as t is necessary for him to shun all things which may hinder his health but too much Venery dissipates the naturall heate cooles and debilitates the whole body accumulates crudities hurts the nerves generates the running Gout and brings the Palsie and debility of the senses and understanding THE FOURTH BOOK PART II. Of the Method of the preservation of Health CHAP. I. Of those things which are to be observed by all for the preservation of health AFter we have explayned those things which are necessary for the Preservation of health now we must shew a Method how all those things are to be used for the safty thereof but their are some certain common precepts which are to be observed by all some peculiar precepts to be observed according to ages sex and other Circumstances The most common Precept here is this that what ever is according to nature is to be kept but since that in some health exactly such in others difference from hence which is called a newtrall constitution the former is to be exactly preserved with its likes and nothing contrary to be admitted whereby the body may be put out of that naturall state but a Newtrall constitution requires some change yet that ought to be small and by degrees if the course of life will admit thereof Yet that most generall rule is to be observed by all The most generall rule to desend health namely that mediocrity is to be ever accompted safest according to that of Hippo. 2. Apho. 52. to much of every thing is good for nothing or all excesse is hurtfull to nature As also that 2. Apho. 50 those things that we are long accustomed unto although they are worse yet are they less troublesome to us then those things that we are not accustomed to Moreover we are to endeavour that the naturall constitution of our bodies consisting in a good moderation of cold and heate occult qualities due conformation of the Organick parts and unity may be preserved by those things which are fitly borne to preserve it namely by their likes in case the body bee throughly well constituted or somwhat with contraries if the body decline from the best state But all things are to be avoided which may destroy it Likewise causes of health sometimes require things plainly alike sometimes a little contrary Most health full aire and therefore the Physitian shall appoint the right use of those things which necessarily happen to the body namely aire that is temperate is the best for those that are temperate and hurtfull to no constitution of body Moreover let the purest bee chosen cold aire when the fire is kindled is changed hot aire is tempered by water that is cold being poured out of one vessell into another or sprinkled on the floare or by cloaths moistened in water and hung in the bed-chamber or Roses strowed in the house or the leaves of Vines Willowes Water Lillies and other cooling Herbes moysture in excesse may be corrected by the kindling of fires and burning of suffumigations of â—â—â—t things drinesse is corrected with the moystnings of waters sprinklings or strowings of moistning Herbes As for Meat meats of little juice are offensive to all Meate and drinke and profitable to none nay even the dayly use of thick viscide tenacious cold hard flat and acrid meats are to bee avoyded by all since they cannot bee well concocted nor afford good nourishment yet some regard is here to bee had of the appetite according to that of Hippocrates 2. Apho. 38. a litter worse meate and drinke that is more pleasant is to be preferd before that which is better and ungratefull as also of custome according to that 2. Aphor. 50 those things that we are long accustomed unto although they are evill are wont to trouble us lesse then those things which we are not used unto Moreover meates are to be taken onely in that quantity whereby our strength may bee refreshed not oppressed that which hath beene spoken of meat is also to be understood of drinke Of the passions of the mind Passions of the mind this in generall may be spoken that overmuch of all them are to be avoyded and quietnesse of mind and moderate joy is to be cherished The excrements of the belly twice a day or at least once ought to be ejected Excrements urine likewise ought to be expelled as often as their is need We are to take heed likewise of that of Celsus least in our best health we take things adverse thereunto and therefore we ought not rashly to trouble or molest our bodies with purges or other medicines but t is better to exercise our bodyes moderately every day least excrements should be gathered together and if any disease seeme to be comming uppon us to follow this counsell that is by quietnesse and abstinence many great diseases are cured CHAP II. Of the cure of little ones not yet borne and of the dyet of women with child THese things being premised in generall what course of dyet may best agree to every degree of health of which before in the first Book and third Chap. we will now explaine distinctly and therefore we will handle good habit or the preserver of the best State called under the generall name of the Hygeinall which governs sufficent health in all our actions The Prophylactick is that part
dayly labours although they are weake and old easier endure exercises then those that are unaccustomed thereunto although they are strong and yong regard also is to be had of the time of the yeare for in summer lesser and shorter exercises in Winter greater and stronger are to be appointed so long also onely the body is to be exercised untill a fresh colour appeare in the body and the body begin in some measure to swell and sweat to flow out exercise and motion is to be used when the concoction is performed in the stomack and liver and as Hippocrates 6. Epid. Sect. 4. Apho. the last labour ought to goe before meate wherefore the most convenient time for exercise is the morning when the Stomack is empty and the excrements of the Paunch and Bladder are first sent out the same time is most fit for study regard is also to bee had of the place where exercises are for exercise under the Sun heates the body very much powers out humors and are very obnoxious to those whose heads are weake or full of humors but all exercises that are in the shade are safer Rest is no lesse necessary then motion for this is the remedy of wearinesse and repaires decayed strength and therefore exercise and rest take their interchangeable turnes Sleeping and waking The time also is to be appointed for sleeping and waking the most fit time for sleep is the night appointed for man by God himselfe but we ought not to sleep presently after meat but an houre or two after supper otherwise the head will be filled with many vapours diurnall sleep likewise fils the head with vapours but if any one hath contracted a sence of wearisomenesse or hath past an unquiet night without sleep t is lawfull to cherish sleep so long in the day time and especially for old men who seldome sleep the whole night but wee are to sleep so long untill the meate be concocted in the Stomack and Liver and the spirits that are taken away are restored which space is not equally in all lesse then six houres scarce sufficeth but beyond 9. houres sleepe is scarce to be extended for the most part the space of seven houres is sufficient But those which are studious principally offend in their sleep if they wake long after supper Sleep for those that are studious and sleep after the rising of the Sun for they do not onely pervert the order of nature but also much hinder the concoction whilst they impeade the instauration of spirits which were wasted with diurnall labours and watchings and call them from the Stomack and fill the head with vapours But we ought to lie downe with our legs and armes a little bent our head something elevated on either side Manner of lying since lying supine hurts much and first to lie on the right side that the concoction of the Stomack may bee helped by the Liver not under the canopy of Heaven nor the Beames of the Moone and the windowes are to bee shut and the nocturnall aire to be kept out the bed-chamber ought to be without any smell the bed should bee soft and fitted to drive away the frigidity of the Aire when you please the Head also is not to be wrapt with too many cloathes Watchings after sleep should bee moderate Watchings for too much consumes the native heate and dissipates Spirits dries the body brings forth crudities dulls the senses and ofâ—â—nds all the actions There is no small profit also of Bathes Bathes for the preservation of health as is said before part the first chap. the seventh yet the right use of them is to be appointed neither are we to go into a Bath before the meate be concocted in the stomach least crud humours should be carried into all the parts of the body In a Bath we must abstaine from all meat and drink and we are to go out before we are weary and to defend the whole body from cold nor must we eate nor drink before the heate of the bath be expired Lotions of the head open the pores of the skin and discusse Vapours Lotions of the head yet they are not to be used when either a Catarrh or paine of the head offendeth but are to be used in the morning or an houre before Supper and after the washing of the head it should be throughly dryed with warme linnen cloathes Lastly the washing of the feet is not profitable to hinder their sweating but to avert humours which would flow from the head thither Lastly we must endeavour that presently after sleep Exâ—rements the dregs of the paunch may be cast out if the paunch answers not to desire t is to be moistned with Raisins of the Sun the broath of a Cock a decoction of the staulkes of Burrage Mallowes Beares breech or six or seven Pruins boyled in the broath where Senna hath been infused to be taken for the first course or a little before meate the excrements of the third concoction are to be expelled by dayly exercise the head is to be combed in the morning the mouth to be washed with water the eares nose and palate to be cleansed the eyes and the whole face are to be washed in cold water and the body especially the Armes and the Legs are to be rubbed And if so any error be committed in the use of these things which may easily happen afterwards it is to be mended the next day by its contrary and an inequality being introduced the contrary cause is taken away CHAP. V. Of the dyet of old men THat part of Physick which rules Diet for old men or governs the age of old men is called Geronomick but because in old age the body every day is more and more dryed and the native heate is consumed we are to endeavour that drynesse may be prevented and the native heate so much as may be preserved Hotter and moister Aire therefore is agreeable to this age Aire and unlesse it be such of it selfe t is to be corrected by art especially in Autumne and Winter which Aire is cheifly offensive to old men The Aliment it selfe also ought to be hot and moist Aliment of good juice and easie of concoction but thick meates hard glutinous and which fill the head grow sowre in the stomach and are easily corrupted are to be avoided and if hurt be contracted by the use of such things t is to be corrected by the use of Diatrion Pipereon Diacalaminth and such like Of the usuall quantity also every day something is to be abated for as Hippocrates writes 1. Apho. 10. there is little heate in old men and therefore they need little nourishment sith thence their heat is extinguished with much and therefore meate is to be given sparingly but often and indeed very conveniently thrice aday viz. break-fast dinner and supper The best drink for old men is Wine Drink from whence Wine is called old mens milk yet
be yet remaining that is to be taken away by degrees and by helping and the principall parts are to be strengthned but if nothing of the vitious matter be present the body is carefully to be refreshed with moist aliment and that which is easie to be concocted namely the yolkes of eggs broathes with Bread Chickens Hens Capons Fish lastly Goates flesh Mutton Veale sleepe helps concoction unctions strengthen the stomach before meate are appointed frications also moderate walking Baths of fresh warme waâ—â—r lastly strengthening things are to be used and such as may resist the reliques of the causes of imbecility and of sickly disposition but those things which may call back the distemper which trouble sick these are to be avoided THE FIFTH BOOK PART 1. Of the Materialls for Cure SECT I. Of Medicines CHAP. I. What a Medicine is THere remains the last part of Physick which is the Therapeuticall which restores men that are fallen into diseases to their former health and expells those diseases from mens bodyes which torment them but that the Physitian may obtaine this end it is necessary that he be instructed in two things first a Method whereby he may find those things that are helpfull by Indications secondly Instruments or Materialls for cure whereby he may performe that which he found out by Indications The matter fit for cure is properly reduced to three heads Instruments of Physick dyet manuall operation and making up of Medicines First you are to be admonished that you are to distinguish cures from the materialls used in curing for cure is that whereby instruction is given from the Indicant to performe or act something and is alwayes one as to heate or make hot but the Matter of helpe is that whereby that is performed by the Physitian which the Indicant commands which may be manifold as whilst you are to heat it may be done with Pepper Ginger Wormewood c. But since that of Dieteticall matter is spoken sufficiently in the former book it remaines that wee speake of Medicines Medicine what is it and Manual operation and first as for Medicines by amedicine wee understand every thing that is a different thing from nature which may alter our bodies and reduce them to a naturall state from a preternaturall In which respect it differs from aliment and Poyson for Aliment as it is aliment is onely that which increaseth the substance or it renewes and increaseth our bodies a Medicince alters but doth not repaire but if any thing can together nourish and alter our bodies t is alimentall Medicine or medicinall aliment but poysons neither nourish nor alter our bodies but are destroyers of our bodies and have power to corrupt them CHAP. II. Of the faculties of Medicines in generall MEdicines are two-fold Medicines how manyfold Simple Compound some are simple other compound a simple is that which is such by nature onely and hath nothing mixt with it by art compound are when more naturall things are mingled by art into the forme of one medicine Simple Medicines are taken from Plants Simple how many fold Plants Animalls Mineralls and Plants are either taken whole or their parts Roots Woods Piths Barkes Leaves and Branches Flowers Seeds Fruits Juices Gumms Rosins Oiles and Liquors as Wine Animals also are used whole Living Creatures or their parts as Harts-Horn Marrow Flesh or those things that are generated in them as Milke Eggs or their workes as Hony Wax or their excrements as Gall Urine Under Mineralls are comprehended not onely those things which are properly called Mineralls Mineralls Vitriall Antimony Sulphure and Mettalls and the excrements but also divers kinds of earths as Uermillion Irish Slat Bole-Arminack as also all Stones and Gemms also divers kinds of Salts and concreted juices in the earth of which Naptha is one also bathing-waters in which ranke Manna may be put if there be no other place fit for it The faculties are various of so many different things The difference of Medicines Actuall and from hence the divisions of Medicines are various for first some Medicines are said to bee such in action others in power to be such things as are said to be such in action which in them containe that which they are said to be the act being as it were present and absolved and so the operation is in a readinesse and can affect our bodies at the first touch with that quality wherewith they are endued so Water and Ice are cold in action because after what manner soever they are applyed to a body they can presently coole the same but those things are such in potentia Potentiall whose force is not perceived at the first touch but lyeth hid and as it were asleep nor doth it discover it selfe by action untill it be some way changed by our heat and be burnt and reduced into action so Pepper and Wine although to the touch they are cold yet neverthelesse they heate But although the force of Medicines are various Facultiei of Medicines manifest yet they may conveniently be divided into manifest and occult those are called manifest which affect our senses or which excite qualities in the patient which are discerned by our senses and whereof a manifest cause may be rendred But occult are such which doe not produce qualities in a Patient obvious to sence Occult but performe something by a hidden propriety to wit they purge a certaine humor they strengthen a certaine member they resist poyson or being hung or carried externally worke upon the body the manifest causes whereof cannot be explained and no other reason can be given then that such a power or force is in them by a peculiar propriety of nature although there are some who reject hidden qualities yet I. C. Scaliger rightly thinks that t is a high peice of impudence to reduce all things to manifest qualities in the 218. of his exercises Sect. 8. and those which endeavour this bring foolish and ridiculous reasons or deny those things which are confirmed by experience and these faculties and actions are different from those in their whole kinde as also from others which are spoken of before in the 2. Booke 2. Part. Cap. 12. both from hence in the first place because the strength of these qualities are far greater then theirs of the primary qualities and their efficacy is great oftentimes in the smallest body But both of them The first the second the manifest and occult faculties and actions of Medicines are various of manifest qualities some are primary others secondary others of a third kind The third kind of qualities the first have power of heating cooling moistning and drying the second to soften to harden condense rarify resolve attenuate thicken to draw to repel the third to provoke Urine to cause and stay courses to move vomit generate flesh and to breake stones although the power of breaking stones may more fittly be attributed to the propriety of
the whole substance as beneath Cap. 17. shall be shewne Occult are of three kindes for either they evacuate a certaine humour by a peculiar faculty or they have a sympathie with a cortaine part whence they are called cephalicks or cardiacks or they resist poyson But the faculties of all Medicines according to the changes which they make in our bodies The kinds of faculties in Medicines may be referred to four ranks or formes first some belong to an inducing of a new quality such as are those which are said to have the efficacies of the primary qualities to wit heating drying cooling and moistning but because every thing that alters cannot be safely applyed to every part appropriated Medicines are conveniently joyned to every member which do alter Moreover hitherto is to be referred those which are accounted amongst the number of secondary qualities such as soften and harden loosening rarify and condense stiptick and obstructing astringent and opening attenuating and incrassating filling and deterging or cleansing lastly hereunto belongs Anodunes Stupefactives and Hypnoticks or such as cause rest In the second forme are those which prevaile in causing motion attracting and repelling to the third forme those things are referred which consist in the generation of any thing ripening generating quitture breeding flesh Glutinating cicatrizing and procuring milke and sperme To the fourth forme are referred those things which corrupt corrode putrify such as cause dry crust burning and such as doe corrupt seed and milke The fift forme comprehends those things which belong to the taking away of any thing such things as make lesse such as purge such as cause Vomiting Urine or sweats or provoke courses expel the secondine or send forth a dead child such things as break and expell the Stone Errhines Sternutatories and Apophlegmatismes such things as purge the breasts and such as kill and expell Wormes They may be placed in the last forme which resist poyson and are the drugs against poyson CHAP. III. Of the first faculties of Medicines AS for what belongs to the first forme Altering temperate and first for altering Medicines some of them being compared with mans body are called temperate which cause or bring forth no mutation in man either in coldnesie drynesse heat or moisture and these are either such simply and in all the quallities or els in two of them only Intemperate but the intemperate are such as have power to change the heate or moysture of our bodies Moreover these qualities are divided by Physitians into certaine degrees Degrees of qualities which are left to bee esteemed by their effects the first degree is when a Medicine alters our bodies obscurely and scarce senfibly the second is when it manifestly changeth our bodies yet without hurting inconveniency or trouble the third degree is when it doth not onely manifestly alter the body but vehemently and not without trouble and paine yet without corruption the fourth degree is that which altereth the body not without paine and that most grieviously To either of these degrees there are appointed certaine Latitudes which are commonly called mansions Mansions of degrees as they alter more intensely or remisly or betwixt both which they call in the beginning middle and end The temperate are Venus haire Sparagus Temperate Medicines Licorish Sweet Oyle Pine-nuts Jujubes Figgs Sebestens Raysins Dates Gum Elemie and Tragacanth Calves and Goates Suet and Hoggs Grease The hot in the first degree are Marsh-mallowes Burrage Hot in the first Buglosse Beets Cabbage Camommil Bindweed Agrimony and Fumitory Flex Melilot A lease that swims in Ditches without any Root Spikenard Wall-wort and Coltsfoot the flowers of Borrage Buglosse Bettony Oxe-eie or Wild Camomil Melilot Camomil black Poplar Arabian Staechodos an herbe with grey downe like an old mans haire called Senecio in Latin Fruits sweet Almonds Chestnuts Jujubes Ciprus-nuts green Walnuts Grapes ripe Mulberies sweet Apples Fragrant Seeds Coriander Fenegreeke Flax Grumwell Lupines Sesanix rice Rootes Marsh-mallowes Bares Breech Beets Buglosse Licorish Satirion Barkes Guaicum Tamarisk Liquors Juices and Gummes Sugar Bdellium Ladanum Al. 2. i. e. Others in the second degree Gumme of ivy the tallow of Goates Does Harts fresh Butter Hot in the second degree Hot in the second Worme-wood Pimpernell greene Dill Angelica Parsly Mugwort Bettony Calamus Aromaticus ground Pine Faenugreek St. Johns-woort Ivy Hopps Bawme Horehound Motherwort Sweete-ferne Bafill common-Burnet Maiden-weed Poley Rosemary Summer or Winter Savory Sage Scabious Scordium Staechados Feaverfew Flowers of Night-shade Saffron Gilliflowers or Carnations Schaenanth Lavender Lupines Bawme Ros-mary Fruits as Capers Nutmeggs Pistack-nutts dried Figs dryed Nuts Seeds as Dill Parsley Bittervetch Water Rocket Pulse or Vetches Nettle seed Roots as Parsley Caper-roots Mayden-weed common Burnet Turneps Zedoarie Rosewort Barkes as the Barkes or Wood of Cassia Cynamon others in the third degree Frankinsence Roots of Capers Liquors Gums and Rosins Wine that is new Ladanum Aloes and Galbanum Myrrh Mastick Frankinsence dryed pitch Rosin storax Fat 's as Lions fat Libards Beares Foxes Hot in the third degree are Mettalls Hot in the third Flos aeris which is that which comes from the Brasse in melting burnt Brasse Squama aeris or the Scaling of Brasse Verdegrease Dreggs of Brasse Allum Salt Nitre Brimstone Red-vitriall Herbes or leaves as Sowthernewood Asarabecca or the chast Plant Wake Robin the Herbe called Hierusalem or Ladies Rose the herbe Ammios dried Dill Bayes Dittany Carnations Germander blew flower Bastard Saffron Century the greater and lesse Celandine or Pile-wort Calamint Fleabane Horsemints Fennel Epithymum so called because it growes upon Time Juniper Elecampane Hyssop Laurell Marjerom Marum an herbe cald Marjerom Mints Fennel flower flowers of the wild Vine wild Marjerom wild Woodbine Parsley Sneeze-wort Penny-royall Oxe-stay Rue Savine Wild Time wild Mints Al. 2. Time trifoile Vervaine Nettles Fl owers of Agnus-castus Epithymum Violets of the wild Vine of the wild Woodbine Fruits Iuniper-berries Cloves the fruit of Balsimum Anacardium that is a fruit of an Indian Tree like a Birds heart and the juice like blood Pepper Al. 4. Seeds of Ammi and Anniseed of Hierusalem or Ladies Rose Carawayes of Garden Cresses bastard Saffron according to Galen Fern. 2. of Fennell Cummen Carrots Fennell Flower Turneps Parfly Hartwort Stavesager of a Vine Roots of sweet Garden Flag others in the second degree Asarabecca wakerobbin Sea Onion or Squills Dittany Leopards bane Fennell English Galingale both kinds of Hellebore Elecampane Orrice Parsly Raddish Barkes bf Mace Liquors Teares and Gums old Wine and sweet Asa stinking Asa Ammoniack Cedar Pitch Opoponax Muske Hot in the fourth degree Hot in the fourth are such as belong to mettalls as vitriol Arsenick Sandaraca which is a Gemme Chrysocolla is a kind of a minerall found like fand in veines of Braffe Silver or Gold which Goldsmiths use to solder Gold and Silver with Mysysory is that which the Apothecaries call vitriol Melantheria Inke wherewith Chyrurgions consume
our helper and the humour more aptly followes the leading of the purging medicine but if we endeavour by purges to evacutate crude humours that is such as are not as yet Elaborated and become benigne nor as yet seperated from the profitable the sick will receive more dammage then benefit from thence neither have we nature to a fist us nor are the humours apt for purgation wherefore either the purge performes not its purpose and brings out nothing or very little or if the medicine be very strong it draws out not only the unprofitable but profitable humours since they are hitherto mixt it melts and consumes the body disturbes the humours more and confounds them brings forth obstructions in the first passages the matter being stird and not sufficiently evacuated whence greivous Symptomes doe arise but if any voluntary purge shall happen and that sufficient or that any future loosness be expected there will be no need of any purging according to Hippo. 1. Apho. 20. those things which are perfectly judged and exquisitely confirmed are in no ways to be removed Sometimes you may purge in the beginning neither moved neither with purging medicines nor other endeavours but are to be let alone But although the best time for purging is after concoction yet sometimes you may purge in the beginning by the command of Hippo. 2. Apho. 29. where hee sayth in the beginning of a disease if any thing seeme fit to be moved move it but when you may purge it in the beginning of a disease It is variously disputed amongst Authors Galen shews it clearely whilst 1. Apho. 24 he saith that then onely purging is to be used when greater profit may follow by the evacuation of offending humours then the detriment is which the body receives from purging medicines or when any present danger doth more urge then crudity of humours but Hippo. shews the cause and that danger 1. Apho 22. whilst he writes That purging is not to be used in the beginning of a disease unlesse the matter raise Tumours or be angry for if hot humours acrid and biting wander up and down in the body and it be doubted least the strength should be debilitated by the agitation of the matter or least the matter being stird up should rush into some principall part with violence or into some part which may draw a principall part with violence or into some part which may draw a principall part into consent or least the native heat should be extinguished you may purge them presently in the beginning of a disease especially when they also of their owne accord are moveable and easy to be evacuated and nature wearied out by them affords its assistance towards their expulsion and indeed that should be done in the very beginning Apho. 10. Sect. 4. of Hippo. To purge in very acute diseases if the humour swell the very first day for delay in diseases of this kind is dangerous CHAP VII Of preparation and concoction of humours AT another time Concoction and preparation of humours differ Concoction of humours the work of nature concoction of humours is to be expected before purging be appointed and the Physitian shall studdy to prepare those things which further concoction and cause more commodious evacuation for we must distinguish betwixt concoction and preparation and concoction is attributed to nature preparation to Art namely nature only concocts humours and Elaborates them and draws them to that perfection and better state by putrifying which they can receive that they may the more conveniently and without prejudice or detriment to the sick be evacuated but it is not in the power of Art to concoct humours yet it may be helpfull to the native heate concocting both by cherishing and strengthning it Besides this true concoction which is the worke of nature only Preparation of humourst wofold Digestion there are yet other preparations of humours which are appointed for the more happy concoction and more profitable evacuation sake which the vulgar call concoctions also and medicines effecting them they call Concoquents or as they commonly speake Digestives These preparations are of two kinds the one is that which preceds the concoction which is performed by nature The first prepation of humours the other is that which followes it the former is that which takes away all things which are impediments to nature whereby it may the lesse begin or happily perfect concoction and commonly useth to be called concoction the quality of humours besides their quantity hinder concoction therefore what qualities soever hinder concoction are to be taken away by their contraries and hot humours are to be cooled cold to be heated dry to be moistned moist to be dryed in like manner humours that are too thick are to be attenuated those that are to thin and sharpe are too be thickned and allayed and those that are tough to be wiped away or purged Namely phlegme which is cold Phlegme how to be prepared Choler moist thick and dull requires heating drying attenuating cutting and detergent medicines Yellow choler since it is hot and dry t is to be corrected with cooling and moistning things but as it â—s thin and by its too much tenuity may molest the body it is to be thickned the other kinds of choler which are produced by too much adustion sichence they are now thicker require extenuation Moreover the melancholy humour since it is cold Melancholy dry and thick is prepared with things modernately heating and attenuating and moistning but black choler since t is a hot humour very dry and thick requires cold things much attenuating and moistning The other preparation is that which is appointed when putred humours allready concocted Another preparation of humours or others also not putred by reason of some impediment are not evacuated without difficulty unlesse that be taken away But sithence humours which ought to be evacuated ought to be moveable and the wayes through which they ought to be moved open hence it easily appeares that there are two hinderances which impead the happy purgation of humours namely thickness of humours and obstruction of passages And therefore the Physitian which would purge as Hippe commands 2. Apbo 9. must well prepare as Galen explaines it t is to extenuate the thick and dull humours and open the passagesthrough which they ought to be traduced and drawn by the force of purging medicines CHAP VIII Of the quantity of purgation THat we may purge as much as is convenient How much to purge and no lesse we are to use diligence first to know the quantity of the peccant humour that from thence the quantity of the purging medicine may be determined for the quantity of the purging medicine ought to be such that it may evacuate all the peccant humours least any part thereof remaine in the body and corrupt the other humours and afterwards cause a ralapse But whether the peccant humours ought to be evacuated together and at
was distilled is powred off and again and again is drawn and distilled in the same Vessel where the matter was left Sublimation Sublimation which is performed sometimes by fire that is open sometimes by some intervening body as Sand Ashes c. T is the nearest to distillation by ascent and differs from it only in this that as in distillation vapours which are exalted come together into a liquour so in sublimation exhalations ascend dry and being carried up on high stick to the sides of the Alembick like attomes Praecipitation seems to be contrary to this Praecipitation which is done when bodies dissolved by waters and corroding liquours are again separated from the liquour that the form of chaulk or dust may remain which commeth to passe when any thing is cast or powred into the solution by whose force the dissolving liquour or that which was the cause of solution in the liquor is seperated from the dissolved body Drying By Exsiccation the superfluous moisture is taken away whether in the shade or in the Sun or whether it be done in an Oven or in a Frying-pan over Coales both for that the Medicines may the better be preserved and may not contract thirst by their superfluous humidity and putrifie and be corrupted and also that they may the easier be contained and made into powder By Evaporation the aqueous humidity expires Evaporation Exhalation as by exhalation dry exhalations are elevated by heat as that which is superfluous in the thing being dissolved into vapours and exhalations may go out and the more useful part only may be left To these operations is added Coagulation Coagulation which is nothing else but a reduction of a liquid thing to a sollid substance by the privation of moisture CHAP. V. Of the third manner of Operations THe third forme comprehends those operations which are appointed them The third forme of operations for alteration immutation and perfection of a thing and aime at this that a thing may be reduced to a better state and more noble degree But although some do reckon more such operations and perhaps there are more yet in this place all of them are properly called by the name of Digestion Digestion and as it is distinguished from the two higher kinds of digestion whereby a new quality of a thing newly elaborated is introduced so that if the thing containes any thing that is hurtfull it puts away that or if any thing is wanting to it it begets that and if there are any others to be here repeated they ought to be accounted for certaine wayes of Digestion Institution Chap. 15. and 16. Circnlation For all of them for the most part in the same manner by a gentle externall heat exciting the internall force of a thing are performed which here is the primary agent But amongst the manners or kinds of digestion the cheife is Circulation t is called by some Pelicanation from the vessell wherein it is performed where by a gentle externall heat being exhibited the matter which is circulated is exalted continually in the forme of vapours and is againe condensed and so by that continuall concoction and this circular motion of refolution and condensation it attaines to the highest degree of perfection in its kind Hitherto belongs conditing Conditing preserving and confecting fruits flowers roots are condited or pickled with Honey Sugar Vinegar Salt not onely that they may be preserved the longer but that they may be the more pleasant to the taste In confecting Confecting fruits roots seeds sweet smelling spices are preserved and candied with Sugar more for the taste sake then preservation or augmentation of the strength Nutrition of medicines is a certaine humectation but such whereby the thing is presently wet Nutrition or moystned and immediately dryed againe by the Sun or fire and is to be wet and moistened againe which labour is to be repeated thrice sour times or so often until the medicine hath sufficiently imbibed that humour which we desire THE FIFTH BOOK PART III. SECT III. Of the Formes of Medicines CHAP. I. The Division of Medicines AFter we have finished the operations necessary for an Apothecary The Division of Medicines It remaynes that we now come to the preperations themselves of Medicines which are perfected by those operations The differences of Medicines are taken either from the substance or from the parts to which they are applyed Medicines being considered the former of these wayes are some full of Vapours others Corpulent Corpulent are either fluid or having a consistance Fluid are various as distilled waters Spirits Liquid tinctures Vineger Medicinal wine Hydromel or Hony and Water clarifies Juyces Oyles Emulsions Decoctions Infusions Julebs Syrrups Baths Clystets c. Again those that have a consistance some of them are actually moyst others dry Of the former sort are Conserves Electuaries Eclegmas Juices Extracts Boles Muscillages Fat Lineaments Balsomes Unguents Cataplasmes Those that are actually dry are either continuous and the parts cohaere together or else they are discontinued Of the former kind are Pills Troches Rotuleâ— Morsels Plaisters Cerates Suppositers Glasses Regulus and certain things sublimed Of the latter sort are several Species and Powders Meal or brann Flowers things praecipitated But in respect of the parts to which they are applyed some are called internal Internal others external The internal are those which are taken into the body that common and usual way as we take in meat and drink all the rest whether they are applyed to the body or spread over the body or any other way applyed to the bodieâ— or if they are cast into the body any other way External as at the fundament ears nostrils wombe we call them externals The formes of Internal Medicines are various The difference of internal Medicines for some are fluid others not fluid and these are either soft and liquid or altogether dry The fluid are Decoctions Infusions Medicinal VVines Honey and VVater mixt and boiled together wine mingled with honey vineger and honey and barley-water Juices distilled waters Spirits tinctures and Liquid extracts Oils Sirups Julips Emulsions Soft and not fluid are Extracts Conserves Preserves Medicinal Juices thickned Electuaries Eclegmaes or Medicines to be licked or supt Boles Not fluid and plainly dry are powders Sweet meats Salts Saffron-flowers Precipitates Comfits little round Cakes Morsels or little snips march-paines And those which belong to these as Troches and Pills But externals are either sent into certain parts of the bodie Of Exterternal or they are only applyed or exhibited to the superficies of the bodie or they are only hung about as Ammulets and Periapticke medicines or medicines to hang about ones bodie Suppositers and Clysters are injected and cast into the body Clysters and pessaries are also injected into the womb also certain Liquours are injected into the yard and bladder into the mouth are put gargarismes to wash the mouth
for the most part the analogy of mixture useth to be desired so that when they consist of Oyl Wax and Rosin one part of Oyl is taken half so much of Rosin of Wax the third part But when Pouders are added the proportion of Oyles to Pouders is eight-fold to Wax two three four or six-fold and to Rosin that it may stick the faster they use to add twelvefold a Cerot becomes the harder three ways namely by defect of Oyl and Grease by boiling and store of Pitch Wax or Pouders 1. They are made in this manner How made If the Cerot ought to be made of Pouders only Oyl and Wax the Oyl and Wax should be dissolved together at the fire and the Pouders put in by degrees and exactly mingled 2. If Lard Gums or other things to be melted by the fire are taken they should be melted with the wax 3. If Gums are to be dissolved in Vineger or Wine first they must be dissolved in Oyl and mingled with Wax that the Vineger or Wine may be consumed with boiling afterwards the Pouders may sprinkled in 4. If you are to add Roots Fruits or Seeds these are first to be boiled and the Decoction to be boiled again with Oyl to the consumption of the moisture Lastly the things melted and pounded are to be added and all to be mixt together and to be kept for use But when you may prescribe fresh things for present use three Ounces and an a half may suffice for a great Cerot for an indifferent one two Ounces for a little one one Ounce three or four Drachms of Pouders are sufficient for an indifferent Plaister and such Cerots use to be put with an Aromatick Pouder sprinkled on them into a piece of Leather or to be covered with fine Linnen the quantity and figure if it may be should answer and be conformable to the parts to which they ought to be applied Plaisters Plaisters from Emplattein that is from fashioning and soft anointing is derived because they may be extended and spred on a Linnen cloath or peice of Leather they are medicines somewhat harder and more sollid then Cerots and are compounded of the same things whereof Cerots are only that metalls and mineralls and for the most part Litharge are added which makes them of a more sollid consistence For the most part this is the manner of compounding them How compounded the wax for the most part is melted in Oyle if the Litharge be in readinesse that also should be boyled in Oyle If Juices of herbs or decoctions Musceilages Vinegar Wine or any other Liquor be to be mixt then that also is to be mixed with the rest and being mixt are to be boyled so long untill the aqueous humidity be consumed afterwards the Rosins fat thickned and concreate juices and Gumms are to be put in sometimes dissolved first and strained with Wine Vinegar and Oyle lastly Turpentine is to be mixt and all to be boyled to a due consistence which when t is done and taken from the fire the powders must be put in by little and little and continually stird about that they may be brought into one masse with the rest of which being cooled but before it growes hard are to be fashioned in the similitude of a Pyramid or a long Rolle or Rollers and be kept for use of the which when t is necessary a part may be cut off and if need be softned somewhat with convenient Oyle spred on Linnen and applyed to the skin The proportion of mixture can scarce be defined exactly and strictly and if any error be committed it may easily be corrected by boyling or mingling of more dry or liquid things but this proportion for the most part is observed that to an ounce of dry things there is taken of Oyle Fat or Honey three Ounces of Wax a pound of Rosin eight Ounces But if boyled and pounded Herbs are added a little handfull requires an Ounce or an Ounce and halfe of Oyle or Grease so that the proportion of Wax to Rosin is six-sold to Oyle foure-fold to Powders double but if the quantity of Rosin be greater there needs the lesse Wax Sometimes before the Emplaistick masse be cooled a Linnen Emplastick Web. cloath that is worne out by age is dipt in and when t is bedaubed with the substance of the Plaister t is taken out extended cooled and kept for use which kind of Plaisters they called Emplastick Webbs of cloath and Sparadrapum and applyed them for cleansing of Ulcers Glutinating Cicatrizing and other uses And these are properly called Plaisters yet some things are referred to Plaisters also which are prepared without Wax Pitch and those Glutinous things and without fire and are compounded with Honey Muscellages and a certain thick juice or Barme or only with a little Wax melted with Oyle of which kind is the Plaister of Bay-berries and de Grusta panis and such like which are as it were in the middle betwixt Plaisters and Cataplasmes CHAP. XXXVII Of Cataplasmes CAtaplasmes which the Ancients called Pultases A Cataplasme are Topicall medicines soft and having the consistence of Pultases and are prepared to asswage paine repell mollify discusse to ripen and other ends 1. They are either prepared without fire and boyling How made or with fire and boyling from whence the one is called crude the other boyled Without fire greene Plants are pounded and reduced into a Poultice or dry reduced into Powder are mingled with a sufficient quantity namely double or trebble of Oyle or a convenient Liquor 2. They are made with fire and boyling if the plants being beaten and pounded are boyled in a sufficient quantity of water till they are soft afterwards strained through a seive which neverthelesse if they are well boyled and bruised is not allwayes necessary to these are added Muscellages Flowre and a sufficient quantity of Fat and Oyle and are all boyled againe to the consistence of a Poultice sometimes plants also are immediatly boyled in Oyle The Cataplasmes being prepared and put on a piece of linnen are applied hot to the part CHAP. XXXVIII Of Medicines to take away Haire Salves made of Mustard Medicines causing Wheales or Pusties in the body and Vesicatories or Medicines that cause Blisters A Dropax or any thing to take away haire a Synapisme or a Salve made of Mustard a Phaenigne a Medicine to cause Wheales or Pustles differ not from the forme of a Cataplasme yet for some certaine peculiar effects which they produce Authors have been pleased to separate them from other Cerots Plaisters and Cataplasmes Dropax in Greek A Dropax with the Latines Picatio is a Medicine composed in the forme of a Plaister or Cataplasme powerfully sticking to the skin which heretofore was exhibited to extenuate and relax the Member to heat and draw more store of blood as is spoken before part 2. Sect. 2. Cap. 5. or to dry moister bodies It is two-fold the one simple Its
cause a Fever but such a kind of heat it ought to be as can cause such a hot disease as can hinder the performance of natural actions Whence 't is manifest that a Fever is one thing A Fever and feverish heat differ and a feavourish heat another thing A Fever properly is that hot distemper which happens in the living parts of a body and renders them unable to act but the fevourish heat is also in the humors and spirits and stirrs up that hot distemper of the body which constitutes the essence of a Fever CHAP II. Of the causes of Fevers in general ALthough there is but one only cause of a hot distemper of the whole body which constitutes the essence of a Fever namely preter-natural heat kindled in the heart and thence distributed over all the body yet the causes from whence that heat in the heart ariseth are several as Galen of the causes of diseases cap. 2. and in the first book of differences of diseases cap. 3. recites five Motion Putrefaction Contact of some hot thing Cloasure of the pores of the skin or a Retention of a hot stream and lastly Mixture with some hot thing And of these causes some by themselves and some by accident stir up heat First from Motion Motion sithence the Spirits and humours of our bodies are hot from the confluence of them into any part according to the various motion of the body and mind heat is increased which if it be greater and be either kindled in the heart or communicated to the heart a Fever ensueth Secondly Putrefaction excites heat Putrefaction For since all things that do putrifie become hotter and out of putred bodies are exalted many hot vapours thence heat is conveyed to the heart by the veins and arteries and from thence a Fever raised Thirdly contact of a hot thing exciteth a Fever Contact of a hot thing As if the body wax hot by the Sun Fire Bath or Medicine and that heat be sent to the heart a Fever followeth Fourthly if the pores of the skin are closed and a hot stream and hallituous excrements Retention of a hot steam which in concoction are generated in the body and use to be sent out through the pores of the skin be penn'd in heat is thereby kindled and a Fever bred Lastly when hot things are mingled with humours and spirits as meat drink hot Medicines all those communicate that heat which they contained in themselves to the Spirits and humours which if they penetrate the heart and from thence be distributed to the other parts of the body a Fever is thereby kindled And indeed the fourth of these causes or the retention of the hot effluvium is sufficient alone without the rest to cause a Fever But the other causes without this can hardly do it For although from Motion Putrefaction Contact and Mixture with a hot thing hot vapours are stirred up in the body yet if the body freely ventilate and that so much be daily evaporated and emitted of those vapours as are generated a Fever is not easily occasioned but when those vapours are detained a Fever is soon kindled But although these causes if they be powerful Disposition of a body to a Fever may raise a Fever in any body whatsoever yet in bodies inclinable an ordinary power in the causes may suffice to beget a Fever Now they are most inclinable to Fevers which abound with much heat salt and sharp humours For which reason Youths are more apt to Fevers of which you may read Galen 8 Of the Method of healing cap. 8. where the whole order of Inclinations to Fevers are set down 1. Hot and dry 2 hot and moist 3. hot only 4. dry only 5. temperate 6. cold and dry 7. cold only 8. moist only 9. cold and moist Yet to another kind of Fevers other bodies are more inclinable CHAP. III. Of the Symptomes of a Fever in general WHereas in a Fever the temper of a body is changed Symptomes of Fevers and rendred hotter hence certain Symptomes of Fevers must necessarily ensue And first of all it is hence manifest that those actions are especially hindred which should be performed by the similar parts as they are such and by the benefit of the temper of each such part no organick part concurring Such action since it is Nutrition and those that are subservient thereunto they are especially hurt in Fevers Yet because the Instruments by which other actions are performed consists of similar parts that imperfection is derived to the hinderance of them as of vital and animal actions Indeed the vital actions are principally hurt in a Fever because the fevourish heat is first kindled in the heart Whence in all Fevers the Pulse becomes more frequent and swifter for since the motion of Pulses in all Fevers may be increased first a thick Pulse as being most facile of all but if that frequency satisfies not the necessity celerity happens which if that be not sufficient then magnitude follows So that the strength be not debilitated The animal actions also are often hurt As for other Symptomes preter-natural heat is observed to offend internally or externally Also the excrements and qualities of a body are variously changed by reason of the hinderances of concoctions CHAP. IV. Of the differences of Fevers in general THe differences of Fevers are taken from their essence Differences or from their accidents Hippocrat 6. Epid. comment text 29. propounds the differences taken from the heat it self of the Fever that some Fevers are biring namely such as strike the hand of them that touch them and by reason of that sharp vapour which is stirr'd up by putted matter it doth as it were prick the hand but a mild one is such as hath troublesome heat but not so violent Moreover the heat oâ— some Fevers at the first touch is not sharp and nipping but if the hand be continued longer afterwards it betrayes itself On the contrary others are quick at first to the touch but if the hand continue longer it is overcome by the hand and a little abated But those are the most proper differences which are taken from inherence in the Subject and the cause of inhering which Fevers are divided into Ephemeraes putred and hectick the truest foundation of which division is that one Fever is in habitude the other in habit for although the fevourish heat in every Fever possess the similar parts of the body yet some are so inherent in the body that they require no cause to cherish them and although they are not fed by the kindling of humours and Spirits nevertheless they will continue which sort are called Hecticks Another hot distemper is so inherent in the similar parts of the body that unless it be cherished by the kindling of humours and Spirits it can no more subsist which Fever is called a Fever in habitude which in respect of the cause is twofold an Ephemera to
under the Sun-beams or by Obstructions which either plenty or vicosity or thickness of humours brings forth Moreover the internal passages are stopped either through store of blood over-flowing in the body or plenty of it contracted up and down in many parts or by the thickness and viscousness of humours Secondly Causae califacientes those things cause putrefaction which can kindle preter-natural heat in humours and call out the native heat in which number is the Fever Ephemera which for this cause is often changed into a putred in hot and moist bodies Moreover the other causes heating as hot air a hot bath too much exercise of body and mind Meetings with putreâ— things Lastly the meeting with putred things seeing that which is touched by what is putred is defiled and putrifieth From all which it is manifest that a putred Fever is short having it's rise from hot vapours stirr'd up by putred humours and heating the heart and thence the whole body against nature CHAP. II. Of the differences of putred Fevers ALthough there are many differences of Fevers nevertheless those which are necessary to be known for the performance of their cure The difference of putred humors are taken either from the matter putrifying or the place putrified For first either solid parts putrify or humours or even the Spirits themselves concerning which it is controverted as in it's own place shall be shewn Humours that putrify are as well natural as preter-natural And those of every kind blood Phlegm choller melancholy which both the variety of those things which are evacuated by stool vomit and sweats and the difference of Symptomes which happen in Fevers doth shew moreover the diversity of causes which went before it whereof some generate this some that humour and moreover some afford matter for this other for that humour And the humours either simply putrify or a malignant venemous quality and contagion is joyned with it Furthermore the place wherein the humours putrefie is not alwayes the same For sometimes the humours putrefie within the veins and arteries sometimes without them And that putrefaction which is within the vessels is either equally in all the vessels or in the greatest or in certain parts of a vein Whence these differences of Fevers do arise First some Fevers are simply putred without any malignity or contagion others malignant postilent contagious Moreover some Fevers are continual others intermittent according as the putred vapour which is the cause containing of putred Fevers or heat stirred up by putred humours either continually heats the heart and from thence is diffused over all the body or by certain intervalls Of either of which kinds of Fevers there are again many differences For either the putrefaction is kindled in the common vessels and not in private passages whence arise continued Fovers called Primary Or the putredity comes by the inflammation of some peculiar part and from thence putred vapours are continually communicated to the heart which Fevers are called Symptomatical Primary continued again are two-fold for some have no augmentation nor remission which they call Fevers containing or fiery Synochaes Others are continued yet there is some increase of heat and sometimes remisness which are called Synochaes and by the general name of continual Fevers The continual for the time of their increase and decrease of heat some are called tertian others quotidian others quartan according as the heat is exasperated dayly each other day or the fourth day likewise Intermitting also according to the time of their invading some are called tertian others quotidian others quartan Nay it is observed that there are Fevers that have a longer distance between the Paroxismes CHAP. III. Of the signes of putred Fovers in general APutred Fever is known The Diagnosticks 1. From it's heat which is more gnawing and acrid then of any other Fever and that in the increase and state For in the beginning of fits the heat doth not at the first touch of the Pulse discover it's acrimony but if the hand be continued longer it may be perceived which proceeds from fuliginous vapours which exhale out of putred humours 2. Because it begins without any manifest cause Which indeed is a proper sign but not an inseparable one for as often as any Fever is kindled without any manifest cause you may well determine it to be a putred Fever Yet sometimes humours are so disposed to putrefaction that upon any light occasion they 'l become putred 3. Urines in putred Fevers either are crude or else at least afford but obscure notes of concoction unless an Ephemeral be degenerated into a putred Fever otherwise there is no putred Fever wherein the Urine in the beginning doth not appear crude or obscurely concocted 4. The pulse is more changed then in other Fevers 5. Putred Fevers begin with a cold shaking Which is a proper but not an inseparable sign 'T is a proper sign because neither Diaries nor Hecticks do ever begin with cold shaking yet it is not inseperable because all putred Fevers do not begin with a cold fit as a putred Synocha 6. It is the property of putred Fevers to return by fits and Paroxismes and no other Fever hath fits Yet this is not an inseperable sign because it doth not agree with all putred Fevers 7. Lastly if any sign be present which is proper to any sort of putred Fevers 't is a sign it may admit of the general appellation of a putred Fever Concerning the event of putred Fevers in general not much can be spoken The Prognostick since there is great variety and difference of putred Fevers and the event various Only this that the event is best to be known by comparing the magnitude of the disease with the strength of the Patient For if the patient be very strong there is much hope of a good end of it if the party be weak there is great danger CHAP. IV. Of the cure of putred Fevers in general NOw seeing a putred Fever is cherished by the cause containing Indications in putred Fevers Indications in putred Fevers are taken some from the Fever it self others from the cause thereof Nor indeed ought vital indications to be neglected First a Fever as it is a Fever indicates cooling things Moreover as that heat of the whole depends on a hot putred vapour as on the cause containing the removal of that is also indicated but because putred vapours depend on putred matter they cannot be removed unless the matter putrified be taken away putrefaction cannot be taken away except its cause be removed as we said before First all evident causes which are present are to be removed the antecedent causes and whatsoever is in the body either of superfluous blood or peccant humours they are to be prepared and if occasion require to be evacuated streightness of passages if it be external or interal in the bowels they are to be opened and free ventilation and respiration for the humours
extream and unextinguishable thirst A Causus properly and in specie so called is again twofold legitimate and spurious legitimate is that which hath alwayes and that evidently those two signes joyned with it an illegitimate is that wherein those two signes are not so evident Whence it is manifest that burning Fevers Burning Fevers and such as properly and in specie are so called are continued Fevers and arise from choller And so a Causus or burning Fever properly so called is a Fever continued Bilions and indeed either Synocha bilosa which we have newly handled or a continued tertian whereof we are to speak next The Pathognomonick signes as we said before are two vehement and burning heat and unquenchable thirst although the sick shall drink Diagnosticks and the more legitimate the Causus is by so much these signes are greater yet the thirst is sometimes resisted if a little cough happen which may draw humors from the neighbouring parts Concurrent signes there are many as a dry tongue rough black watching giddiness of the brain difficulty of breathing thick and great and the sick continually blow opening their mouth that the hot spirits may the easier exhale These Fevers if they are pure Prognosticks never continue long For nature cannot long endure such burning and vehement heat and the Symptomes which accompany it with their vehemency And for the most part they are terminated the seventh day sometimes the ninth eleventh fourteenth but the spurious are protracted longer and all of them are dangerous according to Hippocrates 4. Aphor. 43. Fevers of what kind soever that have no intermission by the third day are the stronger and fuller of danger Yet some are more dangerous then others according to the violence of the heat and of the Symptomes and force of the strength and by how much the greater digression is made from the natural state by so much the more dangerous is the Fever Hence if an old man be troubled with a burning Fever which seldom happens 't is deadly as Galen hath it 1. Aphor. 14. They lye down in no less danger who are exeedingly burnt in cold air Who if they have not great strength neither the signes of concoction appear it can not be that they should escape as the same Galen 11. Met. med cap. 9. writeth To whom if vehement Symptomes happen by so much the more dangerous the disease shall be whether they are Pathognomonick or supervenient yet if by the other signes it be manifest to be a burning Fever and that thirst be wanting this also is dangerous for it shews the sick either to be in a Delirium or that the desiring faculty of the stomack faileth Black urines are also evil as also thin crude and such as have other ill tokens in them But it is good if the sick can easily endure his sickness the Symptomes being not without vehemency if he can easily fetch breath if he complain of pain in no internal part if he sleep if he find benefit by his sleep if the body be equally hot and soft if the tongue be not too dry if the urine be good But if when the signes of concoction appear and that there is much strength in a critical day there happen large Hemorrhodes or bleeding at the nose without doubt the sick escapeth For it is proper if there be any other of the pure burning Fevers that they should be cured by bleeding Yet sometimes they are determined by Sweats looseness of the belly vomits and imposthums But there are many Prognosticks of burning Fevers in Hippocrates in Prognosticis Porrheticus and Choacis praenotionibus and there are many expounded in the Institutions lib. 3. part 3. But by what means burning Fevers are to be cured appears by what hath been spoken of a Synocha bilosa with putrefaction and those things that shall be said of the cure of the continued Tertian shall make manifest CHAP. XIII Of continued Periodick Fevers in general and of a continued Tertian ANother kind of continued putred Fevers which they call in particular continued comprehends those Fevers Continus periodick Fevers which indeed continually remain and have no remission before they are plainly dissolved yet at certain periods they are exasperated whence they are called continued periodick and proportionated Fevers But as Fevers containing have their original from the blood appointed for nourishing the body so continued Periodicks their causes as also intermittints proceed from an excrementitious humour and Cacochymie Therefore continued Periodicks agree in this with Fevers containing that both their causes are contained in the vena cava but with intermittents in this that both proceed from excrementitious humours But they differ from Fevers containing in that they proceed from alimentary blood these from an excrementitious humour From intermittent because the matter which is the cause of continued Periodicks is generated in the second concoction and contained in the vena cava But that matter which is the cause of intermitting Fevers is contained in the first concoction or certainly in those parts which are about the liver which are not appointed for perfect sanguification Namely the matter of continued Periodick Fevers is generated in the Organs of the second concoction if for any cause whatsoever it be not rightly performed For then the peccant humours generated in the second concoction are sent with the blood into the veins which there stirreth up these continued periodick Fevers Which matter since it is not only confused with the blood as in intermitting Fevers The reason of its continuity but from the very first original is mixed therewith throughly Nature also cannot expell it before concoction and therefore the Fever from the beginning continually lasteth Yet these Fevers have exasperations at set times because that from the instruments of the second concoction fresh matter which is the cause of these periods is afforded and indeed for the most part from the liver Whence also continued Tertians are most frequent These Fevers are generally known because they never come to apurexie Signs yet at certain periods they are increased and remitted Neither doth cold trembling nor shaking fits precede their exasperation neither doth sweat follow their remission There are three kinds of these Fevers For some are exasperated each other day Differences and proceed from Choller and are called Tertians continued Others every day which are caused by Phlegm and are called continued quotidians Others the fourth day which arise from Melancholy and are called Quartans continued First a tertian continued is a putred Fever A Tertian continued arising from blood with ill juyce and choller putrefying in the vena cava indeed continued but afflicting most the third day The causes of this Fever are all things which can increase store of cholerick Cacochymy in the veins The cause and being cumulated there of cholerick Cacochymy in the veins and being cumulated there can introduce putrefaction such as are before propounded This Fever is
depends on phlegm that is to be heat attenuated cut and afterwards being concocted and prepared evacuated and regard is to be had of the strength principally of the stomack and Liver Therefore in the beginning the stomack and first ways are to be opened and evacuated by Clisters and lenitive medicines Lenitives or else the matter inherent in the stomack is to be ejected by vomit Opening a vein But although the cause of this Fever be cold yet because it is mixed with blood and putrifieth some blood may be taken away by opening of a vein in case that the urine be thick and red and that the strength will bear it and the age that nature may be eased of some part of her burthen Afterwards preparation concoction of the matter is to be endeavored with attenuating things which do not heat much Preparing and altering therefore in the beginning use Syrrup of Sorrel simple with honey of roses Oxymel simple Syrrup of Hysop Bittony with the water or decoction of Maiden-hair Sparagus Grass Fennel Hysop and medicines prepared of those plants also Spirit of Vitriol and Salt When any signs of concoction have appeared you may exhibite some gentle Purger of phlegm Purging of Agarick the leaves of Senna and such like Hence you must come to stronger preparing and purging things and so the matter which cannot be evacuated at once is to be prepared concocted and evacuated at several times And because a pure continued Quotidian seldom happens but that either choller or melancholy is intermixed we are to look to these humours also and to adde Cichory Burrage Provoke urine and Sweat Fumitory Rubarb and the leaves of Senna After the greatest part of the matter is evacuated the remainder is to be emitted by urine and sweat using such medicines as occasion the same But since that by reason of the duration of the disease the stomack and liver are especially offended Strengthening Medicines things that corroborate these parts are to be administred troches of Woâ—mwood of Rubarb of Roses with the powders of aromatici rosati and diaxyaloes The Diet ought to be attenuating Dyet cutting and clensing the meats therefore ought to be of good juice easie of concoction and affording little excrement Fish are not proper in this Fever the flesh should be seasoned with Parsley Fennel Time Hysop Savory Rosemary Cinamon In the beginning nourish somewhat more plentifully that the sick may endure to the height of the disease but when 't is neer the state abate aliment by degrees Yet if crudities be in the stomack and first passages by sparing dyet the three first days they may be abated and consumed afterwards such a dyet as we have mentioned may be observed In the beginning the sick should abstain from wine and in its stead use water and honey yet if by custom it be required give it small and mixed with water Small beer is also convenient when concoction appears wine is more safely administred whereby the concoction is assisted the stomack strengthened and the humours driven out by urine Of the Fever Epiala THe Fever called the Epiala is referred to continued putred Fevers The Fever Epiala which it self is indeed continued and quotidian yet differs from the other Quotidians in this that the sick at the same time endure heat and cold and the heat and cold together are dispersed through the smallest particles of the whole body as Galen teacheth de inaeq intemperie cap. 8. and 2. de diff Febr. c. 6. Galen in the place newly quoted draws this Fever from acid and vitrious phlegm puttrefying Cause yet in his book of an unequal distemper cap. 8. he addeth bitter choller whence he infers that since heat and cold are perceived together in one place it argues mixture of phlegm and choller in another place he determines it to arise from vitreous phlegm part whereof putrifying exciteth heat the other not putrifying causeth trembling and cold Yet Platerus refers them to intermitting Fevers and says that Epialaes are generated when intermitting Fevers happen together in one and the same day and the cold of the one beginneth before the heat of the other be ended or moreover when intermitting Fevers concur with continued and the heat of the continued always remains but the intermittent Fever coming a trembling and cold fit is occasioned The cure of this Fever differs not much from the cure of other Fevers arising from phlegm The Cure only that it requires stronger attenuating and cutting medicines because there is greater frigidity and crudity in this then in the rest also though the humour it self seem to require stronger Purgers yet the weak cannot bear them and therefore evacuation by degrees is to be appointed Of the Syncopal Fever MOreover to these Fevers belongs a Syncopal Fever commonly called a humorous Fever Syncopal Fever in which there is more of pituitous and crude humours then in other Fevers that are phlegmatick and moreover a debility of the orifice of the stomack is adjoyned whence the sick easily fall into a Syncope especially when the Fever begins This Fever is hard to be cured since the sick by reason of their extreme weakness and danger of continual soundings cannot endure necessary evacuations The Prognostick and especially if the pulse be weak small and unequal the Fever is exceeding dangerous But evacuations are most properly occasioned by frictions as Galen teacheth in his twelfth of the method of curing cap. 3. Cure Clysters and Lenitives also with medicines opening the first passages only and causing no commotion of the other humours The first passages being opened and cleansed we come to preparing and evacuating humours as in other Fevers petuitous and medicines to prevent the sounding fits are also to be administred The meats should be not much thin as to substance easie of concoction Diet. and generating as little phlegm as may be and they are to be taken often The drink should be wine which hath power to nourish heat and attenuate and doth not increase phlegm Hydromel is also good wherein Hysop hath been boiled CHAP. XV. Of a continued Quartane LAstly a continued Quartane is a Fever A continued quartan whose heat is indeed continued yet the fourth day 't is exasperated it proceeds from melancholy mixed with blood putrifying in the vena cava The cause is a melancholy humour putrefying in the vena cava The cause hence all things that can generate melancholy and crowd it into the vena cava and putresie are the causes of this Fever It is known by its continued heat the Diagnosticks raging the fourth day without trembling fear or shaking fits going before or sweats following afterwards the pulse in the beginning is small and slow afterwards great full and swifter then in an intermitting Fever wherein 't is most intended in the height This is the rarest of all Fevers â—â—ognosticks but dangerous and far more desperate then
most part is thin and often makes toward the extremties of the body and is often full of malignity 't is conveniently expelled by sweat CHAP. XVII Of intermitting Fevers in general AFter continued Fevers intermitting are to be explained Intermitting Fevers But although the Ancients did extend the name of intermitting Fevers more largely and attributed the same to all Fevers which admit of some change of heat and are sometimes exasperated sometimes remitted and so to continued periodicks yet afterwards use brought it to pass that those Fevers only were called intermittent which sometimes cease and come to that apurexy or want of fire The proximate cause of an intermitting Fever is a putred vapour their proximate cause elevated from the putrefaction of excrementitious humours not continually as in continued Fevers but by certain intervalls sent to the heart and heating the same contrary to nature But how it comes to pass The fire place of Intermitting Fevers that the putred vapour is not continually sent to the heart but at certain times is very obscure For the explanation whereof since the knowledge of the place wherein putrefaction ariseth doth not a little conduce and whence the putred vapours are communicated to the heart which Galen calls the Furnace and Chimney in his 2. of the differences of Fevers cap. the last and in his 15. of the method of curing cap. the fourth that therefore is first to be explained But since 't is beyond the bounds of our Breviary of Institutions to reckon up the various and different opinions of Physicians concerning it we will here set down that opinion which we think truest The Chimney or Furnace and place wherein the matter the cause of intermitting Fevers is generated are the Mesaraick veins wherein the matter which sufficeth to irritate each single Paroxism is generated during the time of its interval And that many things which happen about intermitting Fevers do prove namely Loathing Vomitting Dolor of the heart Extension and pain of the Midriffe Intumescence about the Ventricle Bitterness about the mouth Belching and such like for in the beginning of intermitting Fevers pure choller is often ejected by vomit in great abundance which out of the more remote veins could not be evacuated in that manner and about the cava of the Liver Fernelius says he hath found the quantity of a pound by weight after the death of a Patient This choler being cast out the Fever is often cured which is a sign that it is the cause of the Fever and that it is collected in those first ways or passages Which Fomentations also used to the Hypocondries at the beginning of a Paroxysm shews by the mitigation of the trembling and shaking This matter is gather'd together in the Mesaraick veins a long time before it brings forth a Fever but when it begins to putrefie grow hot and be changed its heat being diffused over the whole body it exciteth a Fever which when it is dispersed the fevourish heat and Paroxism ceaseth and the Fever leaveth so long as till new matter which in like manner putrifieth in its due time is generated But although the matter which is the cause of intermitting Fevers be generated in the Mesaraick veins and first passages the cause of intermitting Fevers conteined in the vâ—na cava Yet the whole doth not reside and continue included in them but is sent to the vena cava and arteries both during the fit and out of the same Nor is it here necessary to seek for occult and blind passages through which the putred vapours should be sent to the heart during the Paroxism since there are manifest passages enough for the branches of the Gate-vein are inserted into the substance of the Liver and the mouths of these have communion with the vena cava and the arteries going from the heart are joyned in the stomack guts spleen and other parts to the Mesaraick veins Yet 't is probable that the fevourish matter may be communicated to the veins not principally and only in the Paroxism but moreover some part thereof by that passage which is from the Meseraick veins to the Liver continually may be carried to them whence both by Galen 1. de cris cap. 7. and other Physicians a Fever is called a passion of a venemous nature And that is first manifest from the urines which shew evident notes of crudity and concoction in Intermittents Hence also it comes to pass that urines during the Paroxisms are laudable and like to theirs who are well since that the peccant humor is then protruded by nature out of the veins towards the circumference of the body and so the blood in the veins is become purer which again in the intervals of fits is polluted by the vitious humour proceeding from the chimney of the Fever The same is manifest out of those things which happen at the beginning of a fit and at that time which the Greeks call Episemasian for then spontaneous lassitudes stretching compression of pulses and other things happen which indicate that the matter which is to stir the Fever begins to be moved and as it were to swell in those common vessels veins and arteries That vitious humour accumulated partly in the Mesaraick veins partly in the vena cava when in time it putrifieth nature stimulated and irritated oftentimes strives several ways first by vomit and stool afterwards by sweats and urine sensibly to evacuate the same as also through the pores of the skin and by insensible transpiration it may discuss the same being resolved into vapours and steam For since that peccant humour is not exactly mingled with the blood but confusedly nature may easily seperate the same from the good blood and may shake it off each single fit which being discussed since putred vapours cannot any more be communicated to the heart the Fever also ceaseth and apurexie ensueth But because that as long as the Fever continueth some seeds and sparks are left in the granary and chimney Causes of the return of fits and seeing that there is imbecillity in the part 't is necessary that the humour flowing to it although it be good should be defiled with that pollution and excrement which was left as it were with leaven and through the debility of the part be corrupted and so new matter of a future Paroxism be generated And these fits continue and so often return until that those seeds that putrefaction and those sparks are fully taken away from thence and the weakness of that part restored Yet it seems probable that the whole matter which is the cause of a Fever doth not putrifie together in the first Paroxism but that part which is apt to putrefaction in the other fits the rest until the whole be putrified and consumed By these things it is manifest both where the matter that is the cause of putred Fevers is generated Cause of 〈◊〉 how it causeth a fit by what ways it is evacuated and
in different bodies naturally yet if there be great vehemency of manifest causes even in bodies of different constitutions they may produce the same humours and diseases depending on them As for the difference of intermitting Fevers Difference they proceed from the diversity of humours for there are so many sorts of intermitting Fevers as there are of humours by which they are produced for there are according to the vulgar opinion three sorts of excrementitious humours Choler Flegme and Melancholy and so three kinds of intermitting Fevers Bilious Pituitous and Melancholy which differences we usually call a Tertian intermittent a quotidian intermittent and a quartane intermittent And in case those humours are sincere pure Fevers are generated if they are mixed spurious And that Fever which proceeds from pure Choler is called a pure Tertian but that which ariseth from yellow Choler mixt with some other humour is called a Bastard Tertian But concerning a quotidian intermittent Of a quotidian whether any be the matter is not so plain For Fernelius accounts this the rarest of all other and scarce one of them happens amongst six hundred and that those intermittent Fevers which daylie afflict for the most part he rather accounts them double Tertians But Platerus flatly denies a Quotidian Fever and wholly agreeth with Galen 8. Meth. med cap. 5. where he appoints only a twofold crudity the one nitrous the other acid and they only seem to afford matter for two sorts of Fevers Cholerick and Melancholy For although Flegme also according to preheminency and most principally be called a crude humour yet since it is exceeding cold it can scarcely putrifie and excite a Fever But whether there are more circuits of Fevers Whether there are Quintan Fevers and whether besides Tertians Quartans and if there be any such thing as Quotidians there are also other Fevers which are extended beyond the fifth circuit is doubtful Galen saw no such Nevertheless Hypocrates and other Physitians observed Fevers which returned the fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth day But what the cause of this course is is very obscure Some seek the cause of such fits out of the diverse constitution of Choler and Melancholy and Andreas Caesalpinus Art Med. lib. 2. cap. 15. refers Quintans to Choler Septanes to Melancholy and determines such flower returns of Fits to be a kind of renewing of one or more simple accessions and the Quintan to be a kind of Tertian wherein the third day is without a paroxism and a Septan to be a sort of Quartan renewing the accession of the fourth day But most derive the reason of these circuits from the various mixture of Melancholy humours with others But although it be probable that all these Fevers as keeping longer periods proceed from a Melancholy humour yet a mixture of that humour seems not necessary Because no humour can be appointed to be mixed with a Melancholy which can be a cause of a slower period then it self for those humours both Cholerick and Melancholy are not alwaies of the same sort and moreover the corruption also which they suffer is not alwaies the same so that it is no wonder that the effect also varies which proceeding from them is not alwaies the same And as in epidemical diseases somtimes rare and wonderful corruptions of humours happen so in Intermittents that some such thing may likewise happen is not altogether absurd Intermitting Fevers are easily known Diagnostick signs for they come to Apurexie and at certain times and indeed as Galen 1. ad Glaucan cap. 5.2 de crisib cap. 3. 2. de diff Febr. cap. 3. teacheth they return with shaking horror or cold For although that somtimes Fevers do occur which seem intermittent and invade without any rigour trembling or cold yet really they are not such but only slow and obscure continued ones or in case they are really intermittent they are not pure whose Idea Galen propounds but spurious But these Fevers are less dangerous then continued Prognosticks and seldome unless the strength be decayed or in regard of age or some other cause or some errour committed in diet are mortal sithence it may be convenient during the apurexie to gather strength and administer necessary medicines Concerning the cure of these Fevers in general Indications and Cure Since their cause is collected and generated in the meseraick veins there putrifies and thence is diffused over all the body and at length is discussed by insensible transpiration or sweats But the cause of the recourse of the Fever as Galen teacheth 2. de Febr. cap. the last is a twofold vitious disposition in a body the one a certain pollution or putrifaction left after the former paroxisme the other imbecility of the member or part generating excrementitious humours what therefore is to be done in each sort of Fever easily appears from hence For sithence the beginning of generation and corruption of humours producing a Fever is in the first passages Purging we are to endeavour to purge out that peccant humour before it corrupts the rest of the blood and brings weakness and a vitious disposition to the parts but we must proceed warily in those evacuations since there is not the same reason of all intermitting Fevers For when that vitious and excrementious humour the cause of a Fever in the meseraicks is mixed with blood crudity also and concoction according to their manner are necessary whereby the vitious humours may be separated from the good and rendred fit for evacuation and that often happens in a short time in Fevers full of Choler and the cholerick humour is otherwise apt enough to motion But in a Quartan the humour is more stubborn and moreover according to Galen 1. ad Glau. cap. 11. no strong medicine is easily to be admitted at the beginning And Sudorifiques are not at all or altogether to be used Sweats unless evacuations have preceded for if many vitious and excrementitious humours do hitherto abide in the first ways it may easily come to pass that by reason of hydroticks untimely exhibited they may be detruded thence to the more noble parts and may become the cause of various and grievous evils and such as may bring more danger then the Fever it self As for breathing of a vein Letting blood 't is not indicated from the primary cause of intermitting Fevers which is generated in the meseraick veins where the greatest part abideth Yet because that somtimes blood also abounds which may easily be corrupted and polluted by the vitious humours and so if it be too plentiful cannot be well governed by nature when it is weakned by a Fever and in the progress of the disease from thence some of the peccant matter passeth into the vena cava and is mixed with the blood it is somtimes needful to open a vein which nevertheless is not to be appointed presently in the beginning before the evacuation of the primary passages If the Fever be not cured by
a token of a compound Fever But these Fevers are for the most part more dangerous then others Prognosticks since that they more afflict the patient then simple and a set time for their paroxisms is for the most part wanting and especially in case the compound Fevers consist of several humours and they are more difficult to be cured seeing those things that are accommodated to one humour are not fit for another But their cure depends on the manner of cure of their simples Cure and to every humour and Fever that is kindled thereby are to be exhibited their opposite remedies But that we may say somthing of compound Fevers we will add somwhat concerning a double and treble Tertian and Quartian and likewise of a Semitertian A double or triple Tertian is caused by choler putrifying in two or three places in the meseraick veins A double Tertian and indeed if choler putrifie in two places a double Tertian is made which afflicteth either every day once or in one day twice that the next day after the sick may be free from the fit A treble Tertian But in case it putrifie in three places a treble Tertian ariseth which in the space of two days afflicts thrice one day once the other day twice Nay choler may putrifie in four or five places and more and so many or such Tertians then will ensue A double Quotidian is caused by Flegme putrifying in two places A double Quotidian and invadeth the sick twice in the space of four and twenty hours A double Quartan is caused by a melancholy humour putrifying in two places A double Quartan and those that are troubled therewith are one day free from a Fever and the two next are troubled with it But such as are troubled with a treble Quartan are Feverish every day Nay 't is not impossible but that those that are troubled with a compound Quartan should be affected twice in one day And indeed a double Tertian is often such from the beginning A treble Quartan but a double or triple Quartan for the most part from the untimely use of medicines especially of hot sodorifiques 't is become such because the crude matter is only stirred up but not discussed but dispersed over more parts Cure A compound Tertian and Quartan is cured as other Tertians and Quartans are yet this is to be taken notice of that the meats or medicines may be used at fit times in regard of the paroxisme As for a Semitertian which by the Greeks is called a Semitertian fire 't is compounded of a Tertian and a Quotidian Semitertian the one continued the other intermittent and indeed principally of an intermitting Tertian and continued Quotidian and hath its continuity from Flegm its hoirour from intermitting as commonly 't is taught whence these are also called horrid Fevers But although I should not deny that humours putrifie together in the vena cava and the meseraick veins and that from thence there may arise complicate Fevers which have various exacerbations and mutations in their symptomes yet it seems not absurd to call those Fevers also Semitertians which by their nature are indeed intermitting Tertians yet when 't is joyned with an inflammation of any Intral a symptomatical continued Fever is stirred up for when the Feverish part of the matter is thrust out with the blood into the Guts Stomack Liver and parts adjacent an inflammation is caused and thence a continued symptomatical Fever which being complicate with an intermitting Tertian constitutes a Semitertian which in respect of the intermitting Fever is horrid in regard of the symptomatical continued That which Physitians observations teach us by whom 't is found out by the dissected bodies of such as have died in Semitertians that there are inflammations about the hollow parts of the Liver as also in the Stomack Guts Mesentery Kell or Cawl Spleen Whence 't is easie to give a reason of a trembling or shaking fit in this Fever for it happens somtimes ordinately according to the nature of the intermittent Fever somtimes inordinately when the inflammation seizeth on some new part or when quitture or purulent matter is made according to Hippocrates 2. Aphorism 4.7 Somtimes malignity happens to be joyned with these Fevers and then for the most part they are popular and there are many affected therewith This Fever is known Signs and if it be according as it is commonly described compounded of a continued Quotidian and an intermitting Tertian by the signs of each Fever for a continued Fever on the one humour daylie brings a paroxism but the other every third day and so in one day there will be two fits in the other but one See Galen 2. de diff Febr. cap. 7. But if it proceed from an inflammation of any Intral adjoyned signs of an inflammation are present and together therewith the intermittent Fever keeps it likeness malignity if it be present Prognesticks is known by its signs This Fever is altogether dangerous both in regard of its continuity and of its symptomes as also of its inflammation or malignity The cure thereof depends either on the cure of an intermitting Tertian Cure or a continued Quotidian or on the cure of a single or double intermitting Fever and of an inflammation of Intrals The Third Book Of a Hectick Fever CHAP. I. Of the Nature of a Hectick Fever ANd so these things of putred Fevers are handled A Hectick Fever and consequently the first sort of Fevers whose heat according to inclination disposition or habitude is in the living parts of the body It still remains that we speak of Hecticks wherein the Feverish distemper becomes as it were habitual and so possesseth the living parts of the body that although it be fostered by no cause yet nevertheless it can subsist without it There are two things necessary for the generation of this Fever Causes aptness of the subject to receive and entertain preternatural heat and a continual and vehement action of causes heating and introducing Fevers An apt habit of body to take this Fever is a hot and dry body whether it be natural or from what cause soever it proceed These Fevers are generated two ways Manner of generation for either they follow other Fevers whether burning or lasting when their heat is vehement or being durable it possesseth all the parts and consumes their moisture or they arise from themselves and from evident causes which if they are weaker or lighter they produce Ephemeraes if stronger they bring forth Hecticks But there are certain degrees of a Hectick Fever The first is Differences when the rorid humidity is dried The second when the fleshy and fatty substance perisheth The third is when the heat likewise invadeth the 〈…〉 And indeed when the rorid humidity only grows 〈…〉 is not as yet consumed 't is called a Hectick without a Consumption but when that humidity is consumed and dried up
in burning and malignant Fevers which may not appear likewise in the pestilence Prognosticks But there is no disease at all to which the Aphorism of Hippocrat 19. sect 2. doth more agree for oftentimes when the plague flatters most it brings unexpected death and on the contrary those that have seemed desperate often recover when past hope But there is the more hopes when tumors come forth suddenly in a place that is not dangerous and after their coming forth the symptomes abate also if the wheals are of a good colour and with remission of symptomes if medicines meat and drink are not vomited up again if sweats come out with lightsomness to the sick and other signs are discerned which use to be present in salutary Fevers But the greatest danger is when tumors come not enough out and carbuncles draw near to the heart or vanish again if giddiness in the head watchings a coma or convulsion fits are present if the sick shall say every thing stinketh if trembling of the heart fainting of the spirits be present if all things are thrown up by vomiting if the extremities of the body wax cold if the sweat be cold if the excrements are of divers colours black and stinking and if the other ill symptomes of malignant Fevers be present CHAP. V. Of preservation from the Pestilence BUt because 't is safer to prevent the Plague Preservatives then being present to expel it out of the body we should therefore be careful first to prevent it The way of preservation with Gods assistance which we ought to seek by prayers consists in two things The first is That all those causes that may occasion the sickness may be avoided Furthermore that the force of those causes when they cannot be avoided may be broken and our bodies rendred less apt to entertain them and more able to resist them First therefore if the Plague reign any where all commerce with the infected is to be avoided and if any one be certainly infected he should be separated from the rest with all his houshold-stuff indeed for many weeks and the house infected as hereafter shall be shewed cleansed and in case it be doubtful whether any one be sick of it or no 't is better to be too cautious then careless But if the pestilence be now sown in any place 't is safest to remove from thence according to that common verse Mox longe tarde cede recede redi Forthwith far from it go Returning come back slow The reasons of which do not prove that he should change his place the assistance of God being implored he should often use medicines against poyson and fortific the body with those things that resist contagion as also he should endeavour that his body should be free from all excrements and preserved in its natural state And that we may begin a posteriore Purging the body is not to be rashly weakned with strong medicines yet if any vitious humour shall be in the body lest that the force of the Alexipharmacal medicines should be debilitated or the venomous poyson should easily take root in the body it is to be purged by little and little with lenitives to which purpose the most profitable are pills of Ruffi so called from the authors name and by custome called Pestilential pills out of which also is made the Elixir proprietatis oyl of Vitriol being thereunto added Syrup of Roses solutive is also profitable and Rhubarb Agarick and medicines compounded with them which are every where extant If blood abound it may be abated by opening of a vein The Diet ought to be such Diet. whereby vitious humours may not be cumulated and with meats and drinks most principally things good against poyson should be mixed and also if as it may easily happen any of the vitious humours be cumulated let them be purged by the said medicines And forasmuch as Fontanels take away excrementitious humours by little and little and hence take away the provision for the plague they also in pestilential times are profitable Mediocrity also is to be kept in exercise and rest sleeping and waking and the passions of the mind and principally as much as 't is possible intentive thoughts of the plague and fear of the same is to be shaken out of our minds Besides these two things more are yet necessary for our preservation from the plague First to take heed that none of the pestilential seed be attracted Furthermore if that happen we being ignorant thereof our bodies should be fortified against it First therefore we should endeavour that the Ayr wherein we live be pure The Ayr how to be purified and therefore first publike places are to be cleansed from all filth and the ayr should be purified with fire principally of the wood of Juniper Oak Pine Bays and odoriferous plants being kindled furthermore every one should avoid company and therefore solemn and frequent meetings are justly forbid by the Magistrate The windows likewise towards places infected should be kept shut and the ayr as I newly said with burnt woods or with vinegar bezoarted being poured upon hot bricks or with suffumigations or with pyrion powder kindled should be purified No man should go abroad until the Sun be an hour or two high How every man ought to fortifie himself against the Plague neither fasting nor unarmed with alexipharmacal things therefore balls of Amber Nodules sweet Limments mixed with Treacle oyl of Rue Znezedoaric Angelica Citron Juniper and such like should be held to the nostrils and under the tongue convenient troches should be held cordial bags should be applied to the region of the heart Amulets likewise of poysonous things are commended by many Amulets as Arsnick powder of a Toad Quicksilver and such like being prepared descriptions whereof are every where extant which whatsoever they do without question they perform in such manner that they draw the venomous poyson to themselves by the similitude of their own substance and turn it from the heart as those that are wounded with a Scorpion with the oyl thereof being externally anointed are forthwith healed yet you must take keed that those bags or mass of such things be not heated by motion lest the strength of the poyson should be communicated to the heart through the pores of the skin But the greatest hope of health and security Alexipharnicks is in medicines that resist poyson out of which those are to be selected which by long experience have been approved The simples are Angelica Valerian Tormentil Carduus Benedictus Sorrel Dittany of Crete and white Rue Swallow-wort Scordium Scabicon Divels-bit Burnet Olsnicium Fluellin Vipers-grass Marigolds Wormwood Tansie Zedoary Masterwort Gentian Juniper berries Walnuts Hartshorn Bolealmanick Terra sigillata an Emerald a Hyacinth Out of which are various compounds amongst which those that excel and are approved by long use are Mithridate Treacle and Confectio Liberantis as also that antidote which is ascribed to
destruction and yet neither the contagion nor destructive power have attained to the highest degree and many continue well in health 't is a pestilent Fever in particular Lastly if so be many which begin to be visited die and that most every where are infected and that the contagion be spread over remote places 't is the plague CHAP. VIII To what kind of Fevers Pestilent and Malignant ones pertain MOreover since there are three kinds of Fevers To what kind of Fevers pestilent and malignant ones belong Ephemeral Putred and Hectick and again of putred Fevers there are some differences 't is now enquired to what kind of Fevers malignant and pestilent do belong or whether malignancy and pestilency belong to all Fevers or to some certain kind only But we have already determined that there are no Ephemeraes nor Hecticks pestilent and malignant because that in all pestilent and malignant Fevers there are manifest tokens of corruption or putrefaction of humours although that malignant and pestilent humour have likewise a manifest antipathy with the spirits and may stir up a dangerous Fever But all putred pestilential Fevers are continued since the force of the venomous putrifaction is such as that it can easily diffuse it self into all the veins and arteries and may easily corrupt the humours But malignant Fevers in particular so called may also be intermittent as experience sheweth Neither is it impossible that even in the first passages of the body the putrifying humours may acquire some malignity and seeing that in such Fevers the force of the venome is not so great nothing hinders but that Nature may appoint certain excretions at appointed periods Continued pestilent and malignant Fevers are particularly addicted to no sort of them but according as putrefaction happens into this or that sickly preparation so this or that continued Fever is stirred up somtimes a Synocha somtimes a periodick whence various symptomes likewise do arise according to the sickly provision Moreover concerning the differences of malignant and pestilential Fevers The differences of pestilent and malignant Fevers since that in every such Fever there are found two things the putrifaction it self from whence the Fever ariseth and malignity in respect of these also do the Fevers differ For somtimes equally from putrefaction and malignity danger is at hand which Fevers if the putrifaction and malignity be great are exceeding dangerous but if neither the malignancy nor putrefaction be much the Fevers are not dangerous Somtimes there is more putrifaction but the malignancy is not much and then the Fever comes neerer to the nature of other putred Fevers but somtimes the putrifaction is not much but the malignant quality vehement and such Fevers seem to be milde but they are most fraudulent and dangerous Concerning the nature of Pestilency and Malignity although it be occult yet from its effects we may apprehend a certain variety whilst somtimes spots somtimes Measles somtimes wheals come forth somtimes too great sweats somtimes Catarrhs Pleurisies and other evils according to the antipathy which the venome hath with this or that particular part CHAP. IX Of the causes of a Pestilent and Malignant Fever AS for the causes of these Fevers Cause because their malignancy is less then theirs of the pestilence and through this as it were by degrees we ascend to the Pestilence those which are the causes of the Plague for the most part are the same with those of malignant and pestilent Fevers but more mild as principally ayr heaven course of diet and contagion Namely malignant Fevers in the first place do arise from a sickly provision of the body for it ariseth from meat that is bad fit for corruption and very obnoxious to putrifaction whereof Galen may be seen in his book of Meats affording good and bad juice and the humours may be so corrupted in our bodies as that they become venomous of which I have spoken in the Institutions in the second book part 2. cap. 12. Furthermore from common causes likewise namely unprofitable constitution of Ayr as also from the influence of Stars But pestilent Fevers so called in particular have the same causes but more grievous which at length if they are increased produce the pestilence whence Fevers malignant and pestilent long continuing at length turn to the plague CHAP. X. Of the Signs of Malignant and Pestilent Fevers IN the same manenr is it about the Diagnostick signs The Dianostick signs of pestilent Fevers for in a pestilential Fever peculiarly so called the same signs almost appear as in the plague only fewer or more gentle and such Fevers are not so dangerous nor so infectious as the Plague it self But as to the signs of their differences if both malignity and putrifaction be very much the strength will be much weakned and grievous nay the most dangerous symptomes appear If the putrifaction be very great the malignancy little the feverish symptomes which accompany putrifaction are vehement enough but the strength is not so much debilitated But if the putrifaction be not great but the malignant quality vehement the symptomes which accompany the Fever are gentle enough but the strength is exceedingly weakned If the humours only are affected there appear Buboes Carbuncles Imposthumes Spots Pushes and other tokens of putred Fevers if the spirits are much infected these signes are wanting neither is the heat great the strength suddenly languisheth and the sick are troubled with faintings the pulses are unequal weak and languishing and the Fever it self in one two or three days space is terminated by health or death Lastly if the heart be much infected great defect of the strength is present and the sick do not complain of any great heat As concerning Malignant Fevers Of malignant they are very difficult to be known at the first because the malignity often lies hid and shews not it self unless when it take strength wherefore all signs are diligently to be weighed and if any thing be suspected it must be seriously pondered but all the signs of a malignant Fever are greater then those of a Fever and the symptomes which appear are more vehement then those which can proceed from a Fever namely weakness of strength unquietness more anxiety then the feverish heat would occasion the pulse is freqnent little weak or if it seem to be natural other evil symptomes are present the Urine somtimes is like unto those who are in health somtimes thin and crude having in it no sediment or in case it have any 't is more like an excrement then a sediment somtimes 't is thick discoloured troubled muddy having a red and troubled sediment the heat is more milde then the nature of the disease and symptomes seem to afford the face or countenance is much changed from its lively and natural state and therefore by these signs pestilent and malignant fevers may be easily known yet there are other things happen heaviness to sleep watchings diliriums pains of the head
by sweats yet the thinner are dispersed and the thicker remains behind Altering preparing medicines Wherefore preparation and alteration of the humours is to be ordered by those medicines which open and if occasion require may cut those humours and may resist ebullition and putrifaction extinguish the heat of the Fever and resist malignity and may by degrees dispose nature to sweats such are Sorrel Scordium Carduus Benedictus Scorzoneca the seed of Citron Roots of Tormentil Cinquefoyl juice of Citron Pomgranates and Syrups of these Spirit of Vitriol when the humours are sufficiently prepared unless Nature expel alone they are to be evacuated by a convenient passage but then also lenitive medicines must be used and purgation scarce to be ordered before the fourteenth day If Nature tend to evacuation by urine Causing Urine it is to be helped by an emulsion of the seeds of Melons Citron or Limmon Carduus benedictus with the water of Sorrel Mayden-hair and such like But during the whole time of the sickness Topical things as well in malignant as in pestilent Fevers medicines are to be applied to the Pulses and heart such as strengthen the heart and resist malignity which are very where extant Symptomes also if any urge and debilitate the strength are to be taken away and mitigated as in their own place shall be shewed Concerning Diet Diet. the meat should be of good juice and of easie digestion and to beware that when the strength languisheth Nature be not over-burthened the meats also should be mixed with such things as resist this Fever we must abstain from wine unless swooning fits happen but 't is more convenient to use small beer a decoction also of Harts-horn may well be given with such a quantity of Spirit of Vitriol as may render it grateful to the taste to which also some Juleps of Roses and Violets may be added It allays thirst likewise opens obstructions drives away putrifaction and resisteth malignancy of Aegyptii as Prosper Alpinus in his fourth book of Medicines Aegypt chap. the fourth Pulp of Tamarinds and Barberries the fruits being dryed with the seeds of Fennel or Limmon they pour them into abundance of fair water and so prepare a Drink which they administer to the sick during the whole time of the disease in malignant and pestilent Fevers and confide much in the use of this Drink since that it is found that Tamarinds and the fruit of Barberries do exceedingly resist putrifaction in Fevers CHAP. XII Of a Malignant Fever with the Measles and Small Pox. ALthough the nature of malignity Small Pox and Measles from whence malignant Fevers are denominated be occult and therefore much cannot be spoken of the differences of these Fevers yet there is not one reason only even of the same but some variety shews it self by the effects and symptomes whence also certain differences of malignant Fevers are are appointed of which we will now speak in particular First there happen Feavers wherein pushes or eminent tubercles break forth and sometimes certain spots shew themselves the Greeks call them Exanthemata and Ecthâ—mata the Latines Papulas and Pustulas and at this day they are called the Measles and Small Pox which names although they are not used in the same manner by all yet the most at this day call variolas parvos varos little spots or Measles and they give this name to those pushes full of humours which for the most parâ— suppurate which the Germans call die Biatterne and Bocten but they call those Mobillos which are spots only in the skin or rather small tubercles in the skin which the Germans call die Masserne Variolae are pustules breaking forth in the skin and parts adjacent Definition with a continued Fever occasioned by the fervency of the blood and sent forth by the expulsive faculty but Morbilli are little red spots or tubercles coming out in the skin with a continued Fever bred by the ebullition of the blood and sent out by the expulsive faculty Of both kinds there are some differences for of Variolae some are greater some less some white others yellow or of some other colour some break out forth with and rise high and are ripened and encompassed with a red circle and come forth without any grievous symptomes and are not dangerous others are yellow come forth slowly and presently pitch again and have a livid circle about them and are dangerous To the Variolas belong those pustules also which break out of the body and are about the bigness of Lupines Differences and shining like Christal out of which a certain waterish substance issueth which some therefore call Chrystals the Germans call them Shaffsblattern oder Bindvocten which are less dangerous and without any manifest Fever for the most part they do appear Moreover to the Variolaes belong those tubercles coming out here and there in places and are free from quitture which the Germans call Steinbocten and are for the most part the least of all the kinds of Variol and freest from danger which befals children often without a Fever and are presently healed so that Infants seldome take their beds for them To the Poxes or Measles certain small red tubercles do belong which invade with heat and a cough and other symptomes of the Pox yet less dangerous then the pox the Geâ—mans call them die Rittein or die Rottein because they are red somtimes they come alone somtimes are mixed with the Pox and somtimes come after the Pox is healed which disease Halyaabas calls Rubcolam lib. 8. Theoric cap. 14. Moreover there are other breakings out which seem to be referr'd to Poxes which the Neapolitans call Rossoniam and Rossaliam as Johannes Philippus Ingrastiat of tumours speaks by others they are called Purples and Eruthemata yet some call the red spots or Patechii purples They are red and as it were fiery spots because scarce worthy to be called tumours coming out over all the body as it were certain small Eryspelaes at the beginning of the sickness or on the fourth or fifth day In the progress of the disease it spreads over all the body as if it were on fire or as if one were sick of an universal Erysipelas which colour as in the beginning so in the declination is turned into spots which again on the seventh or ninth day vanish falling away from the skin like scales of Fishes The subject of spots and pushes is the skin Subject and other parts answering to the skin in proportion for it hath been found in dead bodies that the superficies of the Intrals and on their skin without side the Pox have been setled Concerning the cause of these Cause there is difficult and great controversie amongst Physitians The Arabicks and those which follow them attribute the cause of the small Pox and Measles to the uncleanness of the blood contracted from the menstruous blood in the womb by the Infant which was there nourished with
away what feeds it and resisting the malignant quality yet the symptomes are not to be neglected And first concerning the Fever Purging and its cause in those that have contracted this disease from ill diet or in the camps this thing happens that the vitious humours are not only contained in the vena cava as in other Synochas and burning Fevers but there is great store of humours lies hidden in the stomack and about the first passages which is known by the antecedent diet pain in the stomack anxiety heat about the midrif and vomiting for then that matter is forthwith to be evacuated as being such as doth severally exist separated from the other humours it will not come to any concoction but corrupts both meat and medicines being taken and Sudorifiques and other medicines which are taken are carried into the more destructive parts of the body and it increaseth the Fever But this may be done by purging Purging amongst the medicines Agarick is principally commended then also Vomits by which oftentimes great store of Flegmatick and Cholerick humours of all kinds are evacuated which lay hidden about the stomack But for those which took the disease only by infection and in whom peccant humours are not collected in the stomack by reason of ill Diet there is no need of Vomits or Purgation but 't is sufficient only to evacuate the first passages by lenitives When the first passages shall be freed from peccant humours Bleeding forthwith the first or second day a vein must be opened if it be necessary and the strength of the sick will bear it but in case some days are slipt over and the strength be weakned and the party be troubled with vomiting or have a looseness the breathing of a vein is to be omitted The vein should be opened in the arm or if the party be weak in the ancle which likewise conveniently refels the matter from the head and in this disease is very profitable Nature being thus eased of its burthen Sudorifiques forthwith Sudorifiques and such medicines as resist malignity are to be given yet they are so to be temper'd as that they may not increase the heat of the humours nor augment the Fever Here Harts-horn prepared bezoar stone Antimonium Diaphoreticum Bezâ—ardicum minerale Terra Sigillata Pulvis Caesaris rubeus Montaynanae Species liberantis and other such like before mentioned about malignant and pestilent Fevers in general is manifest If we may use Mithridate Treacle and such like that are hot by reason of the vehemency of the malignity lest the heat should be increased they are to be allayed with cold waters and vinegar to which there may conveniently be added spirit of Vitriol and Tartar but 't is not sufficient once only to use such medicines to provoke sweat or twice but again and daylie to corroborate the spirits resist malignity and putrifaction yet in a lesser quantity then usual and moreover species Elect. de Gemmis temperate Cordials Diamargarit Frigid Confectio de Hyacintho Sper. Viniol and Tartar Bezoar water and other things before mentioned in the cure of the Plague and other malignant Fevers Externally likewise to the heart is to be applied External things and to the Pulses Medicines as also the spirits are to be preserved with odoraments and the malignity to be resisted which were also mentioned before in the cure of the Plague and other malignant Fevers Lastly Diet. the Diet should be the same as in malignant Fevers is expressed and indeed the aliment to resist putrifaction should be dry to abate the Fever cold and mixed with Cordials or have cordial qualities Wine in this Fever is hurtful and for the most part those that refrain it not die CHAP. XVI Of a Malignant Fever with the Cramp THere are likewise other malignant Fevers A malignant Fever with the Cramp which had accompanied with them certain other diseases namely the Cramp Catarhs a Cough and the Squincy for in the year 1596 and 1597. in the Bishoprick of Collen Westphalia the County Waldestein Wittenstein and Hassia there reigned a disease joyned with a Fever which they then called die Kriebeltcranctheir Kriempstsucht oder Bichende Senche It seized upon men with a twitching and kind of benummedness in the hands and feet somtimes on one side somtimes on the other and somtimes on both Hence a Convulsion invaded men on a sudden when they were about their daylie employments and first the fingers and toes were troubled which Convulsion afterwards came to the arms knees shoulders hips and indeed the whole body until the sick would lie down and roul up their bodies round like a Ball or else stretch out themselves straight at length Terrible pains accompanied this evil and great clamours and schrietchings did the sick make some vomited when it first took them This disease somtimes continued some days or weeks in the limbs before it seized on the head although fitting medicines were administred which if they were neglected the head was then presently troubled and some had Epilepsies after which fits some lay as it were dead six or eight hours others were troubled with drowsiness others with giddiness which continued till the fourth day and beyond with some which either blindness or deafness ensued or the Palsie When the fit left them men were exceeding hungry contrary to nature afterwards for the most part a looseness followed and in the most the hands and feet swell'd or broke out with swellings full of waterish humours but sweat never ensued This disease was infectious and the infection would continue in the body being taken once six seven or twelve moneths This disease had its original from pestilential thin humours first invading the brain and all the nerves The cause but those malignant humours proceeded from bad diet when there was scarcity of provision This disease was grievous dangerous and hard to be cured for such as were stricken with an Epilepsie were scarce totally cured at all but at intervals would have some fits and such as were troubled with deliriums became stupid Others every yeer in the month of December and January would be troubled with it The Cure consisted in evacuating of the peccant humors and corroborating of the Nerves First Cure therefore the vitious humors are to be purged out of the first passages with Hermodactils Turbith Spurge prepared Diagrydium Electuary called Diaphenicum of the juyce of Roses there being added Caster Costus seed of Rue and Commin Afterwards Medicins against the Convulsion were given of Piony Birdly me of the Oak Caster Sage Mans skull adding thereto medicines resisting malignity with the root of Swallow-wort Divels bit Treacle Mithridate and so purging and altering medicines are to be taken by turns and continued The external parts were anointed and fomented with those medicines which were proper for other Convulsions CHAP. XVII Of a malignant Fever with a Catarrh and a Cough and the Squincy SOmtimes an Epidemical Catarrh and
the altering cause but some more others lesse whence an unequal distemper ariseth But if the action thereof proceed so far until that all are altered and affected equally that is an equal distemper Whence an unequal distemper is joyned with pain and trouble as being that wherein the part is as yet to be altered but in an equal distemper no pain nor molestation is perceived as being that wherein the part is already altered and the Intemperature becomes as it were familiar and domestick CHAP. IV. Of Diseases of the whole substance or of hidden qualities IT is a controversie amongst Physitians whether there are any other Whether there are any Diseases besides those of Intemperature Diseases in the similar parts besides those of Intemperature Truly the ancient Physitians make no mention of them but the Moderne do and principally Fernelius in Lib. 1. Pathol. Cap. 2. and Lib. 2. of the Hidden causes of things Cap 9. and afterwards he largely endeavours to prove that there is yet another kind of Disease besides Intemperature in the similar parts and that is twofold the one is of the whole substance the other in the matter which may be seen in the fore-quoted places But 't is not our purpose largely to reckon up the opinions of others for this Epitome will not permit it But that we may briefly propound our opinion There are Diseases of hidden qua lities The reoson we determine that there is another kind of Disease in the similar parts besides Diseases of Intemperature being so perswaded for these reasons first because every agent which acteth desires to make the patient like it self But there are agents from the whole substance or such things whose actions can be reduced into no manifest quality and which are beyond the power of Elements as elsewhere is proved It necessarily follows that those agents from the whole substance whilst they bring in Diseases and act in our bodies do not change the primary but Occult qualities and introduce Diseases agreeable and correspondent to their nature Also because contraries may be cured and resisted by their contraries But the whole substance or things acting in Occult qualities cure many Diseases It necessarily follows that their are such Diseases to which such Medicines are opposed and unlesse there should be certain Occult Diseases in vain are Medicines invented which act in the whole substance Thirdly since there are actions hindred or hurt which neither can be referred to any Disease commonly known nor to any external error as may appear in the plague and other Venemous Diseases hence we may well conclude that there are other Diseases of Intemperature from whence these kind of mischiefs happen But which and what those Diseases are is likewise controverted We setting aside the opinions of others determine Which are Diseases of the whole substance those Diseases of the whole substance or of hidden quality to be those which consist in a certain occult and malignant disposition of the similar parts and to be no other then such whose mischiefs cannot be referred to the primary qualities and such as the agent cause excites which is endued with a malignant venemous and occult quality and which are cured not by primary qualities but by those things which are said to act in the whole substance But Diseases of matter which Fernelius brings there Whether there be ary Diseases of matter are no new Diseases of similar parts but either Organick Diseases as softnesse and hardnesse in parts wherein they ought not to be such or Symptomes or causes of Diseases CHAP. V. Of Organick Diseases THE second kind of Diseases are of the Organick parts Organick Diseases which in general are called Evil composition namely when the natural constitution of the parts as they are Organick is vitiated which although it may agree also to the similar repears yet it happeneth to them not as they are such The difference of Organick Diseases but as they are Organick Again the differences hereof are so many as there are qualities belonging the natural constitution of an Organick part Nemely first a definite number of the parts constituting then a convenient magnitude of the same Thirdly a due framing or conformation which comprehends a decent figure cavity or solidity and smoothnesse and roughnesse and such like qualities Lastly 〈◊〉 is also necessary that every part may enjoy its own natural place and be joyned with those which it ought Therefore from all and every of these things which belong to the constitution of an Organick part sithence a regression may be made to the state that is contrary to nature there ariseth so many kinds of Organick Diseases also namely Diseases of Number â—â—â—nitude conformation and composition But if you would divide Diseases of conformation into those three or more which belong unto them namely Diseases of figuration of cavities and of superficies and secundary qualities there will arise six kinds of Organick Diseases which moreover if you are pleased to divide Diseases 〈◊〉 composition into those of situation and of connexion there wiâ—â— arise seven kinds of Organick Diseases CHAP. VI. Of Diseases of Conformation A Digression from the natural conformation causeth Disease of conformation How many Diseases of Conformation but seeing that three things are requireâ— to the natnral conformation of an Organick part a convenient figure hollownesse of passages smoothnesse and roughnesse of the superficies there are also three kinds of Diseases of conformation constituted in figure cavity and superficies But because other qualities are required also in some Organick parts besides smoothnesse and roughnesse namely that some may be soft others hard some thin and full of pores others thick some coloured other void of colour some dark others perspicuous and the change 〈◊〉 these qualities breed Diseases because when these qualities aâ—â— changed the Actions of those parts are hindred A Disease in regard of figure is when the natural figure of a part is so vitiated Diseases in figure that by reason of it the action of the part is hurt namely when those which are straight are made crooked or otherwayes disposed contrary to nature those are affected with such Diseases which we call crook legged when the legs bend inward crook-legged outward such as are disfigured with the small pox splay-footed to these belong crook backed and flat-nosed persons Moreover Diseases of conformation are when the passage How many Diseases â—f Jassages through which matter passeth from one place to another such as are the throat wind pipe Veins Arteries Nerves Ureters Guts Pores oâ— the Skin Cavities and Receptacles such as are the stomack bladder womb when they are affected As for Diseases of the passages they consist either in number or multitude or differ from the natural condition in magnitude Excess and Defect in multitude in magnitude The difference of opening of Vessels and again both of them either in excesse or in defect Excesse in multitude of passages is